S52G_9971_02
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Book Cover
COVER Book Cover
-------------------------------------------------------------------------IBM Personal System/2
Hardware
Maintenance
Manual
May 1995
Document Number S52G-9971-02
Part Number 83G8990
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure to ¦
¦ read the general information under "Notices" in topic 2.19.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Third Edition (October 1994)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such provisions are inconsistent with
local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied
warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein;
these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s)
and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time.
It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming, or
services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to
announce such IBM products, programming, or services in your country.
Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to your IBM authorized reseller or IBM marketing representative.
¦ Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1992, 1994. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users-Documentation related to Restricted rights-Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set
forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
About This Manual
This manual contains service and reference information for IBM (*) Personal System/2 (*) desktop and floor-standing computers.
The service section includes procedures for isolating problems to a FRU, Symptom-to-FRU Indexes (AT (*) Bus, Micro Channel (*),
and QAPlus/PRO (**)), related service procedures, and an illustrated parts catalog.
The reference section includes safety information, product descriptions, and general information about system functions, and the
Advanced Diagnostic tests.
This manual should be used along with the advanced diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively.
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ This manual is intended for trained servicers who are familiar with
¦
¦ PS/2 products. Before servicing a PS/2 product, be sure to review
¦
¦ "Safety Information" in topic 2.1.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
(*) Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
COVER - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Book Cover
(**) QAPlus/PRO is a trademark of DiagSoft, Inc.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
COVER - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Related Publications
FRONT_1 Related Publications
The following publications are available from IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ For Information About
¦ See Publication
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Disk Array technology, RAID
¦ Configuring Your Disk Array
¦
¦ Configuration Program
¦ booklet (S82G-1506)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Installation Planning for Personal ¦ Personal System/2 Installation
¦
¦ System/2 computers
¦ Planning and Beyond (G41G-2927)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Installation Planning for Advanced ¦ Advanced PS/2 Servers Planning
¦
¦ Personal System/2 servers
¦ and Selection Guide (GG24-3927)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/ValuePoint (*) computers
¦ IBM PS/ValuePoint HMM (S61G-1423) ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Laptop, Notebook, and Portable
¦ IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 1
¦
¦ computers
¦ (S82G-1501)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ ThinkPad (*) computers
¦ IBM Mobile Systems HMM Volume 2
¦
¦
¦ (S82G-1502)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Monitors (Displays)
¦ IBM Display HMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ - Vol. 1 (SA38-0053)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ IBM Monitor HMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ - Vol. 1 (S68G-2484)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ IBM Monitor HMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ - Vol. 2 (S71G-4197)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
FRONT_1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Obsolete Publications
FRONT_2 Obsolete Publications
This manual obsoletes these previous publications.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Publication
¦ Part, Form Number
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM
¦ 71G3716, S52G-9971
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 71G6781, S71G-6781
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 82G3782, S82G-3782
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 82G3836, S82G-3836
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 82G3896, S82G-3896
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 OBI Supplement
¦ 83G7709, S83G-7709
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 83G7836, S83G-7836
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 83G7912, S83G-7912
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 OBI Supplement
¦ 83G7917, S83G-7917
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 HMM Supplement
¦ 83G8084, S83G-8084
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 OBI Supplement
¦ 83G8092, S83G-8092
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS/2 OBI Supplement
¦ 83G8983, S83G-8983
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
(*) Trademark of the IBM Corporation
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
FRONT_2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
CONTENTS Table
COVER
FRONT_1
FRONT_2
CONTENTS
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.3
1.6.4
1.6.5
1.6.5.1
1.7
1.7.1
1.7.2
1.7.3
1.7.4
1.7.5
1.7.6
1.7.7
1.8
1.8.1
1.9
1.9.1
1.9.2
1.9.3
1.9.4
1.9.5
1.10
1.10.1
1.10.2
1.10.3
1.10.4
1.10.5
1.10.6
1.10.7
1.10.8
1.10.8.1
1.10.8.2
1.10.8.3
1.10.8.4
1.10.8.5
1.10.8.6
1.10.8.7
1.10.8.8
1.10.8.9
1.10.8.10
1.10.9
1.10.9.1
1.10.9.2
1.10.10
1.10.10.1
1.10.10.2
1.10.11
1.10.12
1.10.12.1
1.10.12.2
1.10.12.3
1.10.12.4
1.10.13
1.10.14
1.10.15
1.10.16
1.10.16.1
1.10.16.2
1.10.16.3
1.10.16.4
1.10.17
1.10.17.1
1.10.17.2
of Contents
Book Cover
Related Publications
Obsolete Publications
Table of Contents
Hardware Maintenance Service
FRU Replacement Strategy
Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy
Introduction
General Checkout (AT Bus)
Memory Problems (8086 Computers)
Memory Problems (80286 to 80486 Computers)
Memory Problems (PC Server - 8640)
Installed Devices List
Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)
No-Beep Symptoms
Beep Symptoms
Miscellaneous Symptoms
Numeric Error Codes
General Checkout (Micro Channel)
Devices List
Missing Non-SCSI Device
Missing SCSI Device
Missing SCSI and Non-SCSI Devices
System Error Log
Viewing the System Error Log
Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)
No-Beep Symptoms
Beep Symptoms
Audio Symptoms
Miscellaneous Symptoms
Numeric Error Codes
IML and IPL Errors
Checking Startup Sequence and Hard Disk Drive
General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)
PC Server (8640) Setup Utility
Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)
No Beep Symptoms
Beep Symptoms
Error Codes
Error Messages
Miscellaneous Error Messages
Network Service Procedures
Data Rate Switch Settings
Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
Token-Ring POST Errors
Testing the Ethernet Adapter
Ethernet POST Errors
Selecting Network Configuration Parameters
Network Configuration Errors
Ethernet Quad-BT and -B2 PeerMaster Micro Channel Adapters
Features
Supported Systems
Network Operating System Requirements
IBM PeerMaster Server Adapter Option Diskette
Operation Modes
Traditional Adapter Mode
VNET Switch Mode
Configuration Examples
Traditional Adapter Mode
VNET Switch Mode Configurations
Locations
10Base-T Adapter
10Base2 Adapter
Cabling for 10Base-T Networks
Straight-Through
Crossover
Cabling for 10Base2 Networks
Symptom-to-FRU Index
LED Indications
Error Codes
NetWare Load-Time Error Messages
NetWare Run-Time Messages
Parts Listing
ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters
ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Features Diskette
ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Configuration Options
I/O Address
IRQ Interrupt Levels
ROM Address
Changing PS/ValuePoint ISA Adapter Configuration
PS/2 ServerGuard Adapter
Cabling
External DAA Cabling
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
1.10.17.3
1.10.17.4
1.10.17.5
1.10.18
1.10.18.1
1.10.18.2
1.10.18.3
1.10.18.4
1.10.18.5
1.10.18.6
1.10.18.7
1.10.18.8
1.10.18.9
1.10.18.10
1.10.18.11
1.10.18.12
1.11
1.11.1
1.11.1.1
1.11.1.2
1.11.1.3
1.11.2
1.11.3
1.11.4
1.11.5
1.11.6
1.11.6.1
1.11.7
1.11.8
1.11.8.1
1.11.9
1.11.10
1.11.10.1
1.11.11
1.11.12
1.11.12.1
1.11.12.2
1.11.12.3
1.11.12.4
1.11.12.5
1.11.13
1.11.14
1.11.15
1.11.16
1.11.17
1.11.18
1.11.19
1.11.19.1
1.11.19.2
1.11.19.3
1.11.19.4
1.11.19.5
1.11.20
1.11.21
1.11.21.1
1.11.21.2
1.11.22
1.11.23
1.11.24
1.11.25
1.11.26
1.11.26.1
1.11.26.2
1.11.26.3
1.11.26.4
1.11.26.5
1.11.26.6
1.11.26.7
1.11.26.8
1.11.26.9
1.11.26.10
1.11.26.11
1.11.26.12
1.11.26.13
1.11.26.14
1.11.27
1.11.28
1.11.29
1.11.30
1.11.31
1.11.32
1.11.32.1
1.11.32.2
1.11.32.3
DAA Cable Check
External Power Control Box Cabling
ServerGuard Adapter Symptom-to-FRU Index
Wireless Network
ISA Bus Switch Settings
ISA Mode Operations Parameters
Wireless LAN Utilities Diskette
Placement of Radio Modules
Error Management Overview
Running Adapter Diagnostics
PCMCIA Credit Card Problems
Interrupt Level or I/O Address Conflicts
Checking the Base Configuration (OS/2 Environment)
LAPS Installation Problem
Problem Resolution Worksheet
Obtaining the Necessary Data
Related Service Information
ACPA/A Advanced Diagnostic Tests
Audio Output Tone (Tone)
Microphone Input Loop (Loop)
Microphone Gain Toggle (Toggle)
CSD (DOS) Version Level Check
CSD (OS/2) Version Level Check
Combined FRUs Diagnostics
Display Adapter 8514/A
Display Self-Test
Display Considerations
Fax/Modem Checkout
How to Use a Symptom-to-FRU Index
Error Code Format
Identifying Adapters
Keyboard Voltage Check
Standard Connector
Memory-Module Kit Identification
Memory Problems
Models 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, and 80
Models 53 (9553-xBx) 56, 57, 76, 77, 85, 90, and 95
Determining Models 90/95/95A Processor Type
Processor Board Matrix (90, 95)
Using the Low-Level Format Program
Option Microprocessor Jumper (76, 77)
OS/2 Problems during a New Installation
OS/2 Trap Errors
PCMCIA Diagnostics (PS/2 E Model 33)
PCMCIA Adapter Switch Settings
PCMCIA PC Card Lock Override
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Related Information
PC Server 320 Features
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Diagnostic Information
Symmetric Multiprocessors/Multiprocessing
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Bay Locations (Non-Array Models)
Bay Locations (Non-Array continued)
Printer Errors
Processor Board Installation (90, 95)
Processor Boards with Diagnostic LEDs
Processor Boards without Diagnostic LEDs
Processor Upgrade (Models 50/50Z/60 - 486SLC2) Switch Settings
Processor Upgrade (Models 70/80 - 486DX33) Switch Settings
Processor Upgrade (Model 70/80 - 486DX33) FRU Isolation
Processor (Px) Label Cross-reference
Power Supply Voltage Check
Models 25, 25 SX, 25-286
Models 30, 30-286
Model 33
Models 35, 40, 56, 57, 76, 77
Models 50, 70
Model 55, PS/2 9553-xBx
Models 60, 65, 80
Model 90
PC Server (8640)
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Power Supplies
Server 85, PS/2 9585-xKx, PS/2 9585-xNx, Model 95, and 3511
Model 3510
Model 3516 (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
Model 3532
Real-Time Clock Problems
Remote Power-on Jumper (95)
Running Automatic Configuration
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
SCSI Controller on the System Board
SCSI Device Default Settings
Enable and Disable Settings
Keep/Remove Settings
Changing the Settings
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
1.11.33
1.11.34
1.11.34.1
1.11.34.2
1.11.34.3
1.11.35
1.11.35.1
1.11.35.2
1.11.35.3
1.11.35.4
1.11.35.5
1.11.35.6
1.11.35.7
1.11.35.8
1.11.35.9
1.11.35.10
1.11.35.11
1.11.35.12
1.11.35.13
1.11.36
1.11.37
1.11.37.1
1.11.37.2
1.11.38
1.11.39
1.11.40
1.11.41
1.11.42
1.11.43
1.11.44
1.11.45
1.11.45.1
1.11.45.2
1.11.46
1.11.46.1
1.11.46.2
1.11.46.3
1.11.46.4
1.11.46.5
1.11.46.6
1.11.46.7
1.11.46.8
1.11.46.9
1.11.46.10
1.11.46.11
1.11.46.12
1.11.46.13
1.11.46.14
1.11.46.15
1.11.46.16
1.11.46.17
1.11.46.18
1.11.46.19
1.11.46.20
1.11.46.21
1.11.46.22
1.11.46.23
1.11.46.24
1.11.46.25
1.11.46.26
1.11.46.27
1.11.46.28
1.11.46.29
1.11.46.30
1.11.46.31
1.11.46.32
1.11.46.33
1.11.46.34
1.11.46.35
1.11.47
1.11.47.1
1.11.47.2
1.12
1.12.1
1.12.2
1.12.3
1.12.4
1.12.5
1.12.6
1.12.7
1.12.8
1.12.9
1.12.10
1.12.11
SCSI Diagnostic Tests
SCSI Fast/Wide PCI Adaptec Adapters (AHA-9240 and -9240W)
Features
Adapter Locations
Connectivity (Cables/Devices)
Termination (Devices)
Termination (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
Termination (for Multiple-Computer Configurations)
Self Diagnostics (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
LED (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
Problems Detected During Installation
SCSI Troubleshooting Checklist (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
BIOS Startup Messages
Disk Drive Configuration Problems
Booting the Computer from a SCSI Drive
Using a Standard Drive as C and a SCSI Drive as D
Using a SCSI Drive as C and Another SCSI Drive as D
Computer Hangs, or HOST Adapter Cannot Always Find the Drives
Other Problems and Solutions
SCSISelect Configuration Utility
Starting the SCSISelect Configuration Utility
From the BIOS Banner
From the SCSISelect Configuration Utility Diskette
Control Keys (SCSISelect Configuration Utility)
SCSISelect Configuration Utility Menus/Options
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
SCSI ID (Using to Help Isolate Failures)
Servicing LAN Stations (Workstations)
Software/Hardware Mismatch Problems
Undetermined Problems
VPD Codes Information
Recording the Vital Product Data on a New System Board
IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
System Board Locations
Model 25 System Board (Type 1)
Model 25 System Board (Type 2)
Model 25-286 System Board
Model 25 SX System Board
Model 30 System Board
Model 30-286 System Board
Model 33 System Board
Model 35, 40 System Board
Model 50 System Board (Type 1)
Model 50 System Board (Type 2)
Models 50, 50Z 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
Model 53 (9553-xBx) System Board
Model 55 System Board
Model 55 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
Model 56, 57 (8556, 8557) System Board
Model 56, 57 (9556, 9557) System Board
Model 60 System Board
Model 65 System Board
Models 60, 65, and 80 486DX2 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
Model 70 System Board, Reduced Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
Model 70 System Board, Full Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
Model 70 System Board (25 MHz)
Model 70 486DX33 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
Model 76, 77 (9576, 9577) System Board
Models 76i, 76s (9576), and 77i, 77s (9577) System Board
Model 80 (041, 071, 111, 121, 311, 321) System Board
Model 80 (A16, A21, A31) System Board
Server 85 (486) System Board
PS/2 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx System Board
Model 90 XP 486 System Board
Model 95 XP 486 System Board
Server 9595, 9595A
PC Server 486DX2 System Board
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board Connections
System Board Jumpers
PC Server 320 System Board Replacement (Types 8640-OYO and 8640-OYT)
PC Server Pentium System Board
Parts Catalog
Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
Model 30 (8530) Parts
Model 30-286 (8530) Parts
Model 33 (9533) Parts
Model 35 (8535) Parts
Model 40 (8540) Parts
Model 50 (8550) Parts
Model 53 (9553) Parts
Model 55 (8555) SX Parts
Model 56 (8556) Parts
Model 57 (8557) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
1.12.12
1.12.13
1.12.14
1.12.15
1.12.16
1.12.17
1.12.18
1.12.19
1.12.20
1.12.21
1.12.22
1.12.23
1.12.24
1.12.25
1.12.26
1.12.27
1.12.28
1.12.29
1.13
1.13.1
1.13.2
1.13.3
1.13.4
1.13.5
1.13.6
1.13.7
1.13.8
1.13.9
1.13.10
1.13.11
1.13.12
1.13.13
1.14
2.0
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.2
2.3
2.3.1
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.4.1
2.4.5
2.4.5.1
2.4.5.2
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.5
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
2.5.5
2.5.5.1
2.5.5.2
2.5.5.3
2.5.5.4
2.5.6
2.5.7
2.5.7.1
2.5.8
2.5.8.1
2.5.8.2
2.5.8.3
2.5.8.4
2.5.8.5
2.5.9
2.5.9.1
2.5.9.2
2.5.9.3
2.5.9.4
2.5.9.5
2.5.9.6
2.5.9.7
2.5.9.8
2.5.9.9
2.5.9.10
Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
Model 70 (8570) Parts
Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
Model 90 (8590) Parts
PC Server (8640) Parts
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
Server 9595A Parts
Model 3509 Parts
Model 3510 Parts
Model 3511 Parts
Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
Model 3532 Parts
Common Parts
486 DX, DX2, DLC2, SLC, SLC2 System Board Upgrade Parts
CD-ROM Drives
Element Exchange Displays
External Diskette Drives
Keyboard/Mouse
Miscellaneous Parts Kits
Power Cords
Rewritable Optical Drives
ServerGuard Adapter Parts
SCSI Adapter Terminators
Tools and Miscellaneous
Wireless LAN Adapter (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
Wireless LAN Adapter (PCMCIA Type II)
Options and Adapters Matrix
Hardware Maintenance Reference
Safety Information
General Safety
Electrical Safety
Safety Inspection Guide
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Grounding Requirements
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix
Hard Disk Drive Settings (ATA)
Preparing a Hard Disk for Moving
Security
U-Bolt
Cover Lock and Tamper-Evident Switches
Rear-Panel Security Option
Passwords
Removing a Power-On Password
Additional Override Jumper Functions
Unattended Start Mode (Server Mode)
Override Jumpers on IML Systems
Privileged-Access Password
Power-on Features
System Features
Microprocessors
Processor Boards (70)
Processor Boards (90, 95)
NVRAM and NVRAM Extension
POST Overview
POST and BIOS in ROM
POST and BIOS in IML
POST and BIOS in FLASH
Errors during POST
Reference and Diagnostic Diskettes
Accessing System Programs and Starting Diagnostic Tests
Replacing Hard Disk Drives That Have a System Partition
QAPlus/PRO Diagnostics
Power-On Self-Test (POST)
POST Beep Codes
Test Programs
Error Messages
Return Codes
Using the Test Programs
Program Navigation
Using the First Letter of a Menu Choice
Using the Function Keys
Command Line Options
Viewing the Test Groups
Scripting
Changing Logical Unit Numbers
Test Group Specifications
Starting the QAPlus/PRO Diagnostics Diskette
Module Testing Mode
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
2.5.9.11
2.5.9.12
2.5.9.13
2.5.9.14
2.5.9.15
2.6
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
2.6.5
2.6.6
2.6.7
2.6.8
2.6.8.1
2.6.8.2
2.6.8.3
2.6.8.4
2.6.8.5
2.6.8.6
2.6.8.7
2.6.8.8
2.6.9
2.6.10
2.6.11
2.6.12
2.6.13
2.6.14
2.6.15
2.6.16
2.6.17
2.6.18
2.7
2.7.1
2.7.2
2.7.3
2.7.4
2.7.5
2.7.6
2.7.7
2.7.8
2.7.9
2.7.10
2.7.11
2.8
2.8.1
2.8.2
2.8.3
2.8.4
2.8.4.1
2.8.4.2
2.8.4.3
2.8.5
2.8.6
2.8.7
2.8.8
2.8.9
2.8.10
2.8.11
2.8.11.1
2.8.11.2
2.8.11.3
2.8.11.4
2.8.12
2.8.12.1
2.9
2.9.1
2.9.1.1
2.9.1.2
2.9.1.3
2.9.1.4
2.9.1.5
2.9.1.6
2.9.1.7
2.9.1.8
2.9.1.9
2.9.1.10
2.9.1.11
2.9.1.12
2.9.1.13
2.10
2.10.1
2.10.2
2.10.3
Running Selected Module Tests
Running All Selected Modules
Changing Selected Tests in Test Groups
Running an Individual Test
Stopping the Tests
Using the System Utilities
Formatting Diskettes
Using the Low-Level Format Program
When To Use the Low-Level Format Program
Preparing the Hard Disk Drive for Use
File Editor
File Edit Function Key Usage
QAPlus/PRO Diagnostics Control Keys
Disk Array System
Storage Capacity
Data Protection
Hot-Spare Drive
Hot-Spare Drive Replacement
Bay IDs
Configuration
Saving Disk Array Configuration to Diskette
Restoring the Disk Array Configuration
Recording the Vital Product Data on a New System Board
Upgradable POST and BIOS
PCMCIA Adapter (Model 33)
Video
Non-IBM Displays
Serial Port
Parallel Port
Supported Cables
Diskette-Drive Controller
Keyboard and Pointing-Device Connectors
System Memory
System-Board Memory
Memory-Expansion Adapters
Memory Errors
Unique Memory Information (90, 95)
Model 90 Memory
Model 95 Memory
Memory Configurations (90, 95)
Error Detection (90, 95)
Resolving Memory-Address Conflicts
Changing the Software Configuration
Changing the System Configuration
SCSI System Information
SCSI Hard Disk Drives and Devices
Understanding SCSI ID Numbers
Selecting a SCSI ID
Setting a SCSI ID
SCSI ID Switch Settings
SCSI ID Jumper Settings
2GB SCSI 16-Bit 68-Pin Hard Disk Drive ID Switch Settings
Optical-Head Lens Cleaning Procedure
Setting the Motor-Start Jumper
Terminator Function
16-Bit AT Fast SCSI Adapter Switch Settings
Interrupt Settings
Memory Address Switch Settings
I/O Address
Internal Devices Attached to an Adapter
External Devices Attached to an Adapter
Terminators on SCSI Adapters
Terminators on System Boards
Selectable Drive-Startup Function
To Change the Startup Sequence
System-Unit Power Supplies
Power-Supply Features
Operating Voltage Range
No-Load Operation
Over-Current Protection
Short-Circuit Protection
Over-Voltage Protection
Under-Voltage Protection
Automatic Restart
Power-Line Disturbances
Surge Protection
Safety
Current Leakage
Reliability
Uninterruptible Power Devices
System Partition
Starting System Program Diagnostics
Updating the System Programs
Upgrading the System Partition Version
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Table of Contents
2.10.4
2.10.5
2.10.6
2.10.7
2.11
2.11.1
2.11.2
2.11.2.1
2.11.2.2
2.11.2.3
2.11.2.4
2.12
2.12.1
2.12.2
2.12.2.1
2.12.2.2
2.12.2.3
2.12.2.4
2.12.3
2.12.4
2.12.5
2.13
2.13.1
2.13.2
2.13.3
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.19.1
INDEX
Backing up the System Partition
Restoring the System Partition
Running Automatic Configuration
Recording a Customized Configuration
ASCII Terminals
ASCII Terminal Setup and Menu Selection
ASCII Terminal Configuration
Console Selection
Operation
Error Messages
96 8N1 Error Message
System Error Log
Viewing the Error Log
Types of Errors Detected
Application Program Errors
Processor Errors
System Memory Errors
Micro Channel Adapter Errors
Error Storage
Application
Dumping Extended Diagnostic Data Information
PS/2 System Specifications
PS/2 - AT Bus
PS/2 - Micro Channel (Non IML)
PS/2 - Micro Channel (IML)
Acronyms, Abbreviations, and Terms
We Want Your Comments!
Do You Need Technical References?
Problem Determination Tips
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Notices
Trademarks
Index
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
CONTENTS - 6
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Hardware Maintenance Service
1.0 Hardware Maintenance Service
This part of the manual contains the general checkout procedures, related service procedures, Symptom-to-FRU indexes, and parts
listings for PS/2 products.
Note: This manual and the diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM products. Non-IBM products of any kind including adapter
cards, accelerator boards, options, or non-IBM devices, can give false errors and invalid computer responses. If you remove a
non-IBM device and the symptom goes away, the problem is with the device you removed.
Warning: The drives in the computer you are servicing might have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence changed. Be
extremely careful during write operations such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or programs can be overwritten if you select an
incorrect drive.
Subtopics
1.1 FRU Replacement Strategy
1.2 Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy
1.3 Introduction
1.4 General Checkout (AT Bus)
1.5 Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)
1.6 General Checkout (Micro Channel)
1.7 Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)
1.8 General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)
1.9 Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)
1.10 Network Service Procedures
1.11 Related Service Information
1.12 Parts Catalog
1.13 Common Parts
1.14 Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.0 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
FRU Replacement Strategy
1.1 FRU Replacement Strategy
Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU replacement and service expense:
If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that does not correct the problem, reinstall the original FRU before you continue.
Some computer have both a processor board and a system board. If you are instructed to replace either the processor board or the
system board, and the first board that you replaced does not correct the problem, reinstall the original board, then replace the other
(processor or system) board.
Note: Pressing down on the blue levers on the Model 90/95 processor board does not fully seat the processor board into the system
board connector. To ensure that the processor board is fully seated, press down firmly on the middle of the board until it is fully
seated.
If an adapter or device consists of more than one FRU, an error code may be caused by any of the FRUs. Before replacing the
adapter or device, remove the FRUs, one by one, to see if the symptoms change. Replace only the FRU that changed the symptoms.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy
1.2 Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy
Always try to run a low-level format before replacing a hard disk drive (see "Using the Low-Level Format Program" in topic 1.11.12.5).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Introduction
1.3 Introduction
Before using the General Checkout procedures and Symptom-to-FRU Indexes, read the following information.
The two types of PS/2 computers are:
AT Bus
Micro Channel
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ See "PS/2 System Specifications" in topic 2.13 for a description of
¦
¦ IBM PS/2 Computers and their features.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Depending on the PS/2 model computer you are servicing, you need to be familiar with the following diagnostic procedures.
The three types of diagnostics are:
AT Bus Diagnostics
Micro Channel Diagnostics
QAPlus/PRO Diagnostics
The General Checkout procedures are:
"General Checkout (AT Bus)" in topic 1.4
"General Checkout (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.6
"General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)" in topic 1.8
The Symptom-to-FRU Indexes are:
"Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)" in topic 1.5
"Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7
"Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)" in topic 1.9
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Before running diagnostics, run a virus checking program. If the
¦
¦ computer you are servicing has been infected with a PC virus, a virus ¦
¦ checking program can find the virus before it causes more damage.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (AT Bus)
1.4 General Checkout (AT Bus)
This general checkout procedure supports the following PS/2 Models:
25, 25 SX, 25-286, 30, 30-286, 33, 35, 40, and 55.
Before using this checkout procedure, be sure to read the information
under "Introduction" in topic 1.3.
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Power-off the computer and all external devices.
Check all cables and power cords.
Make sure there are no diskettes in the drives.
Power-on all external devices.
Power-on the computer.
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 014.
¦
¦
+---+
¦003¦
+---+
IS THE ERROR 162?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦004¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 014.
¦
¦
+---+
¦005¦
+---+
IS THE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM LOADED FROM THE LAN?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦006¦
¦
+---+
¦
Insert the Advanced Diagnostics Diskette. Go to Step 009.
¦
¦
+---+
¦007¦
+---+
- Load the diagnostic program from the server.
DID THE PROGRAM LOAD SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦008¦
¦
+---+
¦
If the problem occurred during the Remote Initial Program Load
¦
(RIPL), replace the Network Adapter.
¦
¦
If it did not occur during RIPL, go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT
¦
Bus)" in topic 1.5.
¦
¦
+---+
¦009¦
+---+
- Press Ctrl+Alt+Del and check for the following responses:
1.
2.
One or two short beeps.
IBM logo screen appears.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦010¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)" in topic 1.5. If that does not
¦
correct the problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (AT Bus)
¦
¦
+---+
¦011¦
+---+
- Press Enter.
HAS THE CONFIGURATION BEEN INTENTIONALLY CHANGED?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦012¦
¦
+---+
¦
Type N, then go to Step 020.
¦
¦
+---+
¦013¦
+---+
Type Y to run Automatic Configuration and verify the error is no longer
present. If you return to this point again, go to Step 011 and type N.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦014¦
+---+
IS THE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM LOADED FROM THE LAN?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦015¦
¦
+---+
¦
Insert the Advanced Diagnostics Diskette. Go to Step 018.
¦
¦
+---+
¦016¦
+---+
- Load the diagnostic program from the server.
DID THE PROGRAM LOAD SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦017¦
¦
+---+
¦
If the problem occurred during the Remote Initial Program Load
¦
(RIPL), replace the Network Adapter.
¦
¦
If it did not occur during RIPL, go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT
¦
Bus)" in topic 1.5.
¦
¦
+---+
¦018¦
+---+
- Press Ctrl+Alt+Del and check for the following responses:
1.
2.
One or two short beeps.
IBM logo screen appears.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦019¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)" in topic 1.5. If that does not
¦
correct the problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
¦
¦
+---+
¦020¦
+---+
- Press Enter.
- Select test system.
- Select system checkout.
Go to "Related Service Information" in topic 1.11 for:
Incorrect keyboard responses
Incorrect printer responses
Incorrect display responses (jittering, rolling, shifting, or out of
focus)
IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (AT Bus)
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦021¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to "Installed Devices List" in topic 1.4.4.
¦
¦
+---+
¦022¦
+---+
- Run the advanced diagnostic tests.
DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Note:
If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace the last device
being tested.
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦023¦
¦
+---+
¦
You may have an intermittent problem:
¦
¦
¦
¦
Check for damaged cables and connectors.
¦
¦
Reseat all adapters, drives, and modules.
¦
¦
Check the system unit fan for proper operation.
¦
¦
Start an error log using a DOS formatted diskette and run the
¦
tests multiple times.
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦024¦
+---+
Follow the instructions on the display.
If that does not correct the problem, go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT
Bus)" in topic 1.5.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtopics
1.4.1 Memory Problems (8086 Computers)
1.4.2 Memory Problems (80286 to 80486 Computers)
1.4.3 Memory Problems (PC Server - 8640)
1.4.4 Installed Devices List
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory Problems (8086 Computers)
1.4.1 Memory Problems (8086 Computers)
Go to "Memory Problems (80286 to 80486 Computers)" in topic 1.4.2 for
models: 25, 25 SX, 25 286, 30, 30 286, 33, 35, and 40.
PARITY CHECK 1 indicates that memory on the system board has failed. If
the system has a total of 512KB memory installed (8525), replace the
memory module packages. If the system has a total of 640KB memory
installed and the address (number displayed below PARITY CHECK 1) is less
than 20000, replace the optional memory modules (8525), or the system
board (8530). Otherwise, replace the memory module (8525) or S1 and S2
(8530).
PARITY CHECK 2 indicates that an adapter memory module has failed.
"Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
Go to
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
Memory errors are displayed as:
AAAAAA BB CCCC 20X
To isolate a memory failure, answer the following questions.
DID YOU RECEIVE A "205 MEMORY ERROR" MESSAGE DURING POST OR WHEN RUNNING
THE MEMORY TESTS?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 011.
¦
¦
+---+
¦003¦
+---+
IS THE SYSTEM A TYPE 8530?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦004¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 006.
¦
¦
+---+
¦005¦
+---+
Replace the system board.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦006¦
+---+
IS CCCC FOUR ZEROS (0000)?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦007¦
¦
+---+
¦
For any C in CCCC that is not zero, replace the corresponding module
¦
as shown:
¦
¦
¦
C
C
C
C
¦
U35 U34 U22 U16
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦008¦
+---+
WAS THE SIXTH DIGIT IN AAAAAA 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, B, D, or F?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦009¦
¦
+---+
¦
Replace memory module ZM1.
¦
¦
+---+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory Problems (8086 Computers)
¦010¦
+---+
Replace memory module ZM2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦011¦
+---+
IS BB AN 01?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦012¦
¦
+---+
¦
IS CCCC FOUR ZEROS?
¦
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦013¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
ARE THE LAST TWO Cs IN CCCC ZEROS (00)?
¦
¦
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦
¦014¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦
Replace Memory Module Package 1 (8525) or S2 (8530).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦015¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
Replace Memory Module Package 2 (8525) or S1 (8530).
¦
¦ ----------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦016¦
¦
+---+
¦
WAS THE SIXTH DIGIT IN AAAAAA 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, B, C, D, OR F?
¦
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦017¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
Replace Memory Module Package 1 (8525) or S2 (8530).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦018¦
¦
+---+
¦
Replace Memory Module Package 2 (8525) or S1 (8530).
¦ ---------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
+---+
¦019¦
+---+
The adapter memory failed. Go to "Undetermined Problems" in
topic 1.11.44.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4.1 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory Problems (80286 to 80486 Computers)
1.4.2 Memory Problems (80286 to 80486 Computers)
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
1.
Power-off the computer and wait 5 seconds.
If your model has a diskette drive, insert the Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette into the diskette drive.
If not, contact the LAN administrator to load the diagnostic
program from the LAN.
Power-on the computer.
Make a note of any POST errors you receive. (Disregard the 164 memory
size errors.)
2.
3.
DID YOU RECEIVE A XXXXXX XXXX 201 POST ERROR?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
Press F1 to continue.
¦
- Run the memory tests. Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
¦
¦
¦
DID THE MEMORY TESTS COMPLETE WITHOUT AN ERROR?
¦
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦003¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
Follow the instructions on the display.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦004¦
¦
+---+
¦
Your computer memory is now functioning correctly. If you suspect an
¦
intermittent problem, start an error log using a DOS formatted
¦
diskette.
¦ ---------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
+---+
¦005¦
+---+
Note:
Power-off the computer before removing or replacing parts.
Press F1 to continue.
- Run the memory tests. Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option. If you cannot
run the memory test or the test does not find a problem, use the
following procedure to find the problem.
1.
2.
Using a known good memory pack, exchange each pack, one at a time,
and repeat the memory diagnostic test until you find the defective
pack (256KB and 1MB packs are not interchangeable). Replace only
the defective packs.
If all memory packs have been exchanged, and the problem remains,
replace the system board.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory Problems (PC Server - 8640)
1.4.3 Memory Problems (PC Server - 8640)
The PC Server (8640) has four, 36-bit (72-pin) SIMM sockets on the system board. The system board can accommodate memory from
8MB up to 128MB (192MB on some models).
The following are the memory requirements for the PC Server computer:
At least two SIMM sockets must be filled. Start with bank 0, then work your way up.
The SIMMs must be rated at 70NS or better.
Recommended that the SIMMs have tin-lead contacts.
Banks 0 and 1 must have the same size memory installed.
If memory is installed in banks 2 and 3, the memory in banks 2 and 3 must be the same size.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Installed Devices List
1.4.4 Installed Devices List
If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed Devices list and you are able to add it to the list, do so and continue with the diagnostic
tests.
If an adapter or device is missing from the installed devices list and you cannot add it to the list, you might have one of the following
conditions:
The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on your Advanced Diagnostics diskette.
The missing device is a 5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Adapter, or another unrecognizable adapter.
The missing device is defective.
The bus adapter is defective.
The adapter or device is not an IBM product.
If the number of drives installed in the computer differs from the number shown in the installed devices list, an error can occur during the
diagnostic tests. Restart the computer and correct the drive information in the Set Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ For some models, a customized setup configuration (other than default ¦
¦ settings) might exist on the computer you are servicing. Running
¦
¦ Automatic Configuration can alter those settings. Note the current
¦
¦ configuration settings (using the View Configuration option) and
¦
¦ verify that the settings are in place when service is complete.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.4.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)
1.5 Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)
This index supports the following PS/2 Models:
25, 25 SX, 25-286, 30, 30-286, 33, 35, 40, 55.
Always start with "General Checkout (AT Bus)" in topic 1.4.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ For information on:
¦ Go to:
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Additional Service help. (For
¦ "Related Service Information" in ¦
¦ example, voltage checks, or 0S/2
¦ topic 1.11.
¦
¦ Trap errors)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Possible software and hardware
¦ "Software/Hardware Mismatch
¦
¦ mismatch problems (not repairable ¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.43.
¦
¦ by replacing FRUs).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Starting the System Programs
¦ "Starting System Program
¦
¦
¦ Diagnostics" in topic 2.10.1.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Erasing Power-On Passwords
¦ "Removing a Power-On Password" in ¦
¦
¦ topic 2.4.4.1.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Memory Address Conflicts
¦ "Resolving Memory-Address
¦
¦
¦ Conflicts" in topic 2.7.9.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.5.1 No-Beep Symptoms
1.5.2 Beep Symptoms
1.5.3 Miscellaneous Symptoms
1.5.4 Numeric Error Codes
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
No-Beep Symptoms
1.5.1 No-Beep Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, power-on indicator does
¦ 1. Power Supply
¦
¦ not come on, and fan does not run. ¦
¦
¦ (Check voltage selector switch
¦
¦
¦ setting)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep during POST (Check voltage ¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ selector switch setting)
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦ 3. Display Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(8525)
¦
¦
¦ 4. Memory Module (8525)
¦
¦
¦ 5. Any Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 6. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ indicator is on, and computer
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦ hangs during POST with a message
¦
¦
¦ displayed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep and the computer is
¦ 1. Speaker Assembly
¦
¦ otherwise functional.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Beep Symptoms
1.5.2 Beep Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ One long and two short beeps
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ during POST
¦ 2. Display Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ More than one beep during POST
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Continuous beep
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Repeated short beeps
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(stuck key?)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
¦
¦
¦ (**) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Memory
¦
¦
Problems (8086 Computers)" in topic 1.4.1.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Symptoms
1.5.3 Miscellaneous Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Blank or unreadable display (Check ¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ display) (*)
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦ 3. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. Display Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 5. System Board Video
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Other display problems (Check
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ display) (*)
¦ 2. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. Display
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board Video
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Insert Diskette Icon appears, or
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ system enters BASIC
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Diskette Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. Network Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Bad Diskette Icon
¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Incorrect memory size during POST, ¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ or Parity Check 1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (**)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Parity Check 2
¦ 1. Adapter Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Adapter
¦
¦ (Check memory) (**)
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Serial or Parallel port device
¦ 1. Device (self test OK?)
¦
¦ failure
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ XXXX ROM Error
¦ 1. Any Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Some or all of the keys on the
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦ keyboard do not work.
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Keyboard Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Real Time Clock loses time. (This ¦ 1. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ is not always a hardware failure. ¦ 2. Clock Module
¦
¦ See "Real-Time Clock Problems" in ¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ topic 1.11.27)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
¦
¦
¦ (**) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Memory
¦
¦
Problems (8086 Computers)" in topic 1.4.1.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
1.5.4 Numeric Error Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 131XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Cassette wrap failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 161, 163, 165
¦ 1. Set Time and Date
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. Clock Module
¦
¦
¦ 4. Battery
¦
¦
¦ 5. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 162
¦ 1. Run Setup
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦ 2. Clock Module
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 162
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (and unable to run advanced
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ diagnostics)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 164
¦ 1. Run Setup
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (**)
¦
Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 199
¦ 1. Any Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (**)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 302
¦ 1. Is the Keylock
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Locked?
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keylock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3XX
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦ 3. Keyboard Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 5XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 602
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 604, 662
¦ 1. Wrong Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Type
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 663
¦ 1. Wrong Media Type
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 6XX
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. External Drive Adapter
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦ 5. Display Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(8525)
¦
¦
¦ 6. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 7XX
¦ 1. Math Coprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 9XX (*)
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1002
¦ 1. Alternate Parallel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter-Jumpers
¦
¦
¦ 2. Alternate Parallel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1047
¦ 1. 16 Bit AT SCSI Fast
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10XX
¦ 1. Alternate Parallel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 11XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1202
¦ 1. Alternate Serial
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter-Jumpers
¦
¦
¦ 2. Alternate Serial
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 12XX
¦ 1. Alternate Serial
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 13XX
¦ 1. Game Control
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 14XX (*)
¦ 1. Printer
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 15XX
¦ 1. SDLC Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16XXXX
¦ 1. 36/38 Workstation
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 17XX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Model 9533 systems may produce
¦ 3. Hard Disk Cable
¦
¦ false 1702 and 1713 error. If no ¦ 4. Power Supply
¦
¦ other symptoms are detected,
¦ 5. Display Assembly
¦
¦ ignore these errors.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
(8525)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 209X
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. 16 Bit AT SCSI Fast
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 20XX
¦ 1. BSC Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 21XX
¦ 1. SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦ 2. 16 Bit AT SCSI Fast
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. Alternate BSC Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2401, 2402
¦ 1. Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If screen colors change)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2401, 2402
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display
¦
¦ (If screen colors are OK)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2409
¦ 1. Display
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2410
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 28XX
¦ 1. 3278/79 Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Coaxial Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3015, 3040
¦ 1. Network Attached?
¦
¦
¦ 2. LF Translator
¦
¦
¦ 3. Cable Problem
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦ 4. PC Network Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 5. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 30XX
¦ 1. PC Network Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. LF Translator
¦
¦
¦ 3. Cable Problem
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3115, 3140
¦ 1. Network Attached?
¦
¦
¦ 2. LF Translator
¦
¦
¦ 3. Alternate PC
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Network-Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. Cable Problem
¦
¦
¦ 5. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 31XX
¦ 1. Alternate PC
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Network-Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. LF Translator
¦
¦
¦ 3. Cable Problem
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 36XX
¦ 1. GPIB Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 38XX
¦ 1. DAC Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 64XX
¦ 1. Ethernet Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Network Service Procedures" ¦
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 74XX
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 80XX
¦ 1. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 84XX
¦ 1. Speech Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Speech Control
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 85XX
¦ 1. 2MB Exp. Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 86XX
¦ 1. Mouse
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 89XX
¦ 1. PC Music Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. MIDI Adapter Unit
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 106X1
¦ 1. Set Configuration
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ethernet Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10635
¦ 1. Power-off the computer, wait ¦
¦
¦
six seconds; then power-on
¦
¦
¦
the computer.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ethernet Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10651, 10660
¦ 1. Check Cables
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ethernet Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 106XX
¦ 1. Ethernet Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (see "Network Service Procedures" ¦
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 129XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Cache Kit
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 166XX, 167XX
¦ 1. Token Ring Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (See "Network Service Procedures" ¦ 3. Bus Adapter (if used)
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.4 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ 243XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027801XX to 027879XX
¦ 1. Personal Dictation
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
System Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027880XX to 027889XX
¦ 1. External FRU
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Speaker, Microphone)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I999XXXX
¦ 1. Default Hard Disk
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Adapter
¦
¦ (There is an optional SCSI adapter ¦ 3. SCSI Cable
¦
¦ installed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
¦
¦
¦ (**) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Memory
¦
¦
Problems (8086 Computers)" in topic 1.4.1.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.5.4 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (Micro Channel)
1.6 General Checkout (Micro Channel)
This general checkout procedure supports the following PS/2 Models:
50, 55, 56, 57, M57, 60, 65, 70, 76, 77, M77, 80, 85, 90, and 95.
Before using this General Checkout procedure, be sure to read the
information under "Introduction" in topic 1.3.
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
- Power-off the computer and all external devices.
- Check all cables and power cords.
- Make sure there are no diskettes in the drives.
- Set all display controls to the middle position.
- Power-on all external devices.
- Power-on the computer.
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
On some computers, two tamper-evident switches are installed on the
adapter guide located at the lower-left front of the system unit
frame. Both switches must be in the "up" or "on" position to supply
power to the system. (Move the blue slider up until it contacts the
metal actuator arms of the two switches. The switches "click" when
activated.) If the switches fail to activate, they must be adjusted
or replaced. To adjust the switches, remove the adapter guide with
the switches from the system unit. Form the actuator arms so the
switches activate when the slider is moved up half the distance of
its travel.
If you get a POST error code, press the pause key (while the error
code is on the screen). Write down any error codes that are
displayed, then press F1 to continue.
If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to "Symptom-to-FRU
Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7.
On some Model 95 computers, the customer has the ability to suppress
the Press F1 for Setup and Diagnostics prompt. If the prompt does
not to appear, continue with this MAP.
- Check for the following responses:
1.
2.
One or two short beeps.
Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSES?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
Find the failure symptom in the "Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro
¦
Channel)" in topic 1.7.
¦
¦
+---+
¦003¦
+---+
ARE ANY EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE SYSTEM?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦004¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 007.
¦
¦
+---+
¦005¦
+---+
DID THE POWER-ON GOOD INDICATOR FOR ALL OF THE EXTERNAL SCSI DEVICES COME
ON?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦006¦
¦
+---+
¦
Check the voltages. Go to "Related Service Information" in
¦
topic 1.11.
¦
¦
+---+
¦007¦
+---+
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (Micro Channel)
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦008¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦
¦
Note: You might have an intermittent failure. Go to "System Error
¦
Log" in topic 1.6.5 to see if any errors are logged. If no
¦
errors are logged, or if the error log is not supported, go to
¦
Step 022.
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦009¦
+---+
IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE 0106XXXX, 0166XXXX, OR 0167XXXX?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦010¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 012.
¦
¦
+---+
¦011¦
+---+
There is a network communication problem. Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index
(Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7 and find the error code. If you suspect
another type of network problem, or you just want to test the network
adapter, go to "Network Service Procedures" in topic 1.10.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦012¦
+---+
DOES THE SYSTEM HAVE A SCSI ADAPTER OR DEVICE INSTALLED OR CONNECTED
EXTERNALLY?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦013¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 022.
¦
¦
+---+
¦014¦
+---+
Go to Step 015.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦015¦
+---+
IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE RANGE OF 02080000 190I TO 02470000
190I?
Important: If your error code is not in the range or is not followed by a
190I, answer No.
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦016¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to Step 022.
¦
¦
+---+
¦017¦
+---+
- Start the system programs.
Note:
For instructions on starting the system programs, see "Starting
System Program Diagnostics" in topic 2.10.1.
- Verify the "Enable/Disable" settings are correct. (If you are not
familiar with these settings, see "SCSI Device Default Settings" in
topic 1.11.32.)
Note:
If you receive a warning on the screen regarding the "Keep/
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (Micro Channel)
Remove" settings, follow the instructions on the screen before
continuing.
DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE ENABLE/DISABLE SETTINGS?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦018¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7. Before
¦
replacing any SCSI devices, verify there are no duplicate SCSI ID
¦
settings on the same bus.
¦
¦
+---+
¦019¦
+---+
- Restart the computer (power-off, then on).
DID THE POST ERROR REMAIN?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦020¦
¦
+---+
¦
If you suspect another problem, or you want to run System Checkout,
¦
go to Step 022.
¦
¦
+---+
¦021¦
+---+
Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦022¦
+---+
- Start the system programs.
Note:
For instructions on starting the system programs, see "Starting
System Program Diagnostics" in topic 2.10.1.
- If you are not at the Main Menu, follow the instructions on the screen
to advance to the Main Menu, then press Ctrl+A and run system checkout.
Go to "Related Service Information" in topic 1.11 for:
Undetermined Problems (computer hangs)
Incorrect keyboard responses
Incorrect printer responses
Incorrect display responses (jittering, rolling, shifting, changing
colors, or out of focus)
Note:
If a minimum of 896KB of memory is not active, the diagnostic
tests cannot be loaded.
IS THE DEVICES LIST CORRECT?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦023¦
¦
+---+
¦
Go to "Devices List" in topic 1.6.1. If that does not correct the
¦
problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
¦
¦
+---+
¦024¦
+---+
- Run the advanced diagnostic tests.
DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Note:
Yes
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the tests start but do not complete and you cannot continue,
replace the device that was being tested.
No
¦
+---+
¦025¦
+---+
Note:
If you noticed an error symptom or if you received any POST
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (Micro Channel)
¦
error codes when the computer was powered-on, go to
¦
"Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7.
¦
¦
¦
You might have an intermittent problem:
¦
¦
¦
¦
Check for damaged cables or connectors.
¦
¦
Reseat all adapters, drives, and modules.
¦
¦
Check the system fan.
¦
¦
Go to "Power Supply Voltage Check" in topic 1.11.26 to check
¦
voltages.
¦
¦
Start an error log and run the tests multiple times.
¦
¦
If you did not find a problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
topic 1.11.44.
¦
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦026¦
+---+
Follow the instructions on the screen. If that does not correct the
problem, go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.7.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Subtopics
1.6.1 Devices List
1.6.2 Missing Non-SCSI Device
1.6.3 Missing SCSI Device
1.6.4 Missing SCSI and Non-SCSI Devices
1.6.5 System Error Log
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Devices List
1.6.1 Devices List
At the start of the diagnostic tests, the Devices List is displayed. Normally, all adapters and devices installed in the computer appear on the
list.
If an adapter or device that appears on the list is not installed in the computer, use the procedure in "Undetermined Problems" in topic
1.11.44 to find the problem.
If an adapter or device that is installed in the computer does not appear on the list, you have one of the following conditions:
- The diagnostic (DGS) files for the missing device are not loaded onto the System Partition (run Copy an option diskette using the
option diskette).
- The SCSI controller failed (on the system board or SCSI adapter).
- An unrecognizable adapter is installed.
- The missing device is defective or it requires an additional diagnostic diskette or service manual.
- A defective adapter caused the device to disappear from the list.
If you are sure that the DGS files are loaded and all the options are supported, note which type of device (SCSI or non-SCSI) is missing
from the Devices List, then continue.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Missing Non-SCSI Device
1.6.2 Missing Non-SCSI Device
If a non-SCSI device is missing from the list, replace it.
If more than one non-SCSI device is missing, isolate them one at a time until you find the device causing the failure.
Note: If the number of diskette drives shown on the list is incorrect, an error can occur during the tests. If this is the case, restart the
computer, select View Configuration from the Set Configuration menu and verify that the drive information is correct, then continue
testing.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Missing SCSI Device
1.6.3 Missing SCSI Device
Note: On some models with SCSI on the system board, slot number 0 or 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI controller.
Diagnostics might instruct you to replace the SCSI adapter in slot 0, or 1, leading you to believe that a SCSI adapter is missing. In
that situation, replace the system board (the SCSI controller is built into the board).
If a SCSI device is missing from the list, determine if the missing device is connected to the SCSI controller on the system board, or a
SCSI adapter. Either the system board or the SCSI adapter might be defective. Continue with the following procedure.
1. Power-off the computer and disconnect any internal and external SCSI devices from the computer (except default drive 6, if installed).
2. If the device is connected to a SCSI adapter, install the external terminator if no external SCSI devices are attached (some SCSI
adapters have both an internal and an external terminator).
Notes:
a. Some system boards with SCSI have terminators built in and do not require a terminator.
b. For more information, see "Terminator Function" in topic 2.8.7.
3. Power-on the computer and run Automatic Configuration. If the SCSI adapter (or the SCSI controller on the system board) is not
on the Devices List in Advanced Diagnostics, it is defective. If the SCSI adapter (or the SCSI controller on the system board) is on the
list, run the SCSI adapter or SCSI controller Advanced Diagnostic test.
4. If the SCSI adapter (or the SCSI controller on the system board) fails the test, replace it. If it passes the test, a different adapter or
device might be causing the problem; if this is the case, continue with the next step.
5. Disconnect SCSI default drive 6, then re-run Advanced Diagnostics. If the SCSI adapter or the system board fails, replace the FRU. If
the problem is not found, continue with the next step.
6. Reconnect all the devices, then put all terminators back in the same positions they were in before service.
7. Use the procedure in "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44 to find the problem.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Missing SCSI and Non-SCSI Devices
1.6.4 Missing SCSI and Non-SCSI Devices
If both types of devices are missing, see "Related Service Information" in topic 1.11 to find the problem.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
System Error Log
1.6.5 System Error Log
If you are not familiar with the error log, refer to "System Error Log" in topic 2.12.
Notes:
1. On 90 and 95, only systems with a Type 3 processor board (submodel codes 28, 29, 36, 37) support the system error log.
2. After service, clear any noninformational errors from the error log.
Subtopics
1.6.5.1 Viewing the System Error Log
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Viewing the System Error Log
1.6.5.1 Viewing the System Error Log
1.
2.
3.
4.
Go to the Main Menu.
Select More Utilities.
Select Display system error log.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
Read the error log to see if any errors are stored. Use that information to help determine what is causing the failure.
If you cannot find the problem using the error log, run diagnostics, if you have not already done so.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.6.5.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)
1.7 Symptom-to-FRU Index (Micro Channel)
This index supports the following PS/2 Models:
50, 55, 56, 57, 60, 65, 70, 76, 77, 80, 85, 90, and 95.
Always start with "General Checkout (Micro Channel)" in topic 1.6.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ For information on:
¦ Go to:
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Additional service help. (For
¦ "Related Service Information" in ¦
¦ example, voltage checks, 0S/2 Trap ¦ topic 1.11.
¦
¦ errors, or processor board errors) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Possible software and hardware
¦ "Software/Hardware Mismatch
¦
¦ mismatch problems. (not
¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.43.
¦
¦ repairable by replacing FRUs)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Starting the System Programs
¦ "Starting System Program
¦
¦
¦ Diagnostics" in topic 2.10.1.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Erasing Power-On Passwords
¦ "Removing a Power-On Password" in ¦
¦
¦ topic 2.4.4.1.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Privileged Access Password Jumper ¦ "Privileged-Access Password" in
¦
¦ (9556, 9557)
¦ topic 2.4.6.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Tamper Evident Switch (9556, 9557) ¦ "Security" in topic 2.4.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Memory Address Conflicts
¦ "Resolving Memory-Address
¦
¦
¦ Conflicts" in topic 2.7.9.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Replacing the system board does
¦ "Processor Board Installation
¦
¦ not correct the problem, and a
¦ (90, 95)" in topic 1.11.21.
¦
¦ removable processor is installed. ¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.7.1 No-Beep Symptoms
1.7.2 Beep Symptoms
1.7.3 Audio Symptoms
1.7.4 Miscellaneous Symptoms
1.7.5 Numeric Error Codes
1.7.6 IML and IPL Errors
1.7.7 Checking Startup Sequence and Hard Disk Drive
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
No-Beep Symptoms
1.7.1 No-Beep Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on LED
¦ 1. Processor Cache
¦
¦ lights, memory may or may not
¦
¦
¦ count, and blinking cursor
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ continuously loops.
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Memory count hangs during POST.
¦ 1. System Board Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Option (if installed) ¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Processor
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, power-on indicator does
¦ 1. Adapter Guide/Switch
¦
¦ not come on, and fan does not run. ¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦ Important: On computers with a
¦ 3. Control/Speaker
¦
¦ tamper evident switch, when the
¦
¦
¦ cover is off, the switch must be
¦
Assembly
¦
¦ in the "up" or "on" position to ¦ 4. Processor Board
¦
¦ supply power to the computer.
¦
¦
¦ Also, the switch might be out of
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ adjustment (not making contact).
¦ 5. System Board
¦
¦ Remove the switch and form the
¦ 6. Any Device or Adapter
¦
¦ contacts. If this is not the
¦ 7. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ problem, see "Undetermined
¦
¦
¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.44 (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, and 000215XX is ¦ 1. System Board Memory
¦
¦ displayed.
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, and 000258XX is ¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ displayed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ indicator is on, and computer
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ hangs during POST with a message
¦ 3. Power Supply
¦
¦ displayed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44)(*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep and the computer is
¦ 1. Control/Speaker
¦
¦ otherwise functional.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep and the computer is not
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ functional.
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44)(*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ indicator is on, and computer
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ hangs during POST with no message ¦
¦
¦ displayed.
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 3. Any Device or Adapter
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44)(*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Beep Symptoms
1.7.2 Beep Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ One long and one short beep.
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check display) (*)
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Video Memory (if used)
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 5. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ One long and two short beeps.
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check display) (*)
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Video Memory (if used)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Adapter Video Memory
¦
¦
¦ 5. Bus Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 6. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 7. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ One or two beeps and a blank or
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦ unreadable display, or a blinking ¦
¦
¦ cursor.
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Video Memory (if used)
¦
¦ (Check display) (*)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Adapter Video Memory
¦
¦
¦ 5. Display (any type)
¦
¦
¦ 6. Bus Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 7. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Continuous beep.
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Continuous beep and a blank
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦ display.
¦ 2. Video Memory (if used)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ (Check display).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ One long and three short beeps.
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Video Memory (if used)
¦
¦ (Check display)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Repeating short beeps.
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦ (Check the keyboard for a stuck
¦
¦
¦ key)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Audio Symptoms
1.7.3 Audio Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Front microphone and front
¦ 1. Control Panel Assembly
¦
¦ headphone inoperative and rear
¦ 2. Cable (system board to
¦
¦ microphone, rear headphone, and
¦
control panel assembly)
¦
¦ computer beeps are working
¦
¦
¦ properly.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Front microphone, front headphone, ¦ 1. Control Panel Assembly
¦
¦ and computer beeps inoperative and ¦ 2. Cable (system board to
¦
¦ rear microphone and rear headphone ¦
control panel assembly)
¦
¦ are working properly.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Distorted or missing audio from
¦ 1. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦ control panel assembly line
¦
¦
¦ outputs or headphone jack.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Front microphone inoperative and
¦ 1. Control Panel Assembly
¦
¦ rear microphone works properly.
¦ 2. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. Cable (ACPA/A to control
¦
¦
¦
panel assembly)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Rear microphone inoperative.
¦ 1. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Microphone
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Audio from CD-ROM does not play to ¦ 1. Control Panel Assembly
¦
¦ the front speaker, but plays to
¦ 2. ACPA/A Adapter
¦
¦ Line Output.
¦ 3. Cable (ACPA/A to control
¦
¦
¦
panel assembly)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Audio from CD-ROM does not play to ¦ 1. CD-ROM
¦
¦ the front speaker or to Line
¦ 2. Cable (CD-ROM to
¦
¦ Output.
¦
¦
¦
¦
ACPA/A Adapter)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Symptoms
1.7.4 Miscellaneous Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Drive letters changed unexpectedly ¦ 1. This is a normal condition.
¦
¦ after installing OS/2 or a SCSI
¦
Use the configuration program ¦
¦ adapter.
¦
to change the drive letters
¦
¦
¦
back to the desired settings. ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Intermittent failures.
¦ 1. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦ 2. Power Supply Fans
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦ 3. Any Device or Adapter
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44 before replacing
¦
¦
¦ FRUs) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Diskette drive LED stays on.
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Hard disk LED stays on.
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Hard disk LED not working, but
¦ 1. Control/Speaker
¦
¦ computer is completely functional. ¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Reference Diskette does not start. ¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. Reference Diskette
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Read / write errors on a 2.88MB
¦ 1. Use View configuration to
¦
¦ diskette drive. (If the drive was ¦
determine if the diskette
¦
¦ just installed, either the
¦
drive is listed as a 2.88MB. ¦
¦ computer has down level IML code
¦
If not, the latest level
¦
¦ loaded or that model does not
¦
Reference Diskette code must ¦
¦ support a 2.88MB drive.)
¦
be loaded onto the System
¦
¦
¦
Partition.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Image Adapter/A Memory Test
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦ failure indicated by graphic
¦
¦
¦ representation of adapter.
¦
(shown in graphic)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ IML image has been updated and the ¦ 1. Verify an operating system
¦
¦ Diskette and F1 error prompt
¦
has been loaded onto the
¦
¦ appears on the screen.
¦
default hard disk.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ IML image has been updated, the
¦ 1. Verify an operating system
¦
¦ Diskette icon appears on the
¦
has been loaded onto the
¦
¦ display, and a I99903XX appears on ¦
default hard disk.
¦
¦ the information panel (95).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Internal Data/Fax modem does not
¦ 1. Check that setup data defined ¦
¦ communicate with a remote modem or ¦
by communication software is ¦
¦ a fax.
¦
suitable for communication.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Internal Data/Fax Modem
¦
¦ Note: Make sure the serial device ¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
power option is set to on
¦
¦
¦
in the Set Features
¦
¦
¦
program.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Internal Data/Fax modem does not
¦ 1. Check in power configuration ¦
¦ respond to software, and
¦
and verify the modem is
¦
¦ diagnostics does not find no
¦
turned on.
¦
¦ problem.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Program load error during remote
¦ 1. Network Adapter
¦
¦ IPL from the file server.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Program loads from the hard disk
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ or a non system disk or disk error ¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (with the Reference Diskette in
¦ 3. Power Supply
¦
¦ drive A).
¦ 4. Reference Diskette
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No colors on a color display.
¦ 1. Display (any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. VGA terminator
¦
¦ (Connect display to the VGA port
¦
¦
¦ and run the Enhanced VGA test to
¦
¦
¦ see if the display is the problem) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Screen colors change.
¦ 1. Display (any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Symptoms
¦ One or more keys do not work and
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦ the computer is otherwise
¦ 2. Keyboard Cable
¦
¦ functional.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check keyboard) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Power supply appears to fail at
¦ 1. Motor Start Jumper (Remove
¦
¦ power-on, but if you disconnect
¦
the motor start start jumper ¦
¦ optional hard disks, the problem
¦
from one or more option
¦
¦ goes away (load problem). (See
¦
drives.)
¦
¦ "Setting the Motor-Start Jumper"
¦
¦
¦ in topic 2.8.6)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Power-on indicator does
¦ 1. Control/Speaker
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ not come on, fan runs,
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ and computer is functional.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Power-on indicator does
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦ not come on, fan runs,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ and computer is not functional.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Power-on indicator does not come
¦ 1. Power Supply
¦
¦ on, fan not running, and computer ¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ is not functional.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44 before replacing
¦
¦
¦ FRUs) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Operating system does not work, or ¦ 1. Default Hard Disk
¦
¦ the system starts up in BASIC.
¦
¦
¦ (See "IML and IPL Errors" in
¦
Drive
¦
¦ topic 1.7.6 before replacing FRUs) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Real Time Clock loses time.
¦ 1. Default Hard Disk
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (This is not always a hardware
¦
Drive
¦
¦ failure. See "Real-Time Clock
¦
¦
¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.27)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Computer cannot be powered-off.
¦ 1. Control/Speaker
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
1.7.5 Numeric Error Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000101XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦ (Interrupt failure. Possibly a
¦
¦
¦ bad battery or processor)
¦
(70/80)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000102XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦ (ROM checksum or timer error.
¦
¦
¦ Possibly a bad battery or
¦
(70/80)
¦
¦ processor)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If the battery was removed while ¦
¦
¦ replacing the 80386 processor in a ¦
¦
¦ Model 70, with a 486DX33 Processor ¦
¦
¦ Upgrade (FRU Number 92F0436),
¦
¦
¦ remove the 486DX33 processor and
¦
¦
¦ install the 80386 processor; then, ¦
¦
¦ install the battery. Configure
¦
¦
¦ the system and re-install the
¦
¦
¦ 486DX33 processor without removing ¦
¦
¦ the battery.)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00010300
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Checksum or timer error. If it
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ is a 20-MHz board, and the
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ processor is not a 487SX, the
¦
¦
¦ jumper must be in positions 2 and ¦
¦
¦ 3) (487SX is indicated on the
¦
¦
¦ processor)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000102XX, 000103XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ 000104XX, 000107XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000105XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Command not accepted)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000106XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Converting logic test
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000107XX, 000108XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000109XX
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Interrupt or memory failure)
¦ 3. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 4. Any Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 5. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00010XXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000110XX
¦ 1. Memory Module Kit
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (For Model 95, also see 000201XY
¦
¦
¦ for socket location list)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000111XX
¦ 1. Adapter Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. Expansion Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000112XX, 000113XX (Possible
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ timeout error)
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000114XX
¦ 1. Any Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ (ROM error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000115XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (80386 protect mode failure, or
¦
¦
¦ BIOS checksum error)
¦
(70/80)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000116XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦ (Possible read/write problem)
¦
¦
¦
¦
(70/80)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000118XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Previously detected error. Run
¦
Memory
¦
¦ Advanced Diagnostics)
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000119XX
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(2.88MB diskette drive is
¦
¦
¦
installed but not supported.) ¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00011XXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000120XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Possible processor
¦
Processor Cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ self test failure)
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000121XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (A problem was detected
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ during memory remapping)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00012201, 00012202
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 00012203, 00012204
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 00012205, 00012206
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 00012207, 00012208
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Data error. Possible system
¦
¦
¦ board failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000129XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Cache Kit
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00013000
¦ 1. Check Drive Sequence
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (POST could not start the
¦
¦
¦ operating system. Operating
¦
¦
¦ system loaded? Is the boot drive ¦
¦
¦ in the selectable drive sequence?) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00013001
¦ 1. Delete diskette drive from
¦
¦
¦
the startup sequence if so
¦
¦ (Security system is being used,
¦
desired.
¦
¦ but the computer is not totally
¦
¦
¦ secured because there is a
¦
¦
¦ diskette drive in the startup
¦
¦
¦ sequence)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00013002
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive startup sequence is corrupt ¦
Then reset the selectable
¦
¦ or invalid)
¦
drive startup sequence. If
¦
¦
¦
the problem still exists,
¦
¦
¦
replace the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00013003
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (EEPROM could not be read)
¦
If the problem still exists, ¦
¦
¦
replace the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000131XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000132XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (DMA extended registers error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000133XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (DMA verify function error. Logic ¦
¦
¦ failed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000134XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (DMA arbitration logic error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00014905
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00014908, 00014909
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Tamper Evident
¦
¦ Before replacing any FRUs,
¦
¦
¦
¦
Switches
¦
¦ see "Cover Lock and Tamper-Evident ¦ 3. Keylock Assembly
¦
¦ Switches" in topic 2.4.2
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000152XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Real time clock error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (This is not always a hardware
¦
¦
¦ failure. Also see "Real-Time
¦
¦
¦ Clock Problems" in topic 1.11.27) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000156XX
¦ 1. Start the system from the
¦
¦
¦
Reference Diskette (or server ¦
¦ (Security error. The covers were ¦
image) and reconfigure the
¦
¦ removed without using the key.
¦
system.
¦
¦ The tamper evident switch was
¦ 2. Security Switch
¦
¦ tripped)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000160XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (System Board ID not recognized.
¦
¦
¦ Possible system board failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000161XX
¦ 1. Battery
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ CAUTION:
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ The lithium battery (IBM part
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ number 33F8354) in your computer
¦
¦
¦ presents a fire, explosion, or
¦
¦
¦ severe burn risk. Use of another ¦
¦
¦ battery could result in ignition
¦
¦
¦ or explosion of the battery.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000162XX
¦ 1. Any Device
¦
¦
¦ 2. Battery
¦
¦ (Be sure all devices are
¦
¦
¦ powered-on. (Check Enable/Disable ¦
¦
¦ settings) (*) Configuration
¦
¦
¦ changed? If so, run Automatic
¦
¦
¦ Configuration.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00016300
¦ 1. Set Date and time
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Date and time error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00016000, 00016400
¦ 1. Set Configuration, Features
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ 00016500, 00016700
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 00016900
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If setting configuration, date,
¦
¦
¦ and time does not solve the
¦
¦
¦ problem, see "Devices List" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.6.1)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000166XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (Reseat all adapters)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000168XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Real time clock error. This is
¦
¦
¦ not always a hardware failure.
¦
¦
¦ Also see "Real-Time Clock
¦
¦
¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.27)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000169XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Processor configuration error.
¦
¦
¦ (Run Automatic Configuration, then ¦
¦
¦ verify that the processor
¦
¦
¦ configuration information is
¦
¦
¦ correct before replacing FRUs)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000170XX
¦ 1. From "Set Configuration,"
¦
¦
¦
select "Change
¦
¦ (ASCII console setup conflict
¦
Configuration," and enable
¦
¦ error. The serial port is
¦
the port.
¦
¦ disabled)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000171XX
¦ 1. Battery
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000172XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000173XX
¦ 1. Set Configuration/Features
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Possibly a weak battery)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000174XX
¦ 1. Any Device
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (If the configuration has been
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
¦ changed, run Automatic
¦
¦
¦ Configuration. Otherwise, run
¦
¦
¦ Advanced Diagnostics) (Check "SCSI ¦
¦
¦ Device Default Settings" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.32) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000175XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Security error. The system board ¦
¦
¦ EEPROM failed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000176XX
¦ 1. Start the system from the
¦
¦
¦
Reference Diskette (or server ¦
¦ (Security error. The covers were ¦
image) and reconfigure the
¦
¦ removed without using the key.
¦
system.
¦
¦ The tamper evident switch was
¦ 2. Security Switch
¦
¦ tripped)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000177XX, 000178XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Security error. Passwords
¦
¦
¦ corrupted) Reset.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000179XX
¦ 1. Go into the log and note the ¦
¦
¦
errors. Clear the log, then ¦
¦ (System error log might be full)
¦
run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000181XX
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦ 2. Network Adapter
¦
¦ (The computer requires a network
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ adapter for remote IPL or a hard
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦ disk drive ID of 6 LUN 0, for IML; ¦
¦
¦ neither of these were detected)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000182XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Privileged access password (PAP) ¦
¦
¦ data is corrupted. To restore it, ¦
¦
¦ move jumper JMP2 to position "0"
¦
¦
¦ write enabled).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000183XX
¦ 1. Enter the Privileged access
¦
¦
¦
password (PAP) instead of the ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (Wrong password entered)
¦
power-on password.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000184XX
¦ 1. User must reset the password. ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Power-on password corrupted)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000185XX
¦ 1. Run Select Startup Sequence
¦
¦
¦
utility. Reset user's chosen ¦
¦ (Selectable startup sequence
¦
startup sequence.
¦
¦ corrupted)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000186XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Security error. Hardware failed) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000187XX
¦ 1. Select Set system
¦
¦
¦
identification from the
¦
¦ (Vital Product Data (VPD) error.
¦
Reference Diskette, System
¦
¦ System serial number information
¦
Partition (or server image)
¦
¦ corrupted)
¦
and type the system serial
¦
¦
¦
number. If problem remains, ¦
¦
¦
suspect the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000188XX
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Vital Product Data (VPD) error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000189XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (The wrong password was entered 3 ¦
¦
¦ times. Clear the system error log ¦
¦
¦ and restart the system)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000191XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (82385 cache test failed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000194XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Riser Card
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦ 3. Memory Module Kit
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000199XX
¦ 1. Run the Flash Update Utility ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (User indicated configuration
¦
(PS/2 9553-xBx Only)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ is invalid)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0001XXXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(70/80)
¦
¦
¦ 3. Any Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000201XX to 000205XX
¦ 1. System Board Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Reseat System Board Memory)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00020XXY, 000217XY
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If the "Y" digit is in the range ¦
Memory
¦
¦ "G" to "V", suspect the model
¦
¦
¦ 90/95 processor board first) (*)
¦
Memory Riser Card
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See page 1.11.12.2)
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000210XX, 000211XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board Memory
¦
¦
¦ 3. Memory Riser Card
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000214XX, 000215XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000216XX, 000221XX
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000226XX, 000240XX
¦
Memory Riser Card
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000235XX, 000241XX
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory. It might be the
¦
System Board
¦
¦ wrong type or in the wrong slot)
¦
¦
¦ (*)
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000225XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory. It might be the
¦
Memory
¦
¦ wrong type or wrong speed) (*)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory Riser Card
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000221XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (ROM to RAM parity error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000231XX
¦ 1. Expanded Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Option
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00024300, 00024400
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000245XX, 000246XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Riser Card
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board Memory
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00024700
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000251XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Memory location changed on the
¦
¦
¦ memory expansion option)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00025200
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000253XX, 000254XX
¦ 1. Processor Cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000255XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory) (*)
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00029000
¦ 1. Correct the unsupported
¦
¦
¦
combination of ECC and parity ¦
¦ (Unsupported memory combination
¦
memory modules. Run
¦
¦ detected) (*)
¦
Automatic Configuration, then ¦
¦
¦
rerun Advanced Diagnostics
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000291XX, 000292XX
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 6
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦
then rerun Advanced
¦
¦ 000293XX, 00029400
¦
Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Checksum value mismatch)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000295XX, 000296XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory for an unsupported
¦
Memory
¦
¦ configuration or modules) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00029800
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Checksum value mismatch)
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
then rerun Advanced
¦
¦
¦
Diagnostics
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0002XX00
¦ 1. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
(70/80)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000301XX, 000302XX
¦ 1. Keyboard Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000303XX, 000304XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 3. Keyboard Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000305XX
¦ 1. Fuse
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard Cable
¦
¦ (Keyboard voltage error. If no
¦
¦
¦ fuse in system, replace system
¦
¦
¦ board) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000306XX
¦ 1. Check for Unsupported
¦
¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦ (Wrong Keyboard Attached?)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000307XX
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000320XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000401XX to 000405XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0005XXXX
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(any type)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000601XX
¦ 1. Defective Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000602XX
¦ 1. Defective Diskette
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Invalid boot record)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000604XX
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Unsupported drive or cable.
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ Drive must be media sense type)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000605XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Diskette drive error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000606XX, 000607XX
¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ 000610XX, 000621XX
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000622XX, 000623XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000624XX, 000630XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000631XX, 000632XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000633XX, 000640XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000641XX, 000642XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000643XX, 000650XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000651XX, 000652XX
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 7
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000653XX, 000654XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000656XX, 000657XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000658XX, 000659XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000660XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Generally, these are media
¦
¦
¦ errors. Try a known good
¦
¦
¦ diskette. If the error appears
¦
¦
¦ again, replace the drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000655XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000662XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Wrong drive type installed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000663XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Wrong media type in the drive)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000668XX
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0006XXXX
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0007XXXX
¦ 1. Math Coprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. 486DX33 Upgrade
¦
¦ For a 486 processor, erase
¦
¦
¦ COPROC.DGS from the backup
¦
(70/80)
¦
¦ Reference Diskette, then restore
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ the system partition from the
¦
¦
¦ corrected backup Reference
¦
¦
¦ Diskette. Re-run Advanced
¦
¦
¦ Diagnostics.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00100203
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00110100
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Serial connector error, possible ¦
¦
¦ system board failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001101XX, 00110200
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any Serial Device
¦
¦ 00110600, 00110800
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 00110900
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00110700
¦ 1. Communications
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001102XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Card selected feedback error)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001103XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Port fails register check)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001106XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Serial option cannot
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ be turned off)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001107XX
¦ 1. Serial Device Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001110XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Register test failed)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001116XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 8
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (16550 interrupt error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001117XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Failed baud rate test)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0011XXXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Power Supply Voltage Check" ¦
¦
¦ in topic 1.11.26 before replacing ¦
¦
¦ system board) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001201XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any Serial Device
¦
¦ (Check voltages) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001202XX, 001206XX
¦ 1. Dual Async
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001208XX, 001209XX
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ 0012XXXX
¦ 3. Any Serial Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001207XX
¦ 1. Communications
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. Dual Async Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00129020
¦ 1. Cached Processor
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Disk cache error)
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001301XX, 001302XX
¦ 1. Game Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Joystick
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001402XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Printer not ready)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001403XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (No paper error,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ or interrupt failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001404XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (System board timeout
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001405XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Parallel adapter error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001406XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Presence test error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0014XX00
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check printer before replacing
¦
¦
¦ system board) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001701XX, 001703XX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Cable (ST506)
¦
¦ 001704XX, 001714XX
¦ 3. Hard Disk Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0017XXXX
¦
(ST506)
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦ (Not listed below)
¦ 5. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001702XX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001705XX, 001706XX
¦ 1. Format the Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ 001707XX, 001708XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001710XX, 001711XX
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 9
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001712XX, 001713XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001715XX, 001716XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001717XX, 001726XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001735XX, 001750XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001751XX, 001752XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001753XX, 001754XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001755XX, 001757XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001780XX, 001781XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001782XX, 001790XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 001791XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Read/write problem. Be sure the ¦
¦
¦ drive type is supported. If it
¦
¦
¦ is, try a low level format. If
¦
¦
¦ the error continues, replace the
¦
¦
¦ hard disk drive)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00180100 to 00180700
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00186XXX
¦ 1. Set Configuration/Features
¦
¦
¦ 2. Battery
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0018XXXX
¦ 1. System Board Expansion Unit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00240100, 00240200
¦ 1. Display (any type)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If screen colors change)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00240100, 00240200
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display (any type)
¦
¦ (If screen colors are OK)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00240900
¦ 1. Display (any type)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00241000
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 003015XX
¦ 1. Baseband Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Baseband Cable
¦
¦ (Check for missing wrap
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ or terminate plug on the
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ adapter)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0037XXXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ (This is usually caused by the
¦ 3. Hard Disk Cable
¦
¦ SCSI controller built into the
¦
¦
¦ system board)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 004611XX, 004630XX
¦ 1. Multiport/2 Interface
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Multiport/2 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 004612XX, 004613XX 004640XX,
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦ 004641XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
Package
¦
¦
¦ 2. Multiport/2 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00465000
¦ 1. Multiport Interface
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0046XXXX
¦ 1. Multiport/2 Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Multiport/2 Interface
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Package
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 10
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ 005600XX
¦ 1. Financial System
¦
¦
¦ 2. Controller Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0062XXXX
¦ 1. 1st Store Loop
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Adapter Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0063XXXX
¦ 1. 2nd Store Loop
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Adapter Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0064XXXX
¦ 1. Network Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Network Service Procedures" ¦
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0071XXXX
¦ 1. Voice Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0074XXXX
¦ 1. 8514/A Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Adapter jumper in the correct
¦
Adapter
¦
¦ position? See "Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 8514/A" in topic 1.11.5)
¦
8514/A Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 007509XX
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check display) (*)
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display (any type)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Video Memory
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 007510XX
¦ 1. XGA Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Video Memory
¦
¦ (Check display) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0076XXXX
¦ 1. Page Printer Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0078XXXX
¦ 1. High Speed Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0079XXXX
¦ 1. 3117 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 008001XX to 008012XX
¦ 1. Pointing Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (System Board Upgrade
¦
(Mouse)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Model 50, 55 Only)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00850XXX, 00851XXX
¦ 1. 80286 Memory Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00852XXX
¦ 1. Memory Module Package on the ¦
¦
¦
80286 Memory Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Adapter Memory
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 008601XX, 008602XX
¦ 1. Pointing Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Mouse)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 008603XX, 008604XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Pointing Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Mouse)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0089XXXX
¦ 1. Music Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0091XXXX
¦ 1. Optical Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0096XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any SCSI Device
¦
¦ (This adapter has cache)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010001XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 11
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (Multiprotocol Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ not found)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010002XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Card selected feedback
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010007XX
¦ 1. Communications
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. Multiprotocol Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010008XX, 010009XX
¦ 1. Multiprotocol
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any Serial Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0100XXXX
¦
Multiprotocol
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0101102X, 0101106X
¦ 1. Modem Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Data/Fax Modem
¦
¦ 0101108X, 0101109X
¦ 3. Any Serial Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010101XX, 010102XX
¦ 1. Have the customer verify that ¦
¦
¦
the correct operating system ¦
¦ 010104XX, 010105XX
¦
device drivers are installed ¦
¦
¦
and operational
¦
¦ 010106XX, 010107XX
¦ 2. Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010108XX, 010109XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010111XX, 010112XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010113XX, 010114XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010115XX, 010116XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010103XX, 010110XX 0101171X
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Data/Fax Modem
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010117XX
¦ 1. Check system
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
speaker
¦
¦
¦ 2. Check PSTN cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. External DAA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(if installed)
¦
¦
¦ 4. Modem
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010118XX
¦ 1. Run System Diagnostics and
¦
¦
¦
verify the correct operation ¦
¦
¦
of the modem slot
¦
¦
¦ 2. Modem
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010119XX
¦ 1. Diagnostics detected a
¦
¦
¦
non-IBM modem
¦
¦
¦ 2. Modem
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010120XX
¦ 1. Check PSTN Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. External DAA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(if installed)
¦
¦
¦ 3. Modem
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010132XX, 010133XX
¦ 1. Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010134XX, 010135XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010136XX, 010137XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010138XX, 010139XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010140XX, 010141XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010142XX, 010143XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 12
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ 010144XX, 010145XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010146XX, 010147XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010148XX, 010149XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010150XX, 010151XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010152XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010153XX
¦ 1. Data/Fax Modem
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0101XXXX
¦ 1. Modem Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Data/Fax Modem
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010450XX, 010451XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. Riser Card (if installed)
¦
¦ 010490XX, 010491XX
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦ 010492XX, 010499XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Read/write error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010452XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Seek test error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010453XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Wrong drive type?)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010454XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Sector buffer test error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010455XX, 010456XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Controller error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010459XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive diagnostic command error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010461XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive format error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010462XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Controller seek error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010464XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Hard Drive read error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010467XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive non fatal seek error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010468XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive fatal seek error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010469XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive soft error count exceeded) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010470XX, 010471XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 010472XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Controller wrap error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010473XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Corrupt data. Low level
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ format might be required)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010480XX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(ESDI)
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 13
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦ 2. Drive Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. Controller
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010481XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (ESDI drive D seek error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010482XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Drive select acknowledgement bad) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010490XX, 010491XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. Riser Card (if installed)
¦
¦ (Drive 0,1 read error)
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010499XX
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ 2. Riser Card (if installed)
¦
¦ (Drive controller error)
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 010483XX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(ESDI)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0104XXXX
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Adapter
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
(ESDI)
¦
¦
¦ 3. Hard Disk Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0106XXXX
¦ 1. Ethernet Network
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Network Service Procedures" ¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0107XXXX
¦ 1. 5.25-inch External
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. 5.25-inch Diskette
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Drive Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0109XXXX
¦ 1. ActionMedia
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check the adapter cables)
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0112XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any SCSI Device
¦
¦ (This adapter does not have cache) ¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0119XXXX
¦ 1. 3119 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0121XXXX
¦ 1. 300/1200/2400
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Modem/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any Serial Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01290001 01290002
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01290003 01290004
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01290007 01290008
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Possibly a recoverable processor ¦
¦
¦ board error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01290050, 01290051
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ 01290052, 01290053
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01290054, 01290055
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01290056
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Probably a fatal error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 14
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ 01290100, 012902XX
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board Cache
¦
¦ 01290400, 01290700
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01290800
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Cache error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 012903XX
¦ 1. Math Coprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ (Math coprocessor error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01290XXX
¦ 1. Processor Cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
(90/95)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01291200, 01291300
¦ 1. Run Advanced Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01291400, 012915XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 012916XX, 01291800
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01291900, 01294040
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01294041
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Possible processor board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01291700
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If it is a 20-MHz board, and the ¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ processor is a 487SX, the jumper
¦
¦
¦ must be in positions 1 and 2)
¦
¦
¦ (487SX is indicated on the
¦
¦
¦ processor)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01293000
¦ 1. Jumpered Incorrectly
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ (90/95 Processor board EEPROM
¦
¦
¦ jumper is in the wrong position)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01294042
¦ 1. Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (POST / BIOS EEPROM error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Update diskette is required)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01294400
¦ 1. Restart the system then run
¦
¦
¦
advanced diagnostics
¦
¦ (A hardware default interrupt
¦
¦
¦ occurred)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01295050, 01295056
¦ 1. Restart the system then run
¦
¦
¦
advanced diagnostics
¦
¦ 01295060, 01295061
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295070, 01295071
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295072, 01295073
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295074, 01295075
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295076, 01295077
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295078, 01295079
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295080, 01295081
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295082, 01295083
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295085, 01295086
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295087, 01295088
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295090, 01295091
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295094, 01295095
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01295096, 01295097
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 15
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ (Processor board errors)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0129X300
¦ 1. Busmaster Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Busmaster arbitration error. If ¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ more than one is installed, remove ¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ them one at a time to isolate the ¦
¦
¦ failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01299000
¦ 1. Run Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (VPD error; processor board
¦
¦
¦ replaced? Processor board serial ¦
¦
¦ number detected does not match
¦
¦
¦ serial number stored)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0136XXXX
¦ 1. ISDN Primary Rate Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0137XXXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0141XXXX
¦ 1. Realtime Interface
¦
¦
¦
Coprocessor Portmaster
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0143XXXX
¦ 1. Japanese Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 01471000, 014711XX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Adapter Video Memory
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0148XX00
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(any type)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 014901XX, 014902XX
¦ 1. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 01491XXX, 014922XX
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Display (any type)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 014932XX
¦ 1. External Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(any type)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Display Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(any type)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0152XXXX
¦ 1. XGA Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0161XXXX
¦ 1. FaxConcentrator
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0164XXXX
¦ 1. 120MB Internal Tape
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 016500XX
¦ 1. 6157 Tape
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Attachment Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 016520XX, 016540XX
¦ 1. 6157 Streaming Tape
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. 6157 Tape Attachment
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0166XXXX, 0167XXXX
¦ 1. Token-Ring Network
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Network Service Procedures" ¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦ in topic 1.10)
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 16
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦ 3. Bus Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 018001XX
¦ 1. Wizard Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Wizard Adapter
¦
¦ (18001 to 18029)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 018031XX
¦ 1. Wizard Adapter Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (18031 to 18039)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 018441XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Unsupported memory module on
¦
¦
¦ 80386 adapter)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 018451XX
¦
(Information only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Need to reconfigure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Module changed on
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ on 80386 adapter)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0184XXXX
¦ 1. Enhanced 80386
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0185XXXX
¦ 1. DBCS Japanese
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Display Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0194XXXX
¦ 1. Memory Module package on the ¦
¦
¦
2-8MB 80286 Memory Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory adapter
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020001XX to 020003XX
¦ 1. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Image-I Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020004XX
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
¦
¦ 2. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Image-I Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020005XX to 020010XX
¦ 1. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Image-I Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0200XXXX
¦ 1. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
Image-I Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Module DRAM, VRAM
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020101XX to 020103XX
¦ 1. Printer/Scanner
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦ 2. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 3. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020104XX
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer/Scanner Option
¦
¦
¦ 3. Image Adapter/A
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 020105XX to 020110XX
¦ 1. Printer/Scanner
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦ 2. Image Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦ 3. Memory Module
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 17
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DRAM, VRAM
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Image Adapter/A
¦ 1. Replace memory module
¦
¦ Memory Test failure
¦
¦
¦ indicated by graphic
¦
(shown in graphic)
¦
¦ representation of adapter
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0206XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI-2 Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0208XXXX
¦ 1. Any SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Verify that there are no
¦
¦
¦ duplicate SCSI ID settings on the ¦
¦
¦ same bus)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0210XXXA (60MB)
¦ 1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦ 0210XXXB (80MB)
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦ 0210XXXC (120MB)
¦ 3. SCSI Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. SCSI ID Switch
¦
¦ 0210XXXD (160MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
(On some models)
¦
¦ 0210XXXE (320MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXF (400MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXG (40MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXH (1GB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXI (104MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXJ (212MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXM (2GB, 8 bit, 68-pin)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXN (540MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXO (1GB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXQ (540MB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXP (2GB, 8 bit, 50-pin)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0210XXXU (Size unknown)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If it is an external device,
¦
¦
¦ check the external voltages. See ¦
¦
¦ "SCSI Diagnostic Tests" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.33 and "SCSI ID (Using ¦
¦
¦ to Help Isolate Failures)" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.41 before replacing any ¦
¦
¦ FRUs) (*)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0210XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦ (Internal bus, size unknown)
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦ 0210XXX1
¦ 3. SCSI Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. SCSI ID Switch (on some
¦
¦ (External bus, size unknown)
¦
models)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ The amber LED remains on.
¦ 1. Tape Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Cable (internal)
¦
¦
¦ 3. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ The green "in use" LED fails to
¦ 1. Tape Drive
¦
¦ come on.
¦ 2. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦
¦ 3. SCSI Cable (internal)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SCSI Cable (external)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ The tape is automatically ejected ¦ 1. Tape Cassette
¦
¦ from the drive.
¦ 2. Drive
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SCSI ID on the rotary switch does ¦ 1. Rotary Switch Circuit
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 18
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦ not match the SCSI ID set in
¦
¦
¦ configuration. (Verify the drive ¦
Board
¦
¦ switches inside the cover are set ¦ 2. Circuit Board Cable
¦
¦ to zero)
¦ 3. Tape Drive
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Tape sticks/breaks in the drive.
¦ 1. Tape Cassette
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Verify that the tapes used meet
¦
¦
¦ ANSI standard X3B5)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0212XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0213XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI Processor
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0214XXXX
¦ 1. WORM Drive
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0215XXXC
¦ 1. CD-ROM Drive I
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0215XXXD
¦
CD-ROM Drive II
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0215XXXE
¦
Enhanced CD-ROM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0215XXXU
¦
Drive II
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If it is an external device, and ¦
Any CD-ROM Drive
¦
¦ the power-on LED is off, check
¦ 2. SCSI Cable
¦
¦ external voltages) (*)
¦ 3. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0216XXXX
¦ 1. Scanner
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0217XXXX
¦ 1. Rewritable Optical
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (If it is an external device, and ¦
Drive
¦
¦ the power-on LED is off, check
¦ 2. SCSI Adapter or the SCSI
¦
¦ external voltages) (*)
¦
controller built into the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦
¦ 3. SCSI Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0218XXXX
¦ 1. Changer
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check for multi CD
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ tray, or juke box)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0219XXXX
¦ 1. SCSI
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Communications
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 024201Y0, 024210Y0
¦ 1. ISDN/2 Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. ISDN/2 Wrap Plug
¦
¦ (Be sure the wrap plug is not
¦ 3. ISDN/2
¦
¦ missing)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Communications
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0243XXXX
¦ 1. XGA-2 Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 002460XX
¦ 1. 90MHz Processor Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
(without VRAM)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 002461XX
¦ 1. 90MHz Processor Upgrade (with ¦
¦
¦
1MB VRAM)
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0258XXXX
¦ 1. XGA-2 Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Video might have failed. (Ensure ¦
Adapter
¦
¦ that you are using diagnostic
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ files XGAANI.DGS and XGAPNI.DGS
¦
¦
¦ dated 03/06/93 or later before you ¦
¦
¦ replace any FRUs. Earlier files
¦
¦
¦ cause erroneous errors.)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0259XXXX
¦ 1. SVGA Adapter
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 19
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0260XXXX
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any SCSI Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0270XXXX
¦ 1. RAID Adapter Controller
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0271XXXX
¦ 1. RAID Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0273XXXX
¦ 1. 1Mbps Micro Channel Infrared ¦
¦
¦
LAN Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027501XX, 027503XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ 027506XX, 027507XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027502XX, 027504XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027510XX, 027511XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027533XX, 027534XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027536XX, 027537XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027509XX
¦ 1. Remove redundant ServerGuard ¦
¦
¦
Adapters, run Auto
¦
¦
¦
Configuration program, then
¦
¦
¦
retest.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027512XX
¦ 1. WMSELF.DGS diagnostics file
¦
¦
¦
missing.
¦
¦
¦ 2. WMSELF.DGS diagnostics file
¦
¦
¦
incorrect.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027535XX
¦ 1. 3V Lithium Backup Battery
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027554XX
¦ 1. Internal Temperature out of
¦
¦
¦
range
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027555XX, 027556XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027557XX
¦ 1. 7.2V NiCad Main Battery Pack ¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027558XX, 027559XX
¦ 1. PCMCIA Type II Modem
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦ 027560XX, 027561XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027562XX
¦ 1. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦
not connected
¦
¦
¦ 2. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦ 3. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027563XX, 027564XX
¦ 1. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0275XXXX
¦ 1. Update Diagnostic Software
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0279XXXX
¦ 1. Fast/Wide Streaming RAID
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(FRU No. 06H3059)
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Signal Pass Through Card (if ¦
¦
¦
installed)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I998009X
¦ 1. Restore System Partition
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I999XXXX
¦ 1. Default Hard Disk
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (This is usually not a hardware
¦
Drive
¦
¦ failure. Go to "IML and IPL
¦ 2. Processor Board
¦
¦ Errors" in topic 1.7.6 before
¦
¦
¦ replacing FRUs. Specific I999XXXX ¦
(90/95)
¦
¦ error codes are listed after "IML ¦ 3. SCSI Adapter
¦
¦ and IPL Errors")
¦ 4. SCSI Cable
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (*) If this symbol is shown next to an error (above), go to "Related ¦
¦
Service Information" in topic 1.11.
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 20
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Numeric Error Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.5 - 21
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IML and IPL Errors
1.7.6 IML and IPL Errors
You are here because the system detects an Initial Machine Load (IML) problem or an Initial Program Load (IPL) problem. You can
correct most of these errors without replacing any FRUs. IML/IPL problems are associated with the following:
An I999XXXX error is displayed.
The computer powered-on without a POST error, but the operating system does not work.
The system starts up in BASIC.
IML and IPL errors can be caused by any of the following conditions:
Invalid selectable drive startup sequence (the default drive is not in the startup sequence)
Operating system not found
IML code not found
Related hardware failure (SCSI adapter, hard disk, SCSI cable)
Unrelated hardware failure (misleading error code due to another problem on the SCSI Bus).
Before replacing any FRUs, check the following.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Checking Startup Sequence and Hard Disk Drive
1.7.7 Checking Startup Sequence and Hard Disk Drive
1. Start the computer from the Reference Diskette and select Set Features from the Main Menu.
2. Select Set Startup Sequence and see if the default hard disk (usually drive 6) is in the startup sequence. If you receive an error
message, follow the instructions on the screen, then return here.
3. If the default drive is in the startup sequence, exit from the screen and the Main Menu, then go to step 5. If the default drive is not in
the startup sequence, follow the instructions on the screen, then continue with step 4.
4. Remove the Reference Diskette, power-off the computer, then power-on the computer. If the "F1" (Insert Diskette) icon appears on
the screen, this means no operating system was found. Go to step 5. If the "Not OK" icon appears on the screen, this means that the
system cannot access the System Partition. Try updating the system programs. If you need assistance, see "Updating the System
Programs" in topic 2.10.2.
5. Either install an operating system on a device that is in the startup sequence, or change the startup sequence to include a device that
has an operating system, then power-on the computer, check for the normal power-up sequence and then run the advanced diagnostic
tests. If the problem still exists, suspect the SCSI controller, then the hard disk drive.
Note: If you are not able to correct the problem using the IML and IPL Errors section, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I999001X, I999002X I999003X,
¦ 1. Restore the System Partition. ¦
¦ I999004X
¦
If you need assistance, see
¦
¦
¦
"Restoring the System
¦
¦ (The actions for these errors are ¦
Partition" in topic 2.10.5.
¦
¦ valid only when running the system ¦
¦
¦ from the hard disk)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990053, I9990054
¦ 1. Restart the computer from the ¦
¦
¦
Reference Diskette. If the
¦
¦ I9990056, I9990057
¦
same error code appears, try ¦
¦
¦
new System Diskettes.
¦
¦ I9990059, I9990063
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ I9990067, I9990069
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (The actions for these errors are ¦
¦
¦ valid only when running the system ¦
¦
¦ from the System Diskettes)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I999006X
¦ 1. Power-off the computer.
¦
¦
¦
Insert the Reference
¦
¦
¦
Diskette, toggle the override ¦
¦
¦
jumper, then power-on the
¦
¦
¦
computer. Then, restore the ¦
¦
¦
System Partition. If you
¦
¦
¦
need assistance, see
¦
¦
¦
"Restoring the System
¦
¦
¦
Partition" in topic 2.10.5.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I999007X, I999009X
¦ 1. Restore the System Partition. ¦
¦
¦
If you need assistance, see
¦
¦ (The actions for these errors are ¦
"Restoring the System
¦
¦ valid only when running the system ¦
Partition" in topic 2.10.5
¦
¦ from the hard disk)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I99900X1, I99900X2
¦ 1. Restart the computer from the ¦
¦
¦
Reference Diskette. If the
¦
¦ I99900X3, I99900X4
¦
same error code appears, try ¦
¦
¦
new System Diskettes.
¦
¦ I99900X6, I99900X7
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ I99900X9
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (The actions for these errors are ¦
¦
¦ valid only when running the system ¦
¦
¦ from the System Diskettes)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I99900X5
¦ 1. Power-off the computer,
¦
¦
¦
toggle the power-on password ¦
¦ (Reference Diskette recovery
¦
override jumper, then
¦
¦ prevented)
¦
power-on the computer.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990301
¦ 1. Cable failure
¦
¦
¦ 2. Wrong Termination
¦
¦ (Boot routine unable to read boot ¦ 3. SCSI Adapter/Controller
¦
¦ record. This is probably a
¦ 4. Hard Disk
¦
¦ hardware failure)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990302
¦ 1. Install an operating system. ¦
¦
¦ 2. Check for a valid selectable ¦
¦ (No operating system found on the ¦
startup sequence.
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Checking Startup Sequence and Hard Disk Drive
¦ default SCSI hard disk)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990303
¦ 1. Restore the System Partition. ¦
¦
¦
If you need assistance, see
¦
¦ The IML code did not load from the ¦
"Restoring the System
¦
¦ System Partition.
¦
Partition" in topic 2.10.5.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990304
¦ 1. No operating system
¦
¦
¦
installed.
¦
¦ (No startable device found.
¦ 2. Selectable startup sequence
¦
¦
¦
does not contain the default ¦
¦ This error is on ASCII consoles
¦
drive.
¦
¦ only)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990305
¦ 1. No operating system
¦
¦
¦
installed.
¦
¦ (No startable device found)
¦ 2. Selectable startup sequence
¦
¦
¦
does not contain the default ¦
¦
¦
drive.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990306
¦ 1. Restart the computer from a
¦
¦
¦
startable diskette or hard
¦
¦ (Invalid startup. Trying to start ¦
disk drive.
¦
¦ from a CD ROM drive)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990401
¦ 1. System Board or
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Unauthorized access.
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Type or erase
¦
¦
¦
¦
Note: Whichever contains the ¦
¦ the power-on
¦
system ROM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ password before
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ replacing FRUs)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990402, I9990403
¦ 1. System Board or
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Processor Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Note: Whichever contains the ¦
¦
¦
system ROM
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I9990600, I9990607 I9990609
¦ 1. Power-off the computer.
¦
¦
¦
Insert the Reference
¦
¦ (Recovery prevented)
¦
Diskette, toggle the override ¦
¦
¦
jumper, then power-on the
¦
¦
¦
computer. Then, restore the ¦
¦
¦
System Partition. If you
¦
¦
¦
need assistance, see
¦
¦
¦
"Restoring the System
¦
¦
¦
Partition" in topic 2.10.5.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.7.7 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)
1.8 General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)
This general checkout procedure is for computers that are supported by the
QAPlus/PRO (**) Diagnostics test.
Diagnostic error messages appear when a test program finds a problem with
a hardware option. For the test programs to properly determine if a test
Passed, Failed, or Aborted, the test programs check the error-return code
at test completion. (See "Return Codes" in topic 2.5.8.5.)
For application program or operating system error messages, refer to the
information supplied with that software package.
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. If multiple error codes are displayed, diagnose the first error
¦
¦
code displayed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. If the computer hangs with a POST error, go to "Symptom-to-FRU
¦
¦
Index (QAPlus/PRO)" in topic 1.9.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 3. If the computer hangs and no error is displayed, see "Undetermined ¦
¦
Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 4. If a device cannot be selected from the Module Test menu, that
¦
¦
device may be defective.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
- Power-off the computer and all external devices.
- Check all cables and power cords.
- Set all display controls to the middle position.
- Insert the QAPlus/PRO Diagnostics diskette into drive A.
- Power-on all external devices.
- Power-on the computer.
- Check for the following responses:
1.
2.
One beep.
Readable instructions or the Main Menu.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSES?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
Find the failure symptom in "Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)" in
¦
topic 1.9.
¦
¦
+---+
¦003¦
+---+
Run the Advanced Diagnostics Test. If necessary, refer to "QAPlus/PRO
Diagnostics" in topic 2.5.8.
If you receive an error, go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)" in
topic 1.9.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------(**) QAPlus/PRO is a trademark of DiagSoft, Inc.
Subtopics
1.8.1 PC Server (8640) Setup Utility
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640) Setup Utility
1.8.1 PC Server (8640) Setup Utility
To use the PC Server (8640) Setup utility, do the following.
1. Power-on the computer.
2. During the POST memory test, press and then release the spacebar; then press and release the Ctrl+Alt+S keys simultaneously. Or,
in a DOS full screen, press then release the Ctrl+Alt+S keys simultaneously (this key combination will not work in an OS/2 DOS box.)
3. The "Standard System Parameters" screen will appear.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen to view or change the configuration.
5. Press Esc from any screen in the setup utility. The "Exiting Setup" pop-up screen will appear.
6. Press F4 to save the configuration information and restart the server.
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
When configuring a PC Server (8640), you must correctly exit the
¦
¦
Setup utility to save the configuration information.
¦
¦
¦
¦
If a configuration error occurs during POST, a configuration error ¦
¦
message appears before the operating system loads. (Press F1 to
¦
¦
bypass the error.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
Do not start the Setup Utility while using the EISA configuration ¦
¦
program (diskette).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.8.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)
1.9 Symptom-to-FRU Index (QAPlus/PRO)
Always start with "General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)" in topic 1.8.
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first. Use this index to help
you decide which FRUs to have available when servicing the computer.
In the following error codes, X can be any number or letter.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ For IBM devices not supported by the QAPlus/PRO diagnostics code,
¦
¦ refer to the manual for that device.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ For information on:
¦ Go to:
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Additional service help. (For
¦ "Related Service Information" in ¦
¦ example, voltage checks, 0S/2 Trap ¦ topic 1.11
¦
¦ errors, or processor board errors) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PC Server (8640) Setup Utility
¦ "PC Server (8640) Setup Utility" ¦
¦ information
¦ in topic 1.8.1
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Possible software and hardware
¦ "Software/Hardware Mismatch
¦
¦ mismatch problems. (Not
¦ Problems" in topic 1.11.43
¦
¦ repairable by replacing FRUs).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Memory Address Conflicts
¦ "Resolving Memory-Address
¦
¦
¦ Conflicts" in topic 2.7.9
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Replacing the system board does
¦ "Processor Board Installation
¦
¦ not correct the problem, and a
¦ (90, 95)" in topic 1.11.21
¦
¦ removable processor is installed. ¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.9.1 No Beep Symptoms
1.9.2 Beep Symptoms
1.9.3 Error Codes
1.9.4 Error Messages
1.9.5 Miscellaneous Error Messages
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
No Beep Symptoms
1.9.1 No Beep Symptoms
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ No Beep/Symptom
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, and 000215XX is ¦ 1. System Board Memory
¦
¦ displayed.
¦ 2. Processor
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ (Check memory)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, and 000258XX is ¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ displayed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Check memory)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep and the computer is
¦ 1. Speaker Assembly
¦
¦ otherwise functional.
¦ 2. Processor
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep and the computer is not
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ functional
¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44.)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on LED
¦ 1. Processor
¦
¦ lights, memory may or may not
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ count, and blinking cursor
¦
¦
¦ continuously loops.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, power-on indicator does
¦ 1. Switch Assembly
¦
¦ not come on, and fan does not run. ¦ 2. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦ 3. Processor
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 5. Any Device or Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, fan runs, power-on
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦ indicator is on, and computer
¦ 2. Processor
¦
¦ hangs during POST.
¦ 3. Power Supply
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Beep Symptoms
1.9.2 Beep Symptoms
Beeps symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones separated by pauses (intervals without sound). (X can be any number.)
Examples:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Beeps
¦ Description
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 4
¦ Four continuous beeps
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-2-X
¦
One beep
¦
¦
¦
A pause (or break)
¦
¦
¦
Two beeps
¦
¦
¦
A pause (or break)
¦
¦
¦
Any number of beeps
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Beep/Symptom
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 4
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-1-3
¦ 1. Run Setup
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ CMOS read/write error
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-1-4
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ ROM BIOS check error
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-2-X
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DMA error
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-3-1
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ RAM refresh verification error
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-3-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The first 64KB RAM module failed. ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1-4-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ An error was detected in the first ¦
¦
¦ 64KB of RAM.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2-1-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The first 64KB of RAM failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2-2-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The first 64KB of RAM failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2-3-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The first 64KB of RAM failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2-4-X
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The first 64KB of RAM failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3-1-X
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The DMA register failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3-2-4
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard
¦
¦ The keyboard controller failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3-3-4
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Screen initialization failed.
¦ 3. Display
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3-4-1
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The screen retrace test detected
¦ 3. Display
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Beep Symptoms
¦ an error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3-4-2
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ POST is searching for video ROM.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
1.9.3 Error Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Code/Symptom
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0000
¦ 1. Be sure the adapter Device
¦
¦
¦
and Bus Master fields are
¦
¦ SCSI Adapter not enabled.
¦
enabled in the PCI
¦
¦
¦
configuration program. Refer ¦
¦
¦
to the documentation that was ¦
¦
¦
shipped with the computer.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 002X
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 008X
¦ 1. Check SCSI terminators for
¦
¦
¦
proper installation
¦
¦ Check for proper installation of
¦ 2. SCSI Cable
¦
¦ SCSI terminators.
¦ 3. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦
¦ 4. SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦ 5. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0103
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (System Timer error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0110
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Parity Check 1 XXXX, run Setup)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0115
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Parity Check 1 XXXX, run Setup)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Protected mode cannot be enabled. ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0120
¦ 1. Run Setup)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦ (Previous boot incomplete, default ¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ configuration used)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0130
¦ 1. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Invalid NVRAM media type)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0162
¦ 1. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Configuration error for slot XX, ¦
¦
¦ run Setup; then, run the EISA
¦
¦
¦ Configuration Utility)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0163
¦ 1. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Real-Time Clock error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0164
¦ 1. Run Setup and ensure the
¦
¦
¦
memory size is correct
¦
¦ POST detected a base memory or
¦ 2. Run the Expanded Memory
¦
¦ expansion memory size mismatch.
¦
Diagnostic tests.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0171
¦ 1. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (System battery is dead)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0173
¦ 1. Run Setup
¦
¦
¦ 2. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦ (System CMOS checksum bad)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0174
¦ 1. Run Setup)
¦
¦
¦ 2. Look for configuration
¦
¦ (Invalid ISA Configuration)
¦
conflicts.
¦
¦
¦ 3. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0175
¦ 1. Run Setup
¦
¦
¦ 2. Run EISA Configuration
¦
¦ (EISA Configuration Error, run the ¦
Utility)
¦
¦ configuration utility)
¦ 3. Battery/CMOS Chip
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0214
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (System RAM failed at offset XXXX) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0215
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
¦ (Failing Bits XXXX)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0216
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Extended RAM failed at offset
¦
¦
¦ XXXX)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0221
¦ 1. Memory SIMM
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Shadow RAM failed at offset)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0254
¦ 1. System Board CACHE
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (System board CACHE error, CACHE
¦
¦
¦ disabled)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0301
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Keyboard or keyboard controller
¦
¦
¦ error)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0302
¦ 1. Unlock the keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. Keyboard
¦
¦ (Keyboard locked)
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0303
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (Keyboard Error, stuck key)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0601
¦ 1. Set Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Diskette configuration error
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0610
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ Cannot find diskette controller
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Adapter, if
¦
¦ for drive A.
¦
installed
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0612
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ Cannot find diskette controller
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Adapter, if
¦
¦ for drive B.
¦
installed
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0616
¦ 1. Diskette Drive Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Diskette drive reset failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0632
¦ 1. Diskette Drive A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Diskette drive 0 seek failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0642
¦ 1. Diskette Drive B
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Diskette drive 1 seek failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0653
¦ 1. Format diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette
¦
¦ Diskette not formatted or
¦
¦
¦ defective
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0655
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ Diskette drive controller failed. ¦ 3. Diskette Drive Adapter, if
¦
¦
¦
installed
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 107X
¦ 1. Check SCSI terminators for
¦
¦
¦
proper installation
¦
¦ Check for proper installation of
¦ 2. SCSI Cable
¦
¦ SCSI terminators.
¦ 3. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦
¦ 4. SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦ 5. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1300
¦ 1. Run Setup with known good
¦
¦
¦
diskette
¦
¦ (Operating system not found)
¦ 2. Fixed Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. Fixed Disk Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 5. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1701
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.3 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
¦ Hard disk drive failed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Press F1 to restart the system.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1702
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive Adapter, if
¦
¦
¦
installed
¦
¦ Hard disk drive controller error. ¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1704
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive Adapter, if
¦
¦
¦
installed
¦
¦ Hard disk drive configuration
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ error, controller failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1715
¦ 1. Run Setup and enter the
¦
¦
¦
correct hard disk drive
¦
¦ The Hard Disk Drive Configuration ¦
information
¦
¦ information is not correct.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1726
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Hard disk drive read error
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Press F1 to restart the system.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 182X
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 190X
¦ 1. SCSI Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦ Ensure that each SCSI device is
¦ 3. SCSI Device
¦
¦ properly installed and powered-on. ¦ 4. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1XXX
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (not listed above)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 221X
¦ 1. SCSI Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦ Ensure that each SCSI device is
¦ 3. SCSI Device
¦
¦ properly installed and powered-on. ¦ 4. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 222X, 224X
¦ 1. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2401
¦ 1. Correct the switch setting
¦
¦
¦ 2. Run Setup and enter correct
¦
¦ The monochrome/color switch is not ¦
monitor type
¦
¦ set correctly.
¦ 3. Display Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3XXX
¦ 1. Check SCSI terminators for
¦
¦
¦
proper installation
¦
¦ Check for proper installation of
¦ 2. SCSI Cable
¦
¦ SCSI terminators.
¦ 3. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦
¦ 4. SCSI Device
¦
¦
¦ 5. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 4XXX
¦ 1. SCSI Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. SCSI Terminator
¦
¦ Ensure that each SCSI device is
¦ 3. SCSI Device
¦
¦ properly installed and powered-on. ¦ 4. SCSI Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 6XXX
¦ 1. SCSI Device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_COM
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The serial port test detected an
¦
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_FDU
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The diskette drive test detected
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ an error.
¦ 4. Diskette
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_HDU
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
¦
¦ The hard disk drive test detected ¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ an error.
¦
installed)
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_KBD
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The keyboard test detected an
¦
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_MBD
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.3 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
¦ The system board test detected an ¦ 3. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_MEM The memory test detected an ¦ 1. Memory Module Kit
¦
¦ error.
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_PDV
¦ 1. Mouse
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The mouse test failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_PRT
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The printer test detected an
¦ 3. Printer Cable
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GP_VID
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The video test detected an error. ¦ 3. Color Display
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ GRPCDR
¦ 1. CD-ROM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The CD-ROM test detected an error. ¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.3 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Messages
1.9.4 Error Messages
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Message/Symptom
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Arithmetic Functions Failed
¦ 1. Microprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ An error was detected during the
¦
¦
¦ CPU Test.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Base Memory Test Failed
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ An error was detected in base
¦
¦
¦ memory.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Boot Sector Unreadable
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
¦
¦ A boot sector read error was
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ detected on the hard disk drive.
¦
installed)
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Bus Noise Test Failed
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The RAM Test detected an error in ¦
¦
¦ the memory bus.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Butterfly Cylinder Access Test
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ Failed
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
¦
¦
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ The Hard Disk Drive Test detected ¦
installed)
¦
¦ mismatch between the data read and ¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦ the data stored on the drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Clock Stopped
¦ 1. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The real-time clock has stopped
¦
¦
¦ working.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ CMOS Clock Test Failed
¦ 1. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The Time and Date Settings for
¦
¦
¦ CMOS and DOS do not Match.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Controller Diagnostic Test Failed ¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦
¦
installed)
¦
¦ An error was detected while
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ testing the Hard Disk Controller
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ (Adapter).
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Controller does not respond to
¦ 1. RAID Adapter
¦
¦ commands; no logical drive
¦
¦
¦ installed.
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Cylinder 0 errors
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ The test detected an error reading ¦
installed)
¦
¦ the first cylinder of the hard
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ disk drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Device is Not Ready
¦ 1. Ensure the device is
¦
¦
¦
powered-on
¦
¦ Ready the Device...
¦ 2. Replace failing device
¦
¦
¦ 3. Device Adapter (if installed) ¦
¦
or
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Press Any Key
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Disk Error Encountered Opening
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦ Output File Press Any Key To
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ Continue.
¦
installed)
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ DMA #X Failed
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The Main Components Test detected ¦
¦
¦ an error while testing the DMA
¦
¦
¦ controller.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ DMA Page Register Failed
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ An error was detected while
¦
¦
¦ outputting all possible values to ¦
¦
¦ the DMA Page Register.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Messages
¦ Drive (x) Media (y) Mismatch
¦ 1. Check diskette and diskette
¦
¦
¦
drive capacity.
¦
¦ The capacity listed for the drive ¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ in the File Allocation Table ID
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ does not match the calculated
¦
¦
¦ capacity of the drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Drive in channel X bay X does not ¦ 1. Replace the drive in the bay ¦
¦ respond. Installation stopped.
¦
indicated.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Error in video buffer. Bad bits
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The video memory test failed.
¦ 3. Display
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Exception Interrupt In Protected
¦ 1. Any Adapter
¦
¦ Mode Diags Cannot Continue
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Processor
¦
¦ Server error, all system tests
¦
¦
¦ will stop. Remove one adapter at ¦
¦
¦ a time until the symptom goes
¦
¦
¦ away.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Extended Memory Test Failed
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ An error was detected in Extended ¦
¦
¦ Memory.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Floppy Drive Failed
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ One or more diskette drives
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ General Function Failed
¦ 1. Any Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Remove one adapter at a time until ¦ 3. Processor
¦
¦ the symptom goes away.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Hard Drives Failed
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ One or more of the Hard Disk Drive ¦
installed)
¦
¦ tests detected an error.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Incorrect DOS version
¦ 1. Ensure you are using DOS
¦
¦
¦
version 3.0 or higher.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ INT Mask Register Failed
¦ 1. Microprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The INT Mask Register tests
¦
¦
¦ detected an error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Invalid Date
¦ 1. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The back-up clock and DOS dates do ¦
¦
¦ not match.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Invalid Time
¦ 1. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The back-up clock and DOS time of ¦
¦
¦ day settings do not match.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Linear Cylinder Access Test Failed ¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
¦
¦ Hard disk drive error. The
¦ 3. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ redundancy check of the sectors
¦
installed)
¦
¦ read does not match the
¦ 4. System Board
¦
¦ information on the drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Logic Function Failed
¦ 1. Microprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The CPU Logic Test has detected an ¦
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Loopback Error
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Wrap Plug
¦
¦ An error occurred during the COM
¦
¦
¦ Port Test or Parallel Port Test.
¦
¦
¦ (A wrap plug must be installed to ¦
¦
¦ successfully complete these
¦
¦
¦ tests.)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Main Components Failed
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 2. Processor
¦
¦ A component failure was detected
¦
¦
¦ on the system board.
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Messages
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Memory test cannot run at this
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦ location in memory
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not enough free memory available
¦
¦
¦ to start the memory test.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Missing QAPlus/PRO Files(s)
¦ 1. Diagnostic Diskette
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ One or more Diagnostic support
¦
¦
¦ files are missing.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ NO LOOP-BACK PLUG. Skipping
¦ 1. Install wrap plug on the
¦
¦ External loopback test
¦
serial port, rerun test.
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ No wrap plug installed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Not ready
¦ 1. Ready Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer
¦
¦ Printer not on-line or not ready. ¦ 3. Printer Cable
¦
¦
¦ 4. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No 'type-amatic' repeat
¦ 1. Keyboard
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ (At least one repeat key must be
¦
¦
¦ tested during this test or an
¦
¦
¦ error will occur.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The Type-amatic test detected an
¦
¦
¦ error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Not used by any standard device
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The IRQ is not currently being
¦
¦
¦ used by a non-standard device.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Numeric Proc Failed
¦ 1. Microprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The NPU TEST detected an error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Parallel Ports Failed
¦ 1. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Test Report Summary message.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Pass (N): ** Errors ** Drive (X)
¦ 1. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ Failed
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 3. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ The read/write test failed on the ¦
¦
¦ diskette drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Pass (N) Drive Not Ready
¦ 1. Ensure diskette drive is
¦
¦
¦
ready.
¦
¦ The diskette drive door is open or ¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ defective.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Pass (N): Drive (X) Write
¦ 1. Insert a non-write protected, ¦
¦ Protected or Unformatted
¦
formatted diskette into the
¦
¦
¦
diskette drive; the rerun the ¦
¦
¦
test
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Pass (N): Unknown Media Drive (X) ¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ Diskette Drive Test error. The
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ File Allocation Table ID on the
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ diskette is invalid.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Place Hi-density Media in Drive
¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ The capacity of the diskette
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ installed in the diskette drive is ¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
¦ less then the capacity of the
¦
¦
¦ drive.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Printer Failed
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer Cable
¦
¦ Ensure the printer is powered-on
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ and ready.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Printer Fault
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer Cable
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.4 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Messages
¦ Ensure the printer is powered-on
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ and ready.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Printer Not Selected
¦ 1. Printer
¦
¦
¦ 2. Printer Cable
¦
¦ Ensure the printer is powered-on
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ and ready.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Program or File
¦ 1. Diagnostic Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ Not Found
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Press Any Key
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The diagnostics cannot find the
¦
¦
¦ USER(N).COM file.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Program Too Big To Fit In Memory
¦ 1. Reboot the system from the
¦
¦
¦
Diagnostic Diskette
¦
¦ Too many Terminate and Stay
¦
¦
¦ Resident programs in memory while ¦
¦
¦ loading diagnostics.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ QAPlus/PRO Cannot Be Re-run
¦ 1. Diagnostic Diskette
¦
¦ Because Of Error In Relocating
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦ Program
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Diagnostics failed to relocate the ¦
¦
¦ Diagnostics Test programs so the
¦
¦
¦ memory space it resides in was not ¦
¦
¦ tested.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RAM Memory Error in Block n. Bad
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦ bits n
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ An error was detected in RAM.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RAM Test Failed
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Test Result Summary message,
¦
¦
¦ Memory Test failed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Read error on cylinder n
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ Hard disk drive physical format
¦
installed)
¦
¦ error.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Read Errors
¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ Diskette drive read error.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Receive Error
¦ 1. Serial Port Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Serial Port loopback test error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Refresh Failure
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The Diagnostics Test detected an
¦
¦
¦ error while testing the DMA
¦
¦
¦ controller's RAM refresh cycle.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RTC Interrupt Failure
¦ 1. Real-Time Clock Assembly
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The Diagnostics Test cannot detect ¦
¦
¦ the Real-Time clock interrupt.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Serial Chip Error
¦ 1. Serial Port Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ COM Port error, general.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Serial Compare Error
¦ 1. Serial Port Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ COM Port error, information
¦
¦
¦ transmitted is not the same as
¦
¦
¦ information received.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Serial Time-out Error
¦ 1. Serial Port Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ COM Port error, time interval is
¦
¦
¦ too long between transmitted and
¦
¦
¦ received data.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Serious Memory Error -- Diags
¦ 1. Memory Module
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.4 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Messages
¦ Cannot Continue
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory Test error.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Sorry You Need A Mouse
¦ 1. Mouse
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ The mouse or mouse driver was not ¦
¦
¦ detected.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ System Hangs
¦ 1. Any device
¦
¦
¦ 2. Any adapter
¦
¦ See "Undetermined Problems" in
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ topic 1.11.44.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Too Many Errors -- Test Aborted
¦ 1. Microprocessor
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Too many errors, the Diagnostics
¦
¦
¦ Test cannot continue.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Transmit Error
¦ 1. Serial Port Cable
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Internal or external serial port
¦
¦
¦ loopback test failure.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Video Adapter Failed
¦ 1. Video Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ Test Result Summary, displayed if ¦ 3. Display
¦
¦ "Fail" was at the Quit/Fail/Pass
¦
¦
¦ menu of any video test.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Write error on cylinder n
¦ 1. Hard Disk Drive
¦
¦
¦ 2. Hard Disk Drive Adapter (if
¦
¦ Hard disk drive write error.
¦
installed)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Write Errors
¦ 1. Diskette
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦ Diskette drive write error.
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Write Protected or Unformatted
¦ 1. Insert a non-write protected, ¦
¦
¦
formatted diskette into the
¦
¦ The diskette is Write Protected or ¦
diskette drive; then rerun
¦
¦ not formatted.
¦
the test
¦
¦
¦ 2. Diskette Drive
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦
¦ 4. Diskette Drive Cable
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.4 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Error Messages
1.9.5 Miscellaneous Error Messages
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Message/Symptom
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ The Address Exceeds The Size Of
¦ 1. Enter correct address
¦
¦ Your Memory
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ An invalid memory address was
¦
¦
¦ entered. The Diagnostics Tests
¦
¦
¦ display this message during the
¦
¦
¦ Locate Bad Chips option under the ¦
¦
¦ interact menu if an invalid memory ¦
¦
¦ address was entered at the at the ¦
¦
¦ "Enter Memory Address Of Bad Chip" ¦
¦
¦ prompt.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ That Number is Out Of Range
¦ 1. Enter correct number
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦ An invalid bit number was entered. ¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ The Diagnostics Tests display this ¦
¦
¦ message during the Locate Bad
¦
¦
¦ Chips option under the interact
¦
¦
¦ menu if an invalid bit number was ¦
¦
¦ entered at the "Enter the Bad Bit" ¦
¦
¦ prompt.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ You Cannot Delete the Motherboard ¦ 1. Make the correct selection
¦
¦
¦ 2. Memory Module
¦
¦ The "Remove Board" option was
¦ 3. System Board
¦
¦ selected. The Diagnostics Tests
¦ 4. Processor
¦
¦ display this message during the
¦
¦
¦ Locate Bad Chips option under the ¦
¦
¦ interact menu if the "Remove
¦
¦
¦ Board" option was selected while
¦
¦
¦ the system board was displayed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.9.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Network Service Procedures
1.10 Network Service Procedures
The following section provides switch settings and testing procedures for the Token-Ring and Ethernet network adapters.
Note: For information about ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters, see "ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2
Ethernet Adapters" in topic 1.10.14.
Subtopics
1.10.1 Data Rate Switch Settings
1.10.2 Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
1.10.3 Token-Ring POST Errors
1.10.4 Testing the Ethernet Adapter
1.10.5 Ethernet POST Errors
1.10.6 Selecting Network Configuration Parameters
1.10.7 Network Configuration Errors
1.10.8 Ethernet Quad-BT and -B2 PeerMaster Micro Channel Adapters
1.10.9 Locations
1.10.10 Cabling for 10Base-T Networks
1.10.11 Cabling for 10Base2 Networks
1.10.12 Symptom-to-FRU Index
1.10.13 Parts Listing
1.10.14 ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters
1.10.15 ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Features Diskette
1.10.16 ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Configuration Options
1.10.17 PS/2 ServerGuard Adapter
1.10.18 Wireless Network
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Data Rate Switch Settings
1.10.1 Data Rate Switch Settings
Switch 12 on the switch block indicates the mega bits per second rate (4 Mbps or 16 Mbps) at which the adapter transfers data to the
network. Set the switches as shown to match the data rate of the LAN segment.
Note: These switch settings apply to AT bus adapters only. Micro Channel adapters do not have switches.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
1.10.2 Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
To test the Token-Ring adapter:
1. Locate the Token-Ring diskette that matches the adapter in the computer you are servicing.
Note: Token-Ring Network Adapter/A has a plain green dot on the rear of the adapter. Token-Ring 16/4 Network Adapter/A has "16/4"
printed on the dot.
2. Insert the diskette in the diskette drive, then power-on the computer. The Ring Diagnostic menu appears.
Note: If the computer is already on, type A:F1DIAG at the DOS command prompt then press Enter to load the Token-Ring
Setup/Diagnostic program.
3. Select Option 0 to test the primary Token-Ring adapter, then press Enter. The adapter address will be displayed for a few seconds
before the diagnostics are run.
The following is a list of possible error conditions that can occur when the workstation is attempting to connect to the network:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Problem
¦ Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AC--0040 0000 0000
¦ This field indicates that the
¦
¦
¦ adapter has detected an internal ¦
¦ Field appears
¦ error. Restart the workstation. ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AE--166 XX--0011
¦ This field indicates that the
¦
¦
¦ workstation contains two
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ Token-Ring adapters. The primary ¦
¦
¦ adapter shown here (166) could
¦
¦
¦ not establish communication with ¦
¦
¦ the file server. The reason is
¦
¦
¦ indicated by the XX message and
¦
¦
¦ can be either BU or OP. (The BU ¦
¦
¦ and OP were described previously) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ BU--XXXX
¦ This field indicates errors that ¦
¦
¦ occur during startup.
¦
¦ Field appears
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a code other than 0000 appears ¦
¦
¦ and the field is highlighted, an ¦
¦
¦ error has occurred. The
¦
¦
¦ following is a list of possible
¦
¦
¦ error codes.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0024-- The shared RAM
¦
¦
¦
diagnostic failed. Ensure
¦
¦
¦
that the RAM address assigned ¦
¦
¦
for the Token-Ring adapter
¦
¦
¦
does not conflict with other ¦
¦
¦
devices installed in the
¦
¦
¦
workstation. (Refer to
¦
¦
¦
"Selecting Network
¦
¦
¦
Configuration Parameters" in ¦
¦
¦
topic 1.10.6, if you need
¦
¦
¦
additional information about ¦
¦
¦
the configuration
¦
¦
¦
parameters.)
¦
¦
¦
All other error
¦
¦
¦
codes-- Replace the
¦
¦
¦
Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦
problem remains, replace the ¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
¦ CE--0085
¦ This field indicates that a data ¦
¦
¦ rate configuration error was
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ found during power-on self test. ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ To correct this error, go to
¦
¦
¦ "Data Rate Switch Settings" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.1 to match the data
¦
¦
¦ rate of the LAN segment. (Refer ¦
¦
¦ to "Selecting Network
¦
¦
¦ Configuration Parameters" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.6, if you need
¦
¦
¦ additional information about the ¦
¦
¦ configuration parameters.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem still remains,
¦
¦
¦ replace the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ ET--00:00:02
¦ If the elapsed time indicator
¦
¦
¦ stops incrementing, check that:
¦
¦ Field stops incrementing
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. All cables and cords are
¦
¦
¦
properly attached to the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The file server is
¦
¦
¦
operational.
¦
¦
¦ 3. The correct data rate is set ¦
¦
¦
for the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation. If the ¦
¦
¦ problem remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦ Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ OP--0000 XX
¦ If a code other than 0000
¦
¦
¦ appears:
¦
¦ Field appears flashing or is
¦
¦
¦ highlighted
¦
If the code is 0011 or 002D
¦
¦
¦
and the field is flashing:
¦
¦
¦
1. Ensure that all cables
¦
¦
¦
and cords are properly
¦
¦
¦
attached to the
¦
¦
¦
workstation and network
¦
¦
¦
access point.
¦
¦
¦
2. Ensure that the file
¦
¦
¦
server is available and
¦
¦
¦
fully operational.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the code is 002E and the
¦
¦
¦
field is highlighted, the
¦
¦
¦
adapter is configured for a
¦
¦
¦
different data rate than the ¦
¦
¦
LAN segment.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
To correct this error, you
¦
¦
¦
must manually change the data ¦
¦
¦
rate for the network adapter. ¦
¦
¦
Refer to "Data Rate Switch
¦
¦
¦
Settings" in topic 1.10.1 to ¦
¦
¦
match the data rate of the
¦
¦
¦
LAN segment.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct
¦
¦
¦ and the problem remains, replace ¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PC--4020
¦ This field indicates that the
¦
¦
¦ adapter is not functioning
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ properly with the workstation.
¦
¦
¦ In most cases, the screen will
¦
¦
¦ freeze and this field will be
¦
¦
¦ highlighted because the adapter
¦
¦
¦ cannot continue. Restart the
¦
¦
¦ workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RQ--XXXX
¦ A number greater than 10
¦
¦
¦ indicates that the file server is ¦
¦ Field appears and XXXX is a value ¦ not present or is overloaded.
¦
¦ greater than 10
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Ensure that the file server
¦
¦
¦
is available and fully
¦
¦
¦
operational.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ensure that the address for
¦
¦
¦
the Token-Ring adapter
¦
¦
¦
installed in the workstation ¦
¦
¦
has been properly added to
¦
¦
¦
the network software.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct
¦
¦
¦ and the problem remains, replace ¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RS--XXXX
¦ If this field appears in reverse ¦
¦
¦ video with a code other than
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ 0000, a ring error was detected. ¦
¦
¦ The following is a list of
¦
¦
¦ possible error codes where X can ¦
¦
¦ be any number:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2000-- The adapter has
¦
¦
¦
detected a soft error
¦
¦
¦
condition. Restart the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦
04XX or 08XX-- Replace the
¦
¦
¦
Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦
problem remains, replace the ¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦
¦
X1XX-- The Token-Ring adapter ¦
¦
¦
has been removed from the
¦
¦
¦
ring. Ensure that the
¦
¦
¦
correct adapter address was
¦
¦
¦
added to the network
¦
¦
¦
software. If the above item ¦
¦
¦
is correct and the problem
¦
¦
¦
remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦
Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦
problem still remains,
¦
¦
¦
replace the system board.
¦
¦
¦
0080-- One of the error log
¦
¦
¦
counters has incremented past ¦
¦
¦
256. Restart the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦
0040 or 0060-- If the
¦
¦
¦
workstation is the only
¦
¦
¦
computer connected to the
¦
¦
¦
LAN, restart the workstation. ¦
¦
¦
If other workstations are
¦
¦
¦
connected to the LAN, run the ¦
¦
¦
Diagnostic Diskette (see
¦
¦
¦
"Testing the Token-Ring
¦
¦
¦
Adapter" in topic 1.10.2) and ¦
¦
¦
select "Ring Diagnostics"
¦
¦
¦
from the Main Menu.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the problem remains,
¦
¦
¦
replace the Token-Ring
¦
¦
¦
adapter. If the problem
¦
¦
¦
still remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
¦
¦
All other error codes-- run ¦
¦
¦
the Diagnostic Diskette (see ¦
¦
¦
"Testing the Token-Ring
¦
¦
¦
Adapter" in topic 1.10.2) and ¦
¦
¦
select "Ring Diagnostics"
¦
¦
¦
from the Main Menu.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the problem remains,
¦
¦
¦
replace the Token-Ring
¦
¦
¦
adapter. If the problem
¦
¦
¦
still remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦
system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SF--XXXX
¦ A number greater than 10
¦
¦
¦ indicates that the file server
¦
¦ Field appears and XXXX is a value ¦ has been found, but is not
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.2 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Token-Ring Adapter
¦ greater than 10
¦ responding.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Ensure that the file server
¦
¦
¦
is available and fully
¦
¦
¦
operational.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ensure that the address for
¦
¦
¦
the Token-Ring adapter
¦
¦
¦
installed in the workstation ¦
¦
¦
has been properly added to
¦
¦
¦
the network software.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct
¦
¦
¦ and the problem remains, replace ¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter. If the
¦
¦
¦ problem still remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.2 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Token-Ring POST Errors
1.10.3 Token-Ring POST Errors
The following is a list of the Token-Ring adapter error messages that might appear in the top-left corner of the screen during POST. In
this table, "X" represents a 6 (primary adapter) or a 7 (alternate adapter).
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Message
¦ Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X80
¦ Invalid testing mode requested.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X81
¦ The primary adapter was not found ¦
¦
¦ at the specified base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique base I/O address was ¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X82
¦ The alternate adapter was not
¦
¦
¦ found at the specified base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique base I/O address was ¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X85
¦ The adapter was not found at the ¦
¦
¦ specified base I/O address.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique base I/O address was ¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X90
¦ Adapter Card Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X91
¦ Open Phase Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X92
¦ Computer problem.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Run Advanced Diagnostics.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X93
¦ Transmit/Receive Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The data received is not the same ¦
¦
¦ as the data sent.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Check to see that:
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Token-Ring POST Errors
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. The network is terminated
¦
¦
¦
correctly.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The network is connected
¦
¦
¦
correctly.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 16X99
¦ General error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Token-Ring adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.3 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Ethernet Adapter
1.10.4 Testing the Ethernet Adapter
To test the Ethernet adapter:
1. Insert the feature diskette in the diskette drive, then power-on the computer. The Ethernet Setup/Diagnostic program will automatically
load.
Note: If the computer is already on, type A:F1DIAG at the DOS command prompt then press Enter to load the Ethernet
Setup/Diagnostic program.
2. Select Option 2. Test the Adapter from the Main Menu, then press Enter. The adapter address will be displayed for a few seconds
before the diagnostics are run.
The following is a list of possible error conditions that can occur when the workstation is attempting to connect to the network:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Problem
¦ Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AC--0000
¦ This field indicates that the
¦
¦
¦ adapter has detected an internal ¦
¦ Field appears
¦ error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the code is 0001, a soft
¦
¦
¦
error has occurred. Restart ¦
¦
¦
the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
If the code is 0002, an
¦
¦
¦
unrecognized interrupt was
¦
¦
¦
found. Ensure that a unique ¦
¦
¦
interrupt level was assigned ¦
¦
¦
to the network adapter (refer ¦
¦
¦
to "Network Configuration
¦
¦
¦
Errors" in topic 1.10.7 for
¦
¦
¦
additional information). If ¦
¦
¦
a unique interrupt level was ¦
¦
¦
assigned, restart the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ CE--0085
¦ If a code other than 0000
¦
¦
¦ appears, a configuration error
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ was found during POST.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Run the Automatic Configuration
¦
¦
¦ program on the Starter Diskette
¦
¦
¦ image. Then ensure that a
¦
¦
¦ non-conflicting ROM address, RAM ¦
¦
¦ address, and interrupt level were ¦
¦
¦ assigned to the network adapter
¦
¦
¦ (refer to "Network Configuration ¦
¦
¦ Errors" in topic 1.10.7 for
¦
¦
¦ additional information).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ ES--XXXX
¦ This field indicates the network ¦
¦
¦ status error messages. The
¦
¦ Field appears and remains on the
¦ following is a list of possible
¦
¦ screen
¦ error messages:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0001: The network adapter
¦
¦
¦
stopped the transmission
¦
¦
¦
because of excessive
¦
¦
¦
collisions.
¦
¦
¦
0002: The network interface
¦
¦
¦
controller cannot gain access ¦
¦
¦
to the bus.
¦
¦
¦
0004: The network adapter
¦
¦
¦
transmitted data without
¦
¦
¦
deferring.
¦
¦
¦
0008: The data transmitted
¦
¦
¦
from the network adapter
¦
¦
¦
collided, at least once, with ¦
¦
¦
another workstation's
¦
¦
¦
transmission.
¦
¦
¦
0010: The carrier sense was
¦
¦
¦
lost during transmission.
¦
¦
¦
0020: The multistation access ¦
¦
¦
unit (MAU) failed to transmit ¦
¦
¦
a collision signal after
¦
¦
¦
transmitting a packet.
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Ethernet Adapter
¦
¦
0040: An "out of window"
¦
¦
¦
(51.2-microsecond) collision ¦
¦
¦
occurred.
¦
¦
¦
0100: The receive buffer is
¦
¦
¦
full.
¦
¦
¦
0200: The frame size is too
¦
¦
¦
large to receive.
¦
¦
¦
0400: Packets were received
¦
¦
¦
with cyclic redundancy check ¦
¦
¦
(CRC) errors.
¦
¦
¦
0800: The incoming packet did ¦
¦
¦
not end on a byte boundary;
¦
¦
¦
therefore, the CRC did not
¦
¦
¦
match the last byte.
¦
¦
¦
1000: First-in, first-out
¦
¦
¦
(FIFO) is not serviced and is ¦
¦
¦
causing an overflow during
¦
¦
¦
reception.
¦
¦
¦
2000: A packet was missed
¦
¦
¦
because the receive buffers
¦
¦
¦
were full.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ These hexadecimal error messages ¦
¦
¦ all reflect soft-error
¦
¦
¦ conditions. Under normal
¦
¦
¦ circumstances, no action is
¦
¦
¦ required.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ When several of these errors
¦
¦
¦ occur simultaneously, they are
¦
¦
¦ ORed. For example, if errors
¦
¦
¦ 0001, 0002, 0004, and 0008 occur ¦
¦
¦ simultaneously, an error code of ¦
¦
¦ 000F appears.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the error code appears and
¦
¦
¦ remains on the screen:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Ensure that you have not
¦
¦
¦
exceeded the number of
¦
¦
¦
devices that the network can ¦
¦
¦
support.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ ET--00:00:02
¦ If the elapsed time indicator
¦
¦
¦ stops incrementing, check that:
¦
¦ Field stops incrementing
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. All cables and cords are
¦
¦
¦
properly attached to the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The address for the network
¦
¦
¦
adapter was properly added to ¦
¦
¦
the network software.
¦
¦
¦ 3. The adapter configuration
¦
¦
¦
(BNC/UTP) is set properly.
¦
¦
¦ 4. The server is operational.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ OP--XXXX
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a code other than 0000
¦
¦ Field appears
¦ appears, an error has occurred
¦
¦
¦ during startup. The following is ¦
¦
¦ a list of possible error
¦
¦
¦ messages:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0001: The network adapter was ¦
¦
¦
not found. Check to see
¦
¦
¦
that:
¦
¦
¦
1. The adapter is installed ¦
¦
¦
in the workstation.
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Testing the Ethernet Adapter
¦
¦
2. All cables and cords are ¦
¦
¦
connected correctly to
¦
¦
¦
the workstation and
¦
¦
¦
network-access point.
¦
¦
¦
3. The file server is
¦
¦
¦
available and fully
¦
¦
¦
operational.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the above items are
¦
¦
¦
correct, restart the
¦
¦
¦
workstation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
If the problem remains,
¦
¦
¦
replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦
adapter.
¦
¦
¦
0003: The shared RAM
¦
¦
¦
diagnostic tests failed.
¦
¦
¦
Ensure that the RAM address
¦
¦
¦
assigned for the network
¦
¦
¦
adapter does not conflict
¦
¦
¦
with other devices installed ¦
¦
¦
in the workstation. Refer to ¦
¦
¦
"Network Configuration
¦
¦
¦
Errors" in topic 1.10.7 for
¦
¦
¦
additional information and
¦
¦
¦
instructions.
¦
¦
¦
0004: The interrupt-request
¦
¦
¦
line for the network adapter ¦
¦
¦
was not found. Ensure that
¦
¦
¦
the interrupt level assigned ¦
¦
¦
to the network adapter does
¦
¦
¦
not conflict with other
¦
¦
¦
devices installed in the
¦
¦
¦
workstation. Refer to
¦
¦
¦
"Network Configuration
¦
¦
¦
Errors" in topic 1.10.7 for
¦
¦
¦
additional information and
¦
¦
¦
instructions.
¦
¦
¦
0005 or 0006: The adapter
¦
¦
¦
appears defective. Run the
¦
¦
¦
test programs on the Starter ¦
¦
¦
Diskette image.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem remains, replace
¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RQ--XXXX
¦ If a number greater than 000A
¦
¦
¦ appears, the file server is not
¦
¦ Field appears and XXXX is a value ¦ present or is overloaded. Check ¦
¦ greater than 000A
¦ that:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. The server is available and
¦
¦
¦
fully operational.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The address for the network
¦
¦
¦
adapter was properly added to ¦
¦
¦
the network software.
¦
¦
¦ 3. The adapter configuration
¦
¦
¦
(BNC/UTP) is set properly.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct
¦
¦
¦ and the problem remains, replace ¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SF--XXXX
¦ If a number greater than 000A
¦
¦
¦ appears, the server was found,
¦
¦ Field appears and XXXX is a value ¦ but is not responding. Check
¦
¦ greater than 000A
¦ that:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. The server is available and
¦
¦
¦
fully operational.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The address for the network
¦
¦
¦
adapter was properly added to ¦
¦
¦
the network software.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct
¦
¦
¦ and the problem remains, replace ¦
¦
¦ the Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.4 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Ethernet POST Errors
1.10.5 Ethernet POST Errors
The following is a table of Ethernet adapter error messages that might appear in the top-left corner of the screen during POST.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Number
¦ Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06402
¦ The adapter was not found. Check ¦
¦
¦ to see that the adapter is
¦
¦
¦ installed correctly in the
¦
¦
¦ workstation. If so, restart the ¦
¦
¦ workstation. If the problem
¦
¦
¦ remains, replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06405
¦ The adapter was not found at the ¦
¦
¦ specified base I/O address.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique base I/O
¦
¦
¦ address was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ adapter. Refer to "Network
¦
¦
¦ Configuration Errors" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.7 for additional
¦
¦
¦ information and instructions.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique base I/O address was ¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation. If the problem ¦
¦
¦ remains, replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06406 06416
¦ ROM Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ - or ¦ 06406 LAN address ROM does not
¦
¦
¦
produce a valid checksum.
¦
¦ 06417
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06416 Adapter erasable¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
programmable read-only
¦
¦
¦
memory (EPROM) signature is ¦
¦
¦
not valid.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06417 Adapter EPROM checksum is
¦
¦
¦
not valid.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Check to see that a unique base
¦
¦
¦ ROM address was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ network adapter. Refer to
¦
¦
¦ "Network Configuration Errors" in ¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.7 for additional
¦
¦
¦ information and instructions.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique ROM address was
¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation. If the problem ¦
¦
¦ remains, replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06411
¦ RAM Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique RAM address ¦
¦
¦ was assigned to the adapter.
¦
¦
¦ Refer to "Network Configuration
¦
¦
¦ Errors" in topic 1.10.7 for
¦
¦
¦ additional information and
¦
¦
¦ instructions.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique RAM address was
¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation. If the problem ¦
¦
¦ remains, replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06412
¦ Adapter Test failure.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Restart the workstation. If the ¦
¦
¦ problem remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦ Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06418 06419 06420 06421 06422
¦ Transmit/Receive Test failure.
¦
¦ 06423
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06418
Loopback first-in,
¦
¦ - or ¦
first-out (FIFO) error. ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Ethernet POST Errors
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06424
¦ 06419
Loopback packet error. ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06420
A cyclic redundancy
¦
¦
¦
check (CRC) character
¦
¦
¦
was expected but not
¦
¦
¦
generated.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06421
Loopback error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06422
A good CRC was manually ¦
¦
¦
appended to the
¦
¦
¦
loopback packet, but
¦
¦
¦
the network interface
¦
¦
¦
controller (NIC) logged ¦
¦
¦
a CRC error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06423
A bad CRC was manually ¦
¦
¦
appended to the
¦
¦
¦
loopback packet, but
¦
¦
¦
the NIC logged a CRC
¦
¦
¦
error.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 06424
A NIC accepted a packet ¦
¦
¦
whose address did not
¦
¦
¦
match that of the NIC. ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The data received is not the same ¦
¦
¦ as data sent.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Check to see that:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. The network is terminated
¦
¦
¦
correctly.
¦
¦
¦ 2. The network is connected
¦
¦
¦
correctly.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the above items are correct,
¦
¦
¦ restart the workstation. If the ¦
¦
¦ problem remains, replace the
¦
¦
¦ Ethernet adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 06425
¦ Interrupt not serviced.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that a unique interrupt
¦
¦
¦ level was assigned to the
¦
¦
¦ adapter. Refer to "Network
¦
¦
¦ Configuration Errors" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.7 for additional
¦
¦
¦ information and instructions.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If a unique interrupt level was
¦
¦
¦ assigned to the adapter, restart ¦
¦
¦ the workstation. If the problem ¦
¦
¦ remains, replace the Ethernet
¦
¦
¦ adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.5 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Selecting Network Configuration Parameters
1.10.6 Selecting Network Configuration Parameters
The following configuration parameters are available for the network adapter.
Interrupt Levels: The network adapter can use interrupt levels 3, 4, 10, or 14. Many application programs used with the network
adapter require the adapter to be set at a specific interrupt level.
When choosing the interrupt level for the network adapter, you must consider the interrupt levels allowed and required for each option
installed in the workstation and by all programs that will be used by the workstation. Unless the options and programs support interrupt
sharing, no two options in the same workstation can use the same interrupt level.
Adapter I/O Range: The network adapter can use any of the following locations for the hexadecimal base I/O address.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 1. Hexadecimal Base I/O Address Locations
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ 00800-0081F
¦ 02800-0281F
¦ 04800-0481F
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ 01800-0181F
¦ 03800-0381F
¦ 05800-0581F
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Read-Only Memory (ROM) Address Range: The network adapter can use any of the following locations for the hexadecimal base
ROM address.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 2. Hexadecimal Base ROM Address Locations
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ C8000-C9FFF
¦ D0000-D1FFF
¦ D8000-D9FFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ CA000-CBFFF
¦ D2000-D3FFF
¦ DA000-DBFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ CC000-CDFFF
¦ D4000-D5FFF
¦ DC000-DDFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ CE000-CFFFF
¦ D6000-D7FFF
¦ DE000-DFFFF
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
When other options, such as a memory-expansion adapter, require addresses for sections of the workstation memory, the ROM
address for each option must be set so that no two options in the same workstation use the same ROM address.
Shared Random-Access Memory (RAM) Range: The network adapter can have either 8KB or 16KB of RAM. Any of the following
locations can be used for the hexadecimal base RAM address.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 3. RAM Locations for 8KB Window Check
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ C0000-C1FFF
¦ CC000-CDFFF
¦ D8000-D9FFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C2000-C3FFF
¦ CE000-CFFFF
¦ DA000-DBFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C4000-C5FFF
¦ D0000-D1FFF
¦ DC000-DDFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C6000-C7FFF
¦ D2000-D3FFF
¦ DE000-DFFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C8000-C9FFF
¦ D4000-D5FFF
¦
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ CA000-CBFFF
¦ D6000-D7FFF
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 4. RAM Locations for 16KB Window Check
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ C0000-C3FFF
¦ CA000-CDFFF
¦ D4000-D7FFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C2000-C5FFF
¦ CC000-CFFFF
¦ D6000-D9FFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C4000-C7FFF
¦ CE000-D1FFF
¦ D8000-DBFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C6000-C9FFF
¦ D0000-D3FFF
¦ DA000-DDFFF
¦
+----------------------+----------------------+----------------------¦
¦ C8000-CBFFF
¦ D2000-D5FFF
¦ DC000-DFFFF
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Remote Program Load Option: This parameter controls the remote IPL capability of the workstation. It must be set to "Enabled" for
the workstation to receive remote IPL images. Do not set this parameter to "Disabled" unless a hard disk drive that contains an
operating system and a network program is installed in the workstation, or you have installed an additional network adapter in the
workstation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Network Configuration Errors
1.10.7 Network Configuration Errors
If an error occurs during testing of the network adapter, record the error message or number, then check to see that the network adapter
is configured so that no conflicts exist. If a conflict exists, an asterisk (*) appears next to the parameter on the Change Configuration
panel.
Complete the following steps to check for conflicts:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Make the Starter Diskette or Reference Diskette image available to the workstation.
Power-on the workstation and display.
Wait for the IBM logo screen to appear; then press Enter.
Select Set configuration from the Main Menu of the Starter Diskette or Reference Diskette image.
Select Change configuration from the next menu.
Page down to the configuration information for the network adapter.
Note: Conflicts with interrupt levels might not be indicated. Ensure that each device has a unique interrupt level assigned.
7. Change the parameters if a conflict exists. (Refer to "Selecting Network Configuration Parameters" in topic 1.10.6, if you need
additional information about the configuration parameters.)
8. If you corrected a conflict, run the test programs on the Starter Diskette or Reference Diskette image again.
If the problem remains, replace the network adapter. If the problem still remains, replace the system board and reinstall the original
network adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Ethernet Quad-BT and -B2 PeerMaster Micro Channel Adapters
1.10.8 Ethernet Quad-BT and -B2 PeerMaster Micro Channel Adapters
This supplement contains the service information for the IBM Eithernet Quad-BT (10Base-T) and -B2 (10Base2) PeerMaster Micro
Channel adapters.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Do not install a PeerMaster adapter in slot 4 of an IBM PS/2 Model 85 ¦
¦ or 95 server. Pressure resulting from contact with foam mounted to
¦
¦ the side panel might result in damage to the adapter or computer.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.10.8.1 Features
1.10.8.2 Supported Systems
1.10.8.3 Network Operating System Requirements
1.10.8.4 IBM PeerMaster Server Adapter Option Diskette
1.10.8.5 Operation Modes
1.10.8.6 Traditional Adapter Mode
1.10.8.7 VNET Switch Mode
1.10.8.8 Configuration Examples
1.10.8.9 Traditional Adapter Mode
1.10.8.10 VNET Switch Mode Configurations
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Features
1.10.8.1 Features
The IBM (*) Quad-BT or -B2 PeerMaster (*) Micro Channel (*) Adapters provide the ability to connect your PS/2 (*) Micro Channel server
to four separate 10Mbps Ethernet LAN segments. Quad-BT refers to a 10Base-T adapter; Quad-B2 refers to a 10Base2 adapter.
These adapters:
Perform high performance data transfers between the host PC and adapter
Provide high performance data transfers among ports on an adapter
Provide high performance data transfers among ports across multiple adapters with no host processor intervention
Provide a cost efficient, high performance means to forward cross-segment traffic without impacting server performance
Perform 64-bit data transfers across the Micro Channel at burst rates of 640Mbps, which equals the total bandwidth of 64 Ethernet
ports
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Supported Systems
1.10.8.2 Supported Systems
These adapters are type 5 Micro Channel adapters. You can install them only in type 5 adapter system-bus slots. (You can install type 5
adapters in IBM PS/2 Models 85 and 95 and later-version PS/2 Micro Channel servers.)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Network Operating System Requirements
1.10.8.3 Network Operating System Requirements
Use one of the following network operating systems:
OS/2 (*) LAN Server 2.x or 3.x
Novell (**) NetWare (**) 3.1x or 4.0x
(*) Trademarks of the IBM Corporation.
(**) Trademark of Novell, Inc.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IBM PeerMaster Server Adapter Option Diskette
1.10.8.4 IBM PeerMaster Server Adapter Option Diskette
The PeerMaster Server Adapter Option Diskette is shipped with the PeerMaster Server Adapter options. The diskette contains the
following:
Device drivers
Setup programs
NetFinity enablers
Diagnostic programs
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Operation Modes
1.10.8.5 Operation Modes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Mode
¦ Description
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Traditional Adapter
¦ Used when you expect little or no ¦
¦
¦ cross-subnetwork traffic.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ VNET Switch
¦ Used when you need to build
¦
¦
¦ subnets to provide cross-segment ¦
¦
¦ traffic.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Traditional Adapter Mode
1.10.8.6 Traditional Adapter Mode
When the adapter is operating in this mode, the drivers for the adapter register each individual LAN segment with the network operating
system (NOS) as a unique subnet. The NOS views the adapter as four separate adapters. Each network segment must be configured
with a unique network number.
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Do not externally join (using bridges, switches, or concentrators) ¦
¦
ports of adapters.
¦
¦
¦
¦
You can configure as many nodes as you need; the adapter places no ¦
¦
limit on the number of nodes per port.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ensure that each port is bound to the protocol with a unique
¦
¦
network number.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
VNET Switch Mode
1.10.8.7 VNET Switch Mode
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Do not externally join (using bridges, switches, or concentrators) ¦
¦
ports of adapters that comprise a VNET.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Nodes can be configured as needed; the adapter places no limit on ¦
¦
the number of nodes per port.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ensure that all ports in a VNET are bound to the protocol (by way ¦
¦
of VNET) with a common network number.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
When the adapter is operating in this mode, multiple LAN segments are registered with the NOS as a single subnet, called a VNET.
VNETs are multisegment virtual subnets.
VNETs are made possible by a layer of virtual network software that binds to multiple instances of the adapter LAN driver and registers
them with the NOS as a single subnet. Multiple PeerMaster adapters may be configured to interoperate in various ways, such as:
Traditional subnets
One large VNET
Multiple independent VNETs
Any combination of VNETs and traditional subnets
All physical segments within a VNET are configured to the same network number. Cross-segment traffic within a VNET is switched by
the adapter instead of by the server, allowing the server to be more productive.
External internetworking devices are not required to provide communication between segments with a VNET.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration Examples
1.10.8.8 Configuration Examples
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Configuration Examples
¦ Description(s)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Traditional Adapter mode
¦ An 8-port network with two
¦
¦
¦ PeerMaster adapters configured in ¦
¦
¦ the Traditional Adapter mode, see ¦
¦
¦ "Traditional Adapter Mode" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.8.9.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ VNET Switch mode
¦ An 8-port network with two
¦
¦
¦ PeerMaster adapters configured in ¦
¦
¦ the VNET Switch mode, see "VNET
¦
¦
¦ Switch Mode: Single VNET" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.8.10.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ An 8-port network with two
¦
¦
¦ PeerMaster adapters each
¦
¦
¦ configured as an independent
¦
¦
¦ VNET, see "VNET Switch Mode:
¦
¦
¦ Multiple VNETs" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.8.10.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ An 8-port network with two
¦
¦
¦ PeerMaster adapters, one
¦
¦
¦ configured in the VNET Switch
¦
¦
¦ mode and the other in the
¦
¦
¦ Traditional Adapter mode, see
¦
¦
¦ "VNET Switch Mode: Combined
¦
¦
¦ VNETs and Traditional Nets" in
¦
¦
¦ topic 1.10.8.10.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
You can use PeerMaster adapters to create a variety of network configurations. The following examples illustrate some basic network
configurations that you can create. Use these examples as guidelines to determine the best configuration for your needs.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Traditional Adapter Mode
1.10.8.9 Traditional Adapter Mode
This illustration shows:
A server with two Quad-BT PeerMaster adapters configured in the Traditional Adapter mode.
The network protocol views each LAN segment as a separate subnet with its own network number. Clients on all ports have direct
access to the server.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The same principles apply to Quad-B2 configurations; however,
¦
¦ concentrator hubs are not required for 10Base2 operation.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
A configuration of eight separate network numbers.
Curved arrows illustrating the basic flow of cross-subnet traffic.
The server-based router accepts and forwards all frames that require routing between subnets.
Software layers illustrated above the adapters indicating software that is required to route traffic internally, running on the server.
Cross-subnet traffic, such as traffic from Net 1 to Net 2, must be forwarded by a router. The router can be internal to the server or an
external stand-alone device.
The advantage of the Traditional Adapter mode is that a router restricts cross-subnet traffic to only those data packets that are uniquely
addressed to the target network. The disadvantage of this mode is that server responsiveness might be heavily impaired due to the
burden of packet routing. This mode should be used only when little or no cross-subnet traffic is expected.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
VNET Switch Mode Configurations
1.10.8.10 VNET Switch Mode Configurations
The following information describes three configurations using the VNET switch mode.
VNET Switch Mode: Single VNET
This illustration above shows two Quad-BT PeerMaster adapters (Card 1 and Card 2) forming a single VNET.
The adapter provides the functions of a high-performance network adapter combined with the power of an Ethernet switching hub.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The same principles apply to Quad-B2 configurations; however,
¦
¦ concentrator hubs are not required for 10Base2 operation.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
All segments configured as Network number 1 (Net 1).
¦
¦
¦
¦
Curved arrows indicating the flow of data across ports connected
¦
¦
by the VNET switch.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The VNET switch performs all cross-segment traffic and, therefore, server responsiveness is not impaired by heavy cross-segment
traffic. The adapters perform two types of frame switching: port-to-port and peer-to-peer.
Port-to-port Occurs when the source and destination ports both reside on the same adapter. (The adapter forwards data packets
between ports 1 and 2 of adapter 1 (Card 1)).
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Port-to-port switching is completely transparent to the
¦
¦ server microprocessor.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
VNET Switch Mode Configurations
Peer-to-peer Occurs when the source and destination ports reside on separate adapters. Peer-to-peer switching is accomplished
through peer data transfers across the Micro Channel bus. (The adapters forward data packets between port 1 of adapter 1
(Card 1) and port 1 of adapter 2 (Card 2)).
VNET Switch Mode: Multiple VNETs
This illustration above shows:
A configuration of two network numbers (Net 1 and Net 2).
An 8-port network with two Quad-BT PeerMaster adapters (Card 1 and Card 2), each configured as an independent VNET (two
VNETs).
Note: The same principles apply to Quad-B2 configurations; however, concentrator hubs are not required for 10Base2 operation.
The curved arrow that passes through the LAN drivers, protocol stacks, and router in the server represents the connection between
the two subnets (Net 1 and Net 2). Cross-subnet traffic, such as traffic from Net 1 to Net 2, must be forwarded by a router. The
router can be internal to the server or an external stand-alone device.
Each VNET may represent a separate department or workgroup. The four
switched ports within each VNET provide a multisegment workgroup
environment. Isolating the two VNETs by way of the server-based router
allows you to create a separation between the two departments. You can
configure the router to permit restricted traffic to pass between the
departments.
VNET Switch Mode: Combined VNETs and Traditional Nets
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.10 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
VNET Switch Mode Configurations
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Use this configuration only when you expect little or no cross-VNET
¦
¦ traffic.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
This illustration above shows:
A five-subnet network (Net 1, Net 2, Net 3, Net 4, and Net 5) configured as one four-segment VNET (VNET1) on Card 1 and four
traditional networks on Card 2.
A network using PeerMaster adapters.
Note: The same principles apply to Quad-B2 configurations; however, hubs are not required for 10Base2 operation.
Cross-subnet traffic, such as traffic from Net 1 to Net 2, must be forwarded by a router. The router can be internal to the server or an
external stand-alone device.
This VNET may represent a large department while the traditional networks may represent small workgroups. You can configure the
router to restrict traffic between departments.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.8.10 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Locations
1.10.9 Locations
Subtopics
1.10.9.1 10Base-T Adapter
1.10.9.2 10Base2 Adapter
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
10Base-T Adapter
1.10.9.1 10Base-T Adapter
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.9.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
10Base2 Adapter
1.10.9.2 10Base2 Adapter
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.9.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Cabling for 10Base-T Networks
1.10.10 Cabling for 10Base-T Networks
Two types of network cables may be connected to the Quad-BT PeerMaster adapter: straight-through and crossover.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Use straight-through cables when connecting your adapter to an
¦
¦ external 10Base-T concentrator hub.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.10.10.1 Straight-Through
1.10.10.2 Crossover
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Straight-Through
1.10.10.1 Straight-Through
Use crossover cables to directly connect your adapter to another 10Base-T device, such as a workstation, server, or another adapter.
Crossover cables create dedicated segments. A dedicated segment is two point-to-point devices connected to a dedicated link.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.10.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Crossover
1.10.10.2 Crossover
+--- Caution ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Ensure that you do not externally join ports of adapters (using
¦
¦ bridges, switches, or concentrators).
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.10.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Cabling for 10Base2 Networks
1.10.11 Cabling for 10Base2 Networks
To connect any port of the Quad-B2 PeerMaster adapter to a 10Base2 thin Ethernet cable segment. (A thin Ethernet cable segment is
the length of the cable between the repeaters.), do the following.
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Avoid severe bending of the cable.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. Do not exceed 185 meters (600 feet) of interconnection without
¦
¦
using a signal repeater to attach another network segment.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 3. Do not attach more than one Quad-B2 PeerMaster 10Base2 port to the ¦
¦
same 10Base2 network segment.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1. Attach a bayonet connector (BNC) T-connector to the BNC network port at the rear of the computer.
2. Attach the end of the coaxial cable to an open end of the T-connector.
3. Attach the other end of the cable to an open end of the T-connector at the rear of the next workstation in which a 10Base2 is installed;
then, continue making connections to the rest of the workstations.
4. Attach a 50-ohm cable terminator at each end of every segment.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Symptom-to-FRU Index
1.10.12 Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU index contains the following diagnostic information:
LED Indications
Error Codes
NetWare load-time error messages
NetWare run-time messages
Subtopics
1.10.12.1
1.10.12.2
1.10.12.3
1.10.12.4
LED Indications
Error Codes
NetWare Load-Time Error Messages
NetWare Run-Time Messages
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
LED Indications
1.10.12.1 LED Indications
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The PeerMaster adapter LED is normally off prior to adapter download, ¦
¦ and is normally on after successful download.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ LED Indication
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ .5 seconds ON then .5 seconds OFF. ¦ Insert or reseat memory and try
¦
¦ Repeats continuously.
¦ again.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DRAM Failure. DRAM memory stick
¦
¦
¦ may be missing or loose.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ .5 seconds ON then .5 seconds OFF. ¦ Run the adapter diagnostics to
¦
¦ LED flashes 3 times, then stays
¦ get the exact error and
¦
¦ off.
¦ recommended action.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ POST Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ .5 second ON then .5 second OFF.
¦ Replace Flash with programmed
¦
¦ Flashes 5 times, then stays off.
¦ part.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Flash Checksum Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
1.10.12.2 Error Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Code
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027601S0, 027602S0, 027603S0,
¦ 1. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ 027604S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ POST Flash Main Sector Checksum
¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027605S0, 027606S0, 027607S0,
¦ 1. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ 027608S0, 027609S0, 027610S0,
¦
¦
¦ 027611S0, 027612S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Verify proper seating of the DRAM ¦
¦
¦ SIMM on the adapter.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027613S0, 027614S0, 027615S0,
¦ 1. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ 027616S0, 027617S0, 027618S0,
¦
¦
¦ 027619S0, 027620S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ POST SRAM failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027621S0, 027622S0, 027623S0,
¦ 1. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ 027624S0, 027625S0
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027626S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 1.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 1 External
¦ 2. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027627S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 2.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 2 External
¦ 2. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027628S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 3.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 3 External
¦ 2. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027629S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 4.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 4 External
¦ 2. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027630S0, 027631S0, 027632S0,
¦ 1. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
¦ 027633S0
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027691S0, 027692S0, 027693S0,
¦ 1. Run Setup and verify the
¦
¦ 027699S0
¦
adapter configuration.
¦
¦
¦ 2. 10Base-T Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027701S0, 027702S0, 027703S0,
¦ 1. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 027704S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ POST Flash Main Sector Checksum
¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027705S0, 027706S0, 027707S0,
¦ 1. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 027708S0, 027709S0, 027710S0,
¦
¦
¦ 027711S0, 027712S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Verify proper seating of the DRAM ¦
¦
¦ SIMM on the adapter.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027713S0, 027714S0, 027715S0,
¦ 1. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 027716S0, 027717S0, 027718S0,
¦
¦
¦ 027719S0, 027720S0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ POST SRAM failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027721S0, 027722S0, 027723S0,
¦ 1. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 027724S0, 027725S0
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027726S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 1.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 1 External
¦ 2. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027727S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 2.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 2 External
¦ 2. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Codes
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027728S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 3.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 3 External
¦ 2. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027729S0
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of
¦
¦
¦
Port 4.
¦
¦ POST Ethernet Port 4 External
¦ 2. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027730S0, 027731S0, 027732S0,
¦ 1. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 027733S0
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027791S0, 027792S0, 027793S0,
¦ 1. Run Setup and verify the
¦
¦ 027799S0
¦
adapter configuration.
¦
¦
¦ 2. 10Base2 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
NetWare Load-Time Error Messages
1.10.12.3 NetWare Load-Time Error Messages
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Message
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 050: The board cannot be found
¦ 1. Verify that the adapter is
¦
¦
¦
properly installed.
¦
¦ The driver assumes that the
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ adapter has not been installed.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 058: The board does not respond, ¦ 1. Restart the computer or run
¦
¦
¦
your system configuration
¦
¦ 070: The board has failed
¦
program to check for possible ¦
¦
¦
system conflicts.
¦
¦ The driver cannot communicate with ¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ the adapter.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 073: Unable to allocate memory
¦ 1. Unload the driver and
¦
¦
¦
unnecessary NLMs and try
¦
¦ The driver was not able to
¦
again.
¦
¦ allocate sufficient memory to
¦ 2. Reload the server and try
¦
¦ perform its functions.
¦
again.
¦
¦
¦ 3. Install additional memory
¦
¦
¦
into the server.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 110: Unable to download the
¦ 1. Restart your computer or run ¦
¦ firmware
¦
the system configuration
¦
¦
¦
program to check for possible ¦
¦ The driver is not able to
¦
system conflicts.
¦
¦ communicate with the adapter.
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 203: Board diags failed to
¦ 1. Restart your computer or run ¦
¦ complete
¦
the system configuration
¦
¦
¦
program to check for possible ¦
¦ The driver is not able to
¦
system conflicts.
¦
¦ communicate with the adapter.
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 301: POST Flash Main Sector
¦ 1. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Checksum Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 302: POST was not performed ¦
¦
¦ board
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 303: POST Test Sequencer Internal ¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 304: POST Flash Boot Sector
¦
¦
¦ Checksum
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 305: POST DRAM Size Detection
¦ 1. Verify proper seating of the ¦
¦ Failure
¦
DRAM SIMM on the adapter.
¦
¦
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ The power unit is down.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 306: POST DRAM Byte (8-bit) Wide ¦ 1. Verify proper seating of the ¦
¦ Failure
¦
DRAM SIMM on the adapter.
¦
¦
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 307: POST DRAM Short (16-bit)
¦
¦
¦ Wide Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 308: POST DRAM Word (32-bit) Wide ¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 309: POST DRAM Long (64-bit) Wide ¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 310: POST DRAM Trip (96-bit) Wide ¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 311: POST DRAM Quad (128-bit)
¦
¦
¦ Wide Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 312: POST DRAM Addressability
¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The power unit is down.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 313: SRAM Size Detection Failure, ¦ 1. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 314: SRAM Byte (8-bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 315: SRAM Short (16 bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
NetWare Load-Time Error Messages
¦
¦
¦
¦ 316: SRAM Word (32-bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 317: SRAM Long (64 bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 318: SRAM Trip (96-bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 319: SRAM Quad (128-bit) Wide
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 320: SRAM Addressability Failure, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 321: Timer Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 322: Port 1 Internal Loopback
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 323: Port 2 Internal Loopback
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 324: Port 3 Internal Loopback
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 325: Port 4 Internal Loopback
¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 326: Ethernet Port 1 External
¦ 1. Verify correct cabling of the ¦
¦ Loopback Failure,
¦
port.
¦
¦
¦ 2. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ 327: POST Ethernet Port 2
¦
¦
¦ External Loopback Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 328: POST Ethernet Port 3
¦
¦
¦ External Loopback Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 329: POST Ethernet Port 4
¦
¦
¦ External Loopback Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 330: Port 1 Device Verification
¦ 1. 10Base-T or 10Base2 Adapter
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 331: Port 2 Device Verification
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 332: Port 3 Device Verification
¦
¦
¦ Failure,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 333: Port 4 Device Verification
¦
¦
¦ Failure
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.3 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
NetWare Run-Time Messages
1.10.12.4 NetWare Run-Time Messages
It is possible that an unrecoverable, or recoverable, error might occur during normal operation of the adapter. The following table
describes the run-time errors that might be displayed.
Recoverable Errors and Warnings
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Message
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 58: The board does not respond,
¦ 1. If the driver is not able to ¦
¦
¦
recover from any of these
¦
¦ 110: Unable to download the
¦
errors after several minutes, ¦
¦ firmware,
¦
replace the 10Base-T or
¦
¦
¦
10Base2 adapter.
¦
¦ 111: Invalid Pipe Command,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 112: The board watchdog failed,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 113: Adapter resetting... please ¦
¦
¦ wait
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ These messages indicate that
¦
¦
¦ errors have occurred during the
¦
¦
¦ recovery process. The driver will ¦
¦
¦ attempt to recover control of the ¦
¦
¦ adapter at periodic intervals.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 229: The adapter alert condition ¦ 1. N/A
¦
¦ has been corrected
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ This message indicates the
¦
¦
¦ successful recovery from one of
¦
¦
¦ the above run-time error
¦
¦
¦ conditions.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 388: Ethernet Media Port 1 Tx
¦ 1. Check cables, adapter cables, ¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors, check your
¦
or concentrator.
¦
¦ cable,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 389: Ethernet Media Port 2 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors, check your
¦
¦
¦ cable,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 390: Ethernet Media Port 3 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors, check your
¦
¦
¦ cable,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 391: Ethernet Media Port 4 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors, check your
¦
¦
¦ cable
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 395: Ethernet Media Port 1 Tx
¦ 1. N/A
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors corrected,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 396: Ethernet Media Port 2 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors corrected,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 397: Ethernet Media Port 3 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors corrected,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 398: Ethernet Media Port 4 Tx
¦
¦
¦ Carrier Sense Errors corrected
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Problem is solved.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Unrecoverable Errors
If you receive an error that is not described in the preceding error-message lists, you might have an unrecoverable (fatal) error. The error
message indicates that the adapter has experienced an unrecoverable run-time error.
To make the adapter functional, unload the drivers, then reload them. If unloading and reloading the drivers does not make the adapter
functional, restart the computer and try again.
If the above procedures do not correct the problem, replace the 10Base-T or 10Base2 adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.12.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Parts Listing
1.10.13 Parts Listing
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Quad-BT (10Base-T) PeerMaster
¦ 06H4220
¦
¦ Micro Channel Adapter
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Quad-B2 (10Base2) PeerMaster Micro ¦ 06H6042
¦
¦ Channel Adapter
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Quad-BT and Quad-B2 Option
¦ 06H6380
¦
¦ Diskette
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters
1.10.14 ISA PS/ValuePoint 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters
The IBM PS/ValuePoint ISA 10BASE-T/10BASE2 Ethernet Adapters enable you to connect an Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) AT
bus computer family workstation to an Ethernet local area network (LAN). The 10BASE-T Ethernet Adapter has an unshielded twisted
pair connector and the 10BASE2 Ethernet Adapter has a bayonet connector (BNC). Both adapters have a set of light emitting diode
(LED) indicator lights that represent the following conditions:
POWER/TX (green) blinks during data transmission.
LINK/RX (green) blinks when data is being received, and indicates the "link integrity signal" from the twisted-pair hub is present.
COLLISION (yellow) indicates multiple concurrent transmissions on the network.
JABBER (yellow) indicates data transmission is interrupted to inhibit an abnormally long output data stream (10BASE2 Ethernet
Adapter only).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Features Diskette
1.10.15 ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Features Diskette
The IBM PS/ValuePoint ISA Ethernet Adapter Features Diskette contains device drivers and a setup/diagnostic program for the Ethernet
Adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.15 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Configuration Options
1.10.16 ISA PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter Configuration Options
Ensure that the adapter configuration does not conflict with the system configuration or other adapters.
The I/O address, the IRQ interrupt levels, and the ROM address can be changed. For additional information, see "I/O Address" in topic
1.10.16.1, "IRQ Interrupt Levels" in topic 1.10.16.2, and "ROM Address" in topic 1.10.16.3.
Subtopics
1.10.16.1
1.10.16.2
1.10.16.3
1.10.16.4
I/O Address
IRQ Interrupt Levels
ROM Address
Changing PS/ValuePoint ISA Adapter Configuration
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.16 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
I/O Address
1.10.16.1 I/O Address
The PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter can use any of the following locations for the hexadecimal base I/O address. The default is 300.
The I/O address must be set at 300 or 320 if the Novell Netware Device Driver is used.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ 800
¦ 1800
¦ 2800
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 3800
¦ 300
¦ 320
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.16.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IRQ Interrupt Levels
1.10.16.2 IRQ Interrupt Levels
The PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter can use interrupt levels 3, 4, 5, 9, or 11. The default is 3. The IRQ interrupt level must be set at 3 if
the Novell Netware NE2000 Device Driver is used. If the adapters and programs do not support interrupt sharing, the adapters cannot
use the same interrupt level.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.16.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ROM Address
1.10.16.3 ROM Address
The PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter has 16KB of read-only memory (ROM). Any of the following locations can be used for the
hexadecimal ROM address. The default is D0000-D3FFF.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ C8000-CBFFF
¦ D0000-D3FFF
¦ D8000-DBFFF
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ CA000-CDFFF
¦ D2000-D5FFF
¦ DA000-DDFFF
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ CC000-CFFFF
¦ D4000-D7FFF
¦ DC000-DFFFF
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ CE000-D1FFF
¦ D6000-D9FFF
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.16.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Changing PS/ValuePoint ISA Adapter Configuration
1.10.16.4 Changing PS/ValuePoint ISA Adapter Configuration
To change the PS/ValuePoint Ethernet Adapter configuration, do the following.
1. Insert the Features Diskette in drive A, and power-on the computer to start the Ethernet Setup/Diagnostic program.
If the computer is already on, log off the network. If OS/2 is installed, shutdown the system and insert the Feature Diskette in drive A.
Press and hold Ctrl+Alt then press Del.
2. Select Option1. Set Adapter Configuration from the Main Menu; then press Enter. The adapter address is displayed.
3. Press Enter to continue to the Adapter Configuration Menu. Follow the instructions to make specific changes.
4. Press F10 to install the configuration changes.
Note: If two adapters are installed in the same computer, the default setting on one of the adapters must be changed. Ensure that no two
adapters installed in the same computer share the same settings. Duplicate option settings will result in an error.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.16.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PS/2 ServerGuard Adapter
1.10.17 PS/2 ServerGuard Adapter
The ServerGuard Adapter has the following features:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Feature
¦ Description
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Microprocessor
¦ 16 MHz 80C186XL
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Flash Memory
¦ 512KB
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SRAM
¦ 256KB
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ NVRAM
¦ 8KB
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Gate Array
¦ Custom-control
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Expansion Connectors
¦ PCMCIA Type II (two)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Slot A (upper slot) reserved ¦
¦
¦
for modem
¦
¦
¦
Slot B (lower slot) reserved ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Main Battery Pack
¦ 7.2V dc NiCad
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Backup Battery
¦ 3V Lithium
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Other Features
¦
Analog-to-digital Converter
¦
¦
¦
External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦
(plugs into the ServerGuard
¦
¦
¦
Adapter)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The ServerGuard Adapter includes a PCMCIA Type II Modem which has the following features. (The modem is dedicated to the
ServerGuard Adapter and is not accessible by computer software.)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Feature
¦ Description
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Data Speed
¦ 2400 bits per second (bps)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ DAA
¦ Country specific
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ DAA to telephone jack cable
¦ Country specific
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Other Features
¦ Modem to Data Access Arrangement ¦
¦
¦ (DAA) cable
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The ServerGuard Adapter is supported in the following systems:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Machine Type
¦ Model
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 7546
¦ 411, 640, 641
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 8580
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 8590
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 8595
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 9577
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 9585
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 9590
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 9595
¦ All Models
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.10.17.1
1.10.17.2
1.10.17.3
1.10.17.4
1.10.17.5
Cabling
External DAA Cabling
DAA Cable Check
External Power Control Box Cabling
ServerGuard Adapter Symptom-to-FRU Index
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Cabling
1.10.17.1 Cabling
The Data Access Arrangement (DAA) provides access to a local telephone system on the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).
The External Power Control Box (EPCB) connects between the power connector on the computer, and an electrical outlet.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
External DAA Cabling
1.10.17.2 External DAA Cabling
Refer to "ServerGuard Adapter Parts" in topic 1.13.9 for the external DAA for your country.
The following illustration shows the arrangement of the cables when using an external DAA.
1 Flat end of DAA Cable to modem
2 MiniDIN end of DAA Cable to External DAA
3 External DAA
4 RJ-11 end of PSTN Cable to External DAA
5 Other end of PSTN Cable to telephone outlet
6 Telephone outlet
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
DAA Cable Check
1.10.17.3 DAA Cable Check
The DAA cable, PSTN cable, and External DAA are wired with pin 1 connected to pin 1, pin 2 connected to pin 2, and etc.. A continuity
check of the cables will determine if the cables are good.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
External Power Control Box Cabling
1.10.17.4 External Power Control Box Cabling
Connect the external power control box to both the computer power supply connector and the ServerGuard Adapter power control
connector:
1 Power Control Cable to ServerGuard Adapter
2 Power Supply Cable to system unit
3 Power Supply Cable to electrical outlet
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuard Adapter Symptom-to-FRU Index
1.10.17.5 ServerGuard Adapter Symptom-to-FRU Index
Error codes and the FRUs that might be responsible for the failure are listed below. The most-likely failing FRU is listed first.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No beep, power-on indicator does
¦ 1. Press Master Override Button ¦
¦ not come on, and fan does not run. ¦
on EPCB
¦
¦
¦ 2. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Note: Bypass External Power
¦
¦
¦
Control Box by plugging
¦
¦
¦
electrical outlet directly ¦
¦
¦
into computer power supply ¦
¦
¦
prior to replacing FRU.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Power Status LED is off during
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦ EPCB Diagnostic test.
¦ 2. External Power Control Box
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027501XX, 027503XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
¦ 027506XX, 027507XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027502XX, 027504XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027510XX, 027511XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027533XX, 027534XX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 027536XX, 027537XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027509XX
¦ 1. Remove redundant ServerGuard ¦
¦
¦
Adapters, run Auto
¦
¦
¦
Configuration program, then
¦
¦
¦
retest.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027512XX
¦ 1. WMSELF.DGS diagnostics file
¦
¦
¦
missing.
¦
¦
¦ 2. WMSELF.DGS diagnostics file
¦
¦
¦
incorrect.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027535XX
¦ 1. 3V Lithium Backup Battery.
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027554XX
¦ 1. Internal Temperature out of
¦
¦
¦
range
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027555XX, 027556XX
¦ 1. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Power Supply
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027557XX
¦ 1. 7.2V NiCad Main Battery Pack ¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027558XX, 027559XX
¦ 1. PCMCIA Type II Modem
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
¦ 027560XX, 027561XX
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027562XX
¦ 1. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦
not connected
¦
¦
¦ 2. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦ 3. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027563XX, 027564XX
¦ 1. External Power Control Box
¦
¦
¦ 2. ServerGuard Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0275XXXX
¦ 1. Update Diagnostic Software
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.17.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Wireless Network
1.10.18 Wireless Network
This section provides information on the IBM Wireless LAN. For additional help, refer to the user's guides for the workstation you are
using.
Subtopics
1.10.18.1 ISA Bus Switch Settings
1.10.18.2 ISA Mode Operations Parameters
1.10.18.3 Wireless LAN Utilities Diskette
1.10.18.4 Placement of Radio Modules
1.10.18.5 Error Management Overview
1.10.18.6 Running Adapter Diagnostics
1.10.18.7 PCMCIA Credit Card Problems
1.10.18.8 Interrupt Level or I/O Address Conflicts
1.10.18.9 Checking the Base Configuration (OS/2 Environment)
1.10.18.10 LAPS Installation Problem
1.10.18.11 Problem Resolution Worksheet
1.10.18.12 Obtaining the Necessary Data
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ISA Bus Switch Settings
1.10.18.1 ISA Bus Switch Settings
To install the adapter in a computer with an ISA bus, set the dip switches as shown below.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 5. ISA Dip Switch Settings
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
Switch
¦
1
¦
2 ¦
3
¦
4 ¦
5 ¦
6
¦
7 ¦
8 ¦
+-------------+-------+------+-------+------+------+-------+------+------¦
¦
Position ¦
0
¦
0 ¦
0
¦
0 ¦
0 ¦
0
¦
0 ¦
1 ¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Refer to the values shown on the ISA adapter, DO NOT use the values
¦
¦ shown on the switch.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The settings shown in Table 5 apply to most computer configurations.
¦
¦ The interrupt level used by the IBM Wireless LAN adapter is determined ¦
¦ by the position of switches 5 and 6.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ The IBM Wireless LAN adapter does not support interrupt level sharing. ¦
¦ Therefore, make sure that no other adapter in the computer uses the
¦
¦ same interrupt level. If necessary, change the interrupt level of the ¦
¦ IBM Wireless LAN adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If you want to use interrupt level 9 for the IBM Wireless LAN adapter, ¦
¦ make sure that no other adapter in the computer uses interrupt level
¦
¦ 2.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ISA Mode Operations Parameters
1.10.18.2 ISA Mode Operations Parameters
The following provides the possible values for ISA mode operation parameters that you can select according to your system configuration:
Input/Output (I/O) base address (this is used by the computer to identify and communicate with each individual adapter).
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 6. I/O Base Address, ISA Mode
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
Switch Positions
¦
I/O Base Address
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1 2 3
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 0 0
¦
86A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 0 0
¦
96A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 1 0
¦
A6A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 1 0
¦
B6A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 0 1
¦
C6A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 0 1
¦
D6A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 1 1
¦
E6A0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 1 1
¦
F6A0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
RPL memory enable (this allows you to enable or disable the RPL memory).
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 7. RPL Memory Enable, ISA Mode
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
Switch Position
¦
RPL Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
4
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0
¦
Disabled
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1
¦
Enabled
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Interrupt level (this establishes the priority by which the adapter can interrupt the computer. The lowest value is given the highest
priority).
To use interrupt level 9 for the IBM Wireless LAN adapter, make sure that no other adapter in your computer uses interrupt level 2.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 8. Interrupt Level, ISA Mode
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
Switch Positions
¦
Interrupt Level
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
5 6
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 0
¦
9
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 0
¦
10
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 1
¦
11
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 1
¦
15
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Direct memory access (DMA) arbitration level (this establishes the priority by which the adapter can access the computer
memory. The lowest value is given the highest priority).
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 9. DMA Arbitration Level, ISA Mode
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦
Switch Positions
¦
ISA DMA Level
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
7 8
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 0
¦
0
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 0
¦
1
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
0 1
¦
3
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
1 1
¦
Invalid
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Wireless LAN Utilities Diskette
1.10.18.3 Wireless LAN Utilities Diskette
To use the utilities stored on the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette, you must add four lines to the CONFIG.SYS file on the diskette. To
do so, take the following steps:
1. Edit the CONFIG.SYS file supplied on the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette.
2. Copy the four lines of Card and Socket Services DEVICE statements. These statements are determined by the type of ThinkPad and
are supplied on the ThinkPad utilities diskette.
For example, in the DOS environment for an IBM ThinkPad 720C computer, the four lines to copy might be:
DEVICE=C:\IBMDSS02.SYS
DEVICE=C:\IBMDOSCS.SYS
DEVICE=C:\DICRMU02.SYS
DEVICE=C:\$ICPMDOS.SYS
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Placement of Radio Modules
1.10.18.4 Placement of Radio Modules
The IBM Wireless LAN adapter consists of an external unit and a controller card or a PCMCIA Credit Card. The external unit is called a
radio module
The radio module contains the antenna. It is connected by cable to the controller card or the PCMCIA Credit Card.
Considering that each base must be located at the center of the cell it controls, cells should be arranged in a manner to cover the site. the
following guidelines for radio module placement ensure reliable operation of the wireless network.
Place all radio modules:
So that they are not hidden by metallic objects
Far from moving objects such as fans or metallic doors
Away from radiation sources that emit in the 2.4GHz frequency band such as microwave ovens.
In addition, place the base radio modules:
Above the average furniture height, at least 1.5m above the floor
Above dividing panels, shelves and so on
At the center of the ceiling of a large room or corridor, or at the intersection of two corridors.
Modern buildings having metallic partitions are very common. IBM suggests that you install the base radio modules in the ceiling of
corridors. Radio waves used by the IBM Wireless LAN are reflected along these partitions, and enter into offices through the doors or
glass parts.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Management Overview
1.10.18.5 Error Management Overview
The IBM Wireless LAN software processes the events occurring in each base, such as:
Hardware errors on wireless LAN controller cards
Software errors during data transfer
Significant events such as adapter load completion.
These events are logged in two files:
IBMWLERL.LOG, which contains the most recent events.
IBMWLERL.BAK, which contains older events.
In an OS/2 environment there is an additional file:
LANTRAN.LOG
All these events are listed in the manual, "Installing and Operating Your Network" delivered with the product.
The most critical events are reported to the network management system through simple network management protocol (SNMP) traps,
and can be displayed on the network management station.
Using a network management system such as NetView/6000* or NetWare Management system (NMS) allows you to manage your
network from a single point.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Running Adapter Diagnostics
1.10.18.6 Running Adapter Diagnostics
To run the adapter diagnostics, do the following:
1. Insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in drive A.
Note: If the workstation has a PCMCIA Type II slot, make sure that you have correctly set up the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette
(see section "Wireless LAN Utilities Diskette" in topic 1.10.18.3).
2. Restart the workstation as follows:
For an ISA computer, power-off the computer, then power-on the computer.
or
For Micro Channel or computers with the PCMCIA Type II slot, press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
3. Select Diagnostics Utilities from the main menu.
4. Wait for the diagnostics to complete and follow the recommended action.
FRU numbers are available in "Wireless LAN Adapter (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)" in topic 1.13.12 and "Wireless LAN Adapter (PCMCIA
Type II)" in topic 1.13.13.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If a hardware problem is not identified, see the "Installing and
¦
¦ Operating Your Network" manual (part number 54G2072) for further
¦
¦ information on troubleshooting.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If the problem persists:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Note the resulting diagnostic message and code.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. Go to "Problem Resolution Worksheet" in topic 1.10.18.11 and fill ¦
¦
in the information on the worksheet.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 3. Then call your IBM service representative or your dealer.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PCMCIA Credit Card Problems
1.10.18.7 PCMCIA Credit Card Problems
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ This section applies only to PCMCIA Type II slot DOS and Windows**
¦
¦ wireless workstations in a Netware** environment.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If the PCMCIA Credit Card is not detected when you start the computer, do the following.
If you use Card and Socket Services or only Socket services, you can edit the CONFIG.SYS file and comment out the Card and
Socket Services device statements (these statements are determined by the type of computer).
Then press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the computer.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure:
If you use neither Card and Socket Services, edit the NET.CFG file and add:
/R :C000
to the following statement:
Enabler c:\xxxx\IBMWLENA.EXE
where C000 is a memory zone between C000 to EF00 in multiples of 100 and xxxx is the directory where the IBM Wireless LAN has
been installed, for example, NWCLIENT.
Then press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the computer.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you are using only Socket Services you can edit the CONFIG.SYS file ¦
¦ and add the Card Services device statement.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Interrupt Level or I/O Address Conflicts
1.10.18.8 Interrupt Level or I/O Address Conflicts
+--- Note. --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ This section applies only to PCMCIA Type II slot wireless
¦
¦ workstations.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Interrupt levels or I/O address conflicts may occur after you install the IBM Wireless LAN software on a workstation.
If this happens, you can resolve the conflict by changing the value of the interrupt level or the I/O address used by the IBM Wireless LAN
adapter. To do so, refer to the following procedures:
In a Netware environment for DOS and Windows workstations, edit the NET.CFG file and specify the following statements:
- For Interupt level
int n
(n can be 3,4,5,7,9,10,11,12, or 15).
- For I/O Address
port xxxx
(xxxx can be from 200 to 2FO, from 300 to 360, or from 400 to FFE0 in multiples of 10).
In an OS/2 environment, for DOS and Windows workstations, change these wireless adapter parameters through the LAN Support
Program diskette.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Checking the Base Configuration (OS/2 Environment)
1.10.18.9 Checking the Base Configuration (OS/2 Environment)
To verify that all prerequisites have been installed as defined by the configuration for your base, refer to Table 10.
If all the prerequisites have been installed, access LAPS and verify the options, binds and parameters that were selected during
installation. If they are correct, you must re-install.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 10. OS/2 Prerequisites for Base and NAP station
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ Pre¦ Base
¦ Base Wired ¦ Base
¦ Base
¦ NAP only ¦
¦ requisites¦ Stand
¦ Stand
¦ Wired Lan ¦ Wired Lan ¦
¦
¦
¦ alone
¦ alone
¦ Cell with ¦ Cell
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ NAP
¦ without
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ NAP
¦
¦
+-----------+-----------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ TCP/IP¦
¦ N/A
¦ N/A
¦ V2.0
¦ V2.0
¦ V2.0
¦
+-----------+-----------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ TCP/IP¦
¦ V2.0
¦ V2.0 and
¦ V2.0 and ¦ V2.0 and ¦ V2.0 and ¦
¦ Using
¦ (Network ¦ CSD
¦ CSD
¦ CSD
¦ CSD
¦
¦ Network
¦ Manager
¦ UN50382
¦ UN50382
¦ UN50382
¦ UN50382
¦
¦ Management¦ is WNM)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------+-----------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ IBM IEEE ¦ NTS/2
¦ NTS/2 V1.0 ¦ NTS/2
¦ NTS/2
¦ NTS/2
¦
¦ 802.2 ²
¦ V1.0
¦
¦ V1.0
¦ V1.0
¦ V1.0
¦
+-----------+-----------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ IBM
¦ N/A
¦ NTS/2 V1.0 ¦ NTS/2
¦ NTS/2
¦ N/A
¦
¦ Wireless ¦
¦ with CSD
¦ V1.0 with ¦ V1.0 with ¦
¦
¦ LAN
¦
¦ level
¦ CSD level ¦ CSD level ¦
¦
¦ Bridge
¦
¦ 7020¦
¦ 7020¦
¦ 7020¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ Note:
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. Install and bind TCP/IP with your device driver depending on your ¦
¦
backbone adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
If you have a problem, check your IP connection. To do so, type
¦
¦
ping xxxxx at the OS/2 prompt,
¦
¦
¦
¦
where xxxx is the value of an IP address of your network.
¦
¦ 2. Bind IBM IEEE 802.2 with the device driver of your wireless
¦
¦
adapter.
¦
¦ 3. Bridged configuration:
¦
¦
¦
¦
LAPS:
¦
¦
¦
¦
a. Select the IBM Wireless Network adapter for Base with
¦
¦
bridge from the adapter list. Bind with the IBM Wireless
¦
¦
LAN Bridge.
¦
¦
b. Bind the IBM Wireless Network adapter with IBM IEEE 802.2. ¦
¦
c. Select the IBM Token ring Network Adapter from the adapter ¦
¦
list. Bind with the IBM Wireless LAN Bridge.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Supervisor: Bridge option enabled.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ IBM Wireless LAN bridge can not be installed on the same computer as
¦
¦ Routexpander/2 Source Routing Bridge.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
LAPS Installation Problem
1.10.18.10 LAPS Installation Problem
If you cannot run the IBM Wireless LAN because LAPS aborted during installation, do not reboot the computer when prompted by the
instructions displayed on your screen. Go to the OS/2 Install directory and erase the file IBMLANLK.LST, then restart your installation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Problem Resolution Worksheet
1.10.18.11 Problem Resolution Worksheet
Before calling your service representative, do the following.
1. Make a copy of the problem resolution worksheet.
2. Collect and fill in the information listed in the problem resolution worksheet.
3. Collect the part numbers.
In the section following the worksheet, there is an explanation of how to obtain the data requested.
You should answer the following questions:
Does the problem occur on only one wireless workstation or on several?
If on several, are all the affected wireless workstations in one cell?
Does the problem occur on only one base or on several?
Are all bases in the IBM Wireless LAN affected?
The Problem Resolution worksheet is on the following page.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Table 11. Problem Resolution Worksheet
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ Description of the problem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Level of IBM Wireless LAN
¦
¦
¦ software.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Level of IBM Wireless LAN
¦
¦
¦ microcode.
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ PS model and type
¦
¦
¦ (see the documentation for
¦
¦
¦ your computer)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Bus type (ISA, MCA, or PCMCIA)
¦
¦
¦ (see the documentation for
¦
¦
¦ your computer)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Disk type (ESDI or SCSI)
¦
¦
¦ (see the documentation for
¦
¦
¦ your computer)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Operating System and Level
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Protocol stack used - level
¦
¦
¦ and Type of application
¦
¦
¦ (contact your network
¦
¦
¦ administrator)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Information contained in
¦
¦
¦ the error log files
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
IBMWLERL.LOG and
¦
¦
¦
IBMWLERL.BAK (for bases)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
LANTRAN.LOG for OS/2
¦
¦
¦
environment
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (copy the files onto a
¦
¦
¦ diskette)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Any other significant
¦
¦
¦ displayed messages
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Network Configuration
¦
¦
¦
Number of cells
¦
¦
¦
Number of bases
¦
¦
¦
Number of workstations
¦
¦
¦
Type of backbone attachment
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Obtaining the Necessary Data
1.10.18.12 Obtaining the Necessary Data
1. Find the level of IBM Wireless LAN software:
In a NetWare environment (Base), type MODULE at the server prompt on the system console and note the information for the
following modules:
- IBMWLCOM.NLM
- IBMWLNAP.NLM
- IBMWLWNC.NLM
- IBMWLWCA.NLM
- IBMWLERL.NLM
or
- IBMWLPRX.NLM
- and IBMWL.LAN
For all other environments, go to the directory where you have installed your software and refer to the following procedures:
- In a NetWare environment, for DOS and Windows workstations, type IBMWLV1 and note the information that you require.
- In an OS/2 environment, for DOS and Windows workstations, type IBMWLV2 and note the information that you require.
- In an OS/2 environment (base and OS/2 workstation), type SYSLEVEL and note the information that you require.
2. Find the level of IBM Wireless LAN Microcode. To do so, follow these steps:
a. Insert the IBM Wireless LAN Utilities diskette in drive A.
b. Restart your workstation.
c. Select Diagnostic Utilities from the main menu.
d. When the first set of instruction panels is displayed, press Enter.
e. When the second set of instruction panels is displayed, access Adapter Vital Product and note the Product Change Level.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.10.18.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Related Service Information
1.11 Related Service Information
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The service procedures are designed to help you isolate problems to a ¦
¦ FRU. They are written with the assumption that you have received
¦
¦ model-specific training on all PS/2 computers, or that you are
¦
¦ familiar with the computers, functions, terminology, and the reference ¦
¦ information provided in this manual.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.11.1 ACPA/A Advanced Diagnostic Tests
1.11.2 CSD (DOS) Version Level Check
1.11.3 CSD (OS/2) Version Level Check
1.11.4 Combined FRUs Diagnostics
1.11.5 Display Adapter 8514/A
1.11.6 Display Self-Test
1.11.7 Fax/Modem Checkout
1.11.8 How to Use a Symptom-to-FRU Index
1.11.9 Identifying Adapters
1.11.10 Keyboard Voltage Check
1.11.11 Memory-Module Kit Identification
1.11.12 Memory Problems
1.11.13 Option Microprocessor Jumper (76, 77)
1.11.14 OS/2 Problems during a New Installation
1.11.15 OS/2 Trap Errors
1.11.16 PCMCIA Diagnostics (PS/2 E Model 33)
1.11.17 PCMCIA Adapter Switch Settings
1.11.18 PCMCIA PC Card Lock Override
1.11.19 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Related Information
1.11.20 Printer Errors
1.11.21 Processor Board Installation (90, 95)
1.11.22 Processor Upgrade (Models 50/50Z/60 - 486SLC2) Switch Settings
1.11.23 Processor Upgrade (Models 70/80 - 486DX33) Switch Settings
1.11.24 Processor Upgrade (Model 70/80 - 486DX33) FRU Isolation
1.11.25 Processor (Px) Label Cross-reference
1.11.26 Power Supply Voltage Check
1.11.27 Real-Time Clock Problems
1.11.28 Remote Power-on Jumper (95)
1.11.29 Running Automatic Configuration
1.11.30 ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
1.11.31 SCSI Controller on the System Board
1.11.32 SCSI Device Default Settings
1.11.33 SCSI Diagnostic Tests
1.11.34 SCSI Fast/Wide PCI Adaptec Adapters (AHA-9240 and -9240W)
1.11.35 Termination (Devices)
1.11.36 SCSISelect Configuration Utility
1.11.37 Starting the SCSISelect Configuration Utility
1.11.38 Control Keys (SCSISelect Configuration Utility)
1.11.39 SCSISelect Configuration Utility Menus/Options
1.11.40 Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
1.11.41 SCSI ID (Using to Help Isolate Failures)
1.11.42 Servicing LAN Stations (Workstations)
1.11.43 Software/Hardware Mismatch Problems
1.11.44 Undetermined Problems
1.11.45 VPD Codes Information
1.11.46 System Board Locations
1.11.47 System Board Jumpers
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ACPA/A Advanced Diagnostic Tests
1.11.1 ACPA/A Advanced Diagnostic Tests
To access the Advanced Diagnostic mode, select F2. The diagnostic program consists of the following:
Subtopics
1.11.1.1 Audio Output Tone (Tone)
1.11.1.2 Microphone Input Loop (Loop)
1.11.1.3 Microphone Gain Toggle (Toggle)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Audio Output Tone (Tone)
1.11.1.1 Audio Output Tone (Tone)
Select this item from the Main Menu to test the right and left audio output channels of the control-panel assembly. The test allows you to
choose the frequency and amplitude of the tone. To start the oscillator, select Oscillator Start or press Alt+O. To change the frequency
and amplitude of the tone, select Change Oscillator Values or press Alt+V.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.1.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Microphone Input Loop (Loop)
1.11.1.2 Microphone Input Loop (Loop)
Select this item from the Main Menu to test the microphone input from the audio adapter and control-panel assembly. To start the test,
select Mic into R and L Out or press Alt+Z.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.1.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Microphone Gain Toggle (Toggle)
1.11.1.3 Microphone Gain Toggle (Toggle)
Select this item to toggle between the high and low gain settings on the audio adapter. To toggle between the settings, select Mic Gain or
press Alt+M.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.1.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
CSD (DOS) Version Level Check
1.11.2 CSD (DOS) Version Level Check
Many problems with DOS are fixed by Corrective Service Diskettes (CSD). If you think that the problem you are experiencing has been
fixed by a CSD, check the CSD version level.
To determine the CSD level on the computer you are servicing, type VER at the DOS prompt, then press Enter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
CSD (OS/2) Version Level Check
1.11.3 CSD (OS/2) Version Level Check
To determine the OS/2 level on the computer you are servicing, type SYSLEVEL at the OS/2 prompt, then press Enter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Combined FRUs Diagnostics
1.11.4 Combined FRUs Diagnostics
If an adapter or device consists of more than one FRU (for example a card plugged into an adapter), an error code might be caused by
either FRU. Before you replace a multi-FRU adapter or device, try removing or exchanging each FRU, one by one, to help you determine
the problem.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Display Adapter 8514/A
1.11.5 Display Adapter 8514/A
Use this illustration to determine the correct placement of the jumper on the adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Display Self-Test
1.11.6 Display Self-Test
Before performing this test, be sure you are familiar with the information under "Display Considerations" in topic 1.11.6.1.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Before replacing a display, check the following:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an Image adapter.
¦
¦
¦
¦
63XX and 85XX systems support either 63XX or 85XX displays.
¦
¦
¦
¦
85XX systems with an XGA-2 adapter support 95XX displays.
¦
¦
¦
¦
95XX systems support either 63XX, 85XX, or 95XX displays.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If that does not correct the problem, replace FRUs in the following order until the
problem goes away:
1. Display adapter (any type)
2. System board
3. Bus adapter (if used)
If the screen is not rolling, do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Power-off the computer and display.
Disconnect the display signal cable.
Power-on the display.
Turn the contrast to its maximum position.
Turn the brightness control to the center position.
Check for the following conditions:
You should be able to vary the screen intensity by adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a black margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note: The location of the test margin varies with the type of display. The test margin might be on the top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see any test margin on the screen, replace the display. If there is a test margin on the screen, replace the FRUs, in the
following order, until the problem goes away:
Note: Certain adapter failures can cause video problems. Before replacing any FRUs, remove any option adapters to see if the problem
disappears.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Display adapter (any type)
System board
Bus adapter (if display adapter is used)
Display
Subtopics
1.11.6.1 Display Considerations
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Display Considerations
1.11.6.1 Display Considerations
If you experience problems with a PS/2 display and the Advanced Diagnostic video test and the display self-tests do not indicate a
problem, consider the location of the display and any surrounding devices. Certain fluctuating low-frequency magnetic fields can cause
the screen to distort, jitter, or roll. These magnetic fields are generally present around transformers, small appliances, and even nearby
florescent lighting fixtures. If you experience this problem, you might have to move the device or the display. Displays that are too close to
each other (less than 12 inches) could cause similar problems.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Because of the differences in the Earth's magnetic fields, displays
¦
¦ are designed to be used in a specific hemisphere. For example, if a
¦
¦ display marketed for use in the Southern Hemisphere is relocated to
¦
¦ the Northern Hemisphere, the colors will probably be distorted. The
¦
¦ parts catalog lists FRU numbers and model numbers for Northern and
¦
¦ Southern Hemisphere displays.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
You should avoid moving a color display while it is powered-on. The movement can result in some screen discolorations. If this happens,
to correct the colors, power-off the display for twenty minutes (the display automatically degausses (demagnetizes) the screen after it is
off for twenty minutes).
It is possible for a display to cause diskette drive read/write errors if the drive and the display are too close. Distance between displays
and diskette drives should be at least 3 inches.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ You can damage the display or adapter if you do not power-off the
¦
¦ display and computer before connecting or disconnecting the display
¦
¦ cable. This is especially important when using the XGA-2 subsystem
¦
¦ because displays of varied refresh rates are supported. Reconnect the ¦
¦ display cable before powering-on the computer because the display type ¦
¦ and the appropriate refresh rate is determined during POST. After
¦
¦ POST, any display change is not detected.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.6.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Fax/Modem Checkout
1.11.7 Fax/Modem Checkout
+---+
¦001¦
+---+
- Power-off the computer.
- Ensure that the modem is installed correctly.
- Ensure that the public switch telephone network (PSTN) cable and the
data access arrangement (DAA) cable, if installed, are connected
correctly.
If you need to correct one of the above conditions, do so now; then
continue.
- Power-on the computer.
- Insert the IBM Data/FAX Modem diskette into the default diskette drive.
- If you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data/Fax Modem (Models FC3632
and FC3650), at the DOS prompt (for example, A:\), type IBMDIAG; then
press Enter.
- If you are servicing a PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem (Models FC3634 and FC3635),
at the DOS prompt (for example, A:\), type ESTDIAG; then press Enter.
- Follow the instructions on the screen. (If you need help, press F1.)
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦002¦
¦
+---+
¦
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you suspect a
¦
problem, go to Step 004.
¦
¦
+---+
¦003¦
+---+
Go to "Symptom-to-FRU Index (AT Bus)" in topic 1.5.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------+---+
¦004¦
+---+
- Check the PSTN cable and the DAA cable, if installed, for continuity.
IS THE CABLE(S) GOOD?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦005¦
¦
+---+
¦
Replace the defective cable(s).
¦
¦
+---+
¦006¦
+---+
- Have the customer transmit a call.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦007¦
¦
+---+
¦
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not have an
¦
external DAA installed, or replacing the external DAA does not
¦
correct the problem, replace the modem.
¦
¦
+---+
¦008¦
+---+
- Have the customer receive an incoming call on the modem.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No
¦
¦
¦
+---+
¦
¦009¦
¦
+---+
¦
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not have an
¦
external DAA installed, or replacing the external DAA does not
¦
correct the problem, replace the modem.
¦
¦
+---+
¦010¦
+---+
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you still suspect a
problem that is not software related, replace the External DAA; then
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Fax/Modem Checkout
replace the modem.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.7 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
How to Use a Symptom-to-FRU Index
1.11.8 How to Use a Symptom-to-FRU Index
Always start with the General Checkout procedure. In the MAP, you might be sent to the Symptom-to-FRU Index. There, you will find a
list error symptoms, error codes, and the possible causes. The most-likely cause is always listed first, and it is in bold type.
Another use for the Symptom-to-FRU Index is to help you decide which FRUs to bring with you on a service call. Try to get the
customers POST error, or error symptom from the dispatcher.
The MAP can send you to a Symptom-to-FRU Index under various conditions. Listed below are the actions to take for most conditions.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom / Response
¦ Information / Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ POST Error
¦ Use the first error that appears ¦
¦
¦ on the screen. If multiple error ¦
¦ (except I999 range)
¦ codes appear, diagnose them in
¦
¦
¦ the order that they appear (the
¦
¦
¦ multiple errors might be false
¦
¦
¦ errors).
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ POST Error in the I999XXXX Range
¦ Refer to "IML and IPL Errors" in ¦
¦
¦ topic 1.7.6.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Any POST Error Plus an Incorrect
¦ Diagnose the error code first.
¦
¦ Audio Response
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ No POST Error
¦ Refer to "Symptoms" in the index. ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ System Starts Up in BASIC
¦ Refer to "IML and IPL Errors" in ¦
¦
¦ topic 1.7.6.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Error Range is Not Listed
¦ An additional service package is ¦
¦
¦ required for the device
¦
¦
¦ generating the error. Refer to
¦
¦
¦ that service package.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.11.8.1 Error Code Format
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
1.11.8.1 Error Code Format
This section provides an explanation of the encoded SCSI and non-SCSI Post error codes and detailed information about each code.
Error messages are displayed on the screen as three, four, five, eight, twelve or, thirteen digits. An "X" in an error message can be any
number. The shorter POST errors are highlighted in the Symptom-to-FRU Index. Some digits will represent different information for SCSI
errors versus non-SCSI errors.
The following figure shows which digits display the shorter POST errors. The figure also defines additional SCSI information.
Notes:
1. Non-IBM device error codes and documentation supersede this list.
2. Duplicate SCSI ID settings will cause misleading error symptoms or messages.
RDDDPLSCB QEET
¦+-+¦¦¦¦¦ ¦+¦+¦ ¦ ¦¦¦¦¦ ¦ +-¦ ¦ ¦¦¦¦¦ +---¦ ¦ ¦¦¦¦¦
¦ ¦ ¦¦¦¦+----¦ ¦ ¦¦¦+-----¦ ¦ ¦¦+------¦ ¦ ¦+-------¦ ¦ +--------¦ ¦
¦ +----------+-------------
Test state
Error code Extension
Qualifier
Bus (0=internal 1=external)
Capacity of the device
Slot number of the device
LUN (usually 0)
PUN (SCSI ID #)
Device Number
Reserved Digit (usually 0)
As an example, if you have SCSI error code 021050A0, each digit decodes as follows:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Digit
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0
¦ Reserved digit (usually 0)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 210
¦ Device number 210 indicates hard ¦
¦
¦ disk
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 5
¦ SCSI ID assigned is 5
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0
¦ Logical Unit Number (not used,
¦
¦
¦ usually 0)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ A
¦ The device capacity is 60MB (A = ¦
¦
¦ 60MB)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0
¦ The device is connected to the
¦
¦
¦ internal bus
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
RDDD Codes for Adapters
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ RDDD
¦ Device Type or Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0037
¦ SCSI on the system board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0096
¦ SCSI adapter with cache
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0112
¦ SCSI adapter without cache
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0206
¦ SCSI-2 adapter
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
RDDD Codes for Devices
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ RDDD
¦ Device Type or Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0208
¦ Unknown device type
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0209
¦ Direct access - removable media, ¦
¦
¦ and/or other than 512 byte blocks ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0210
¦ Direct access - hard disk, 512
¦
¦
¦ byte blocks
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0211
¦ Sequential access (tape)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
¦ 0212
¦ Printer
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0213
¦ Processor
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0214
¦ Write Once, Read Multiple
¦
¦
¦ (W.O.R.M.)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0215
¦ Read only (CD-ROM)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0216
¦ Scanner
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0217
¦ Optical memory (read/write
¦
¦
¦ optical disk)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0218
¦ Changer (multiple tray CD-ROM)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0219
¦ Communications
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
B Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ B
¦ Device Type or Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0
¦ Dual SCSI adapter (internal bus) ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 1
¦ Dual SCSI adapter (external bus) ¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
QEET 0000 Codes
Refer to this list if the "DDD" indicates an adapter, followed by a QEET of 0000. For example, 01120100 0000.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ PLSC
¦ QEET
¦ Information
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0100
¦ 0000
¦ On systems with
¦
¦
¦
¦ NVRAM, SCSI setup
¦
¦
¦
¦ data not located, or ¦
¦
¦
¦ the checksum did not ¦
¦
¦
¦ verify. On systems
¦
¦
¦
¦ without NVRAM (Model ¦
¦
¦
¦ 50 for example),
¦
¦
¦
¦ setup data must be on ¦
¦
¦
¦ the 1st hard disk.
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0200
¦ 0000
¦ Configuration error. ¦
¦
¦
¦ No hard disk found at ¦
¦
¦
¦ PUN 6, LUN 0 for
¦
¦
¦
¦ 161,162,165 system
¦
¦
¦
¦ error path. Might be ¦
¦
¦
¦ an unsupported
¦
¦
¦
¦ configuration.
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0300
¦ 0000
¦ No space available in ¦
¦
¦
¦ extended BIOS data
¦
¦
¦
¦ area for SCSI data
¦
¦
¦
¦ table (possibly too
¦
¦
¦
¦ many adapters
¦
¦
¦
¦ installed).
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0400
¦ 0000
¦ ROM modules not found ¦
¦
¦
¦ on adapter (IML based ¦
¦
¦
¦ systems only).
¦
¦
¦
¦ Running setup might
¦
¦
¦
¦ correct it.
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0500
¦ 0000
¦ ROM checksum error on ¦
¦
¦
¦ 2nd 16K portion of
¦
¦
¦
¦ 32K ROM
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 0600
¦ 0000
¦ ROM access control
¦
¦
¦
¦ port error
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
QEET Errors (other than 0000)
These are specific "QEET" error codes (preceded by a "DDD" indicating an adapter).
Note: A number in slot "S" indicates an error on the adapter, (or device attached to the adapter) in slot "S." If "S" is 0, suspect the
system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ QEET
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 001x
¦ 8032/80188/80C186 ROM test
¦
¦
¦ failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 002x
¦ Local RAM test failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 003x
¦ Bad fuse, or bad termination, or ¦
¦
¦ local RAM address failure on SCSI ¦
¦
¦ adapter if "RDDD" is 0112.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 004x
¦ Internal peripheral test failure ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 005x
¦ Buffer control chip test failure, ¦
¦
¦ or LTB failed, (or system-board
¦
¦
¦ SCSI failed if "RDDD" is 0037)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 006x
¦ Undefined error condition, or
¦
¦
¦ buffer RAM test failure on SCSI
¦
¦
¦ adapter if "RDDD" is 0096
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 007x
¦ System interface control chip
¦
¦
¦ test failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 008x
¦ SCSI internal interface test
¦
¦
¦ failed
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 00Ax
¦ SCSI external interface test
¦
¦
¦ failed
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 107x
¦ Adapter hardware failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10Cx
¦ Command failed
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10Ex
¦ Command error (invalid command or ¦
¦
¦ parameter)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 10Fx
¦ Sequencing error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 110x
¦ Adapter internal error log
¦
¦
¦ contains entries. (Reported if
¦
¦
¦ no other errors on adapter
¦
¦
¦ exist.)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 180x
¦ Time out
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 181x
¦ Adapter busy error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 182x
¦ Unexpected interrupt presented by ¦
¦
¦ adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 183x
¦ Adapter register test failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 184x
¦ Adapter reset failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 185x
¦ Adapter buffer test failure (on
¦
¦
¦ cached adapters)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 186x
¦ Adapter reset count expired
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 187x
¦ Adapter registers not cleared on ¦
¦
¦ reset
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 188x
¦ Card ID in adapter microcode did ¦
¦
¦ not match ID in POS registers
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 190x
¦ Expected device did not respond
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 19Yx
¦ DMA arbitration level conflict (Y ¦
¦
¦ = assigned arbitration level)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 220x
¦ Adapter hardware error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 221x
¦ Global timeout on adapter (device ¦
¦
¦ did not respond)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 222x
¦ Adapter DMA error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 223x
¦ Adapter buffer defective
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 224x
¦ Command aborted by adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 301x
¦ Invalid parameter in SCB
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 303x
¦ Command not supported
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 304x
¦ Command aborted by system
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 305x
¦ Command rejected (buffer not
¦
¦
¦ disabled)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 306x
¦ Command rejected (Adapter
¦
¦
¦ diagnostic failure)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 307x
¦ Format rejected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 308x
¦ Assign rejected (command in
¦
¦
¦ progress)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 309x
¦ Assign rejected (device already
¦
¦
¦ assigned)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 30Ax
¦ Command rejected (device not
¦
¦
¦ assigned)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 30Bx
¦ Command rejected (maximum LBA
¦
¦
¦ exceeded)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 30Cx
¦ Command rejected (16 bit card
¦
¦
¦ slot address range exceeded)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 313x
¦ Invalid device for command
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3FFx
¦ Status not returned by adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 401x
¦ Recovered error (not an error
¦
¦
¦ condition)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 402x
¦ Device not ready
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 403x
¦ Device medium error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 404x
¦ Device hardware error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 405x
¦ Illegal request for device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 406x
¦ Device unit attention would not
¦
¦
¦ clear
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 407x
¦ Device data protect error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 409x
¦ Device vendor unique error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 40Ax
¦ Copy operation aborted by device ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 40Bx
¦ Device command aborted
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 40Cx
¦ Device search data command
¦
¦
¦ satisfied
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 40Dx
¦ Device volume overview (residual ¦
¦
¦ data remains in buffer)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 40Ex
¦ Device mismatch (source data did ¦
¦
¦ not match medium data)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 500x
¦ Check condition on device, no
¦
¦
¦ sense data returned
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 501x
¦ No index or sector
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 502x
¦ Seek incomplete
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 503x
¦ Write fault
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 504x
¦ Drive not ready
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 505x
¦ Drive not selected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 506x
¦ No track zero found
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 507x
¦ Multiple drives selected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 508x
¦ Logical unit communication
¦
¦
¦ failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 509x
¦ Head positioning error (track
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
¦
¦ following error)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 510x
¦ CRC or ECC error on ID field
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 511x
¦ Unrecoverable read error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 512x
¦ No address mark (ID field)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 513x
¦ No address mark (data field)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 514x
¦ Record not found
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 515x
¦ Seek error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 516x
¦ Data synchronization error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 517x
¦ Recoverable read (without ECC)
¦
¦
¦ error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 518x
¦ ECC recovered read error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 519x
¦ Defect list error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 51Ax
¦ Parameter overrun
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 51Bx
¦ Synchronous transfer error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 51Cx
¦ Primary defect list not found
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 51Dx
¦ Compare error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 520x
¦ Invalid command
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 521x
¦ Illegal logical block address
¦
¦
¦ (LBA)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 522x
¦ Illegal function for device type ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 524x
¦ Illegal command block field
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 525x
¦ Invalid LUN
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 526x
¦ Illegal field in parameter list
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 528x
¦ Media changed
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 529x
¦ Power-on or bus device reset
¦
¦
¦ occurred (not an error)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 52Ax
¦ Mode select parameters changed
¦
¦
¦ (not an error)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 531x
¦ Medium format corrupted
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 532x
¦ Defect spare location unavailable ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 540x
¦ Device RAM failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 541x
¦ Data path diagnostic failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 542x
¦ Power-on diagnostic failure
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 543x
¦ Message rejected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 544x
¦ Internal controller error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 545x
¦ Device was unable to reconnect
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 547x
¦ Interface parity error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 548x
¦ Initiator detected error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 549x
¦ Illegal command or command out of ¦
¦
¦ sequence error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 5F0x
¦ Format in progress (not an error) ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 5F1x
¦ Spinup in progress
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 601x
¦ SCSI bus reset occurred
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 602x
¦ SCSI interface fault
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 610x
¦ Selection timeout error (device
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
¦
¦ not available)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 611x
¦ Unexpected bus free
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 612x
¦ Mandatory SCSI message rejected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 613x
¦ Invalid SCSI phase sequence
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 620x
¦ Short length record error
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 702x
¦ Device not ready (removable media ¦
¦
¦ devices)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 704x
¦ Device not ready (non-removable
¦
¦
¦ media devices)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 728x
¦ Media changed error would not
¦
¦
¦ clear
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 731x
¦ Medium format corrupted (format
¦
¦
¦ unit interrupted - format must be ¦
¦
¦ issued again)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 7F0x
¦ Format in progress (prior format ¦
¦
¦ unit issued being completed)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 7F1x
¦ Spinup in progress
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Q Codes
All error codes with "Q" = 1 are developed using information returned by either an adapter or device. The "Q" value defines the origin of
the "EE" code that is reported. Error codes (EE) with "Q" = 4 or 5 may be reported that are not listed here or can actually have a definition
other than that given, depending on the device.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ "Q"
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 2
¦ Command error field of command
¦
¦
¦ complete status block returned by ¦
¦
¦ the adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 3
¦ SCSI Status field of the command ¦
¦
¦ complete status block or command ¦
¦
¦ error field values indicating
¦
¦
¦ software problems (< 20H)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 4
¦ Sense key value returned by a
¦
¦
¦ device
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 5
¦ Additional sense byte (byte 12)
¦
¦
¦ of sense information from device ¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 6
¦ Device error code field of
¦
¦
¦ command complete status block
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 7
¦ Device errors not normally
¦
¦
¦ considered an error, but
¦
¦
¦ considered an error based on when ¦
¦
¦ the code was returned (medium
¦
¦
¦ corrupted error on device with
¦
¦
¦ non-removable media)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Test Status Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ "T"
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ O
¦ Not applicable for error code
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ A
¦ Adapter initialization error)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ B
¦ Adapter reset
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ C
¦ Adapter register test
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ D
¦ Adapter buffer test phase 1 (on
¦
¦
¦ cached adapters)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ E
¦ Adapter buffer test phase 2 (on
¦
¦
¦ cached adapters)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 6
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Error Code Format
¦ F
¦ Adapter buffer test phase 3 (on
¦
¦
¦ cached adapters)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ G
¦ Adapter buffer test phase 4 (on
¦
¦
¦ cached adapters)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ H
¦ Adapter (buffer enable, buffer
¦
¦
¦ size, retry, enable)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ I
¦ Device assignment sequence
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J
¦ Device not ready (initial unit
¦
¦
¦ attention clearing)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ K
¦ Device reset
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ L
¦ Device starting phase
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ M
¦ Device in process of starting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ N
¦ Device block size determination
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ O
¦ Device self-test
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ P
¦ Device single block read (LBA)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Q
¦ Device double block read (LBA)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ S
¦ Error occurred after device
¦
¦
¦ testing completed
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.8.1 - 7
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Identifying Adapters
1.11.9 Identifying Adapters
Adapters can usually be identified by examining the adapter and looking for special chips, sockets or connectors. I/O adapters can be
identified by looking at the number of pins in the I/O connector and the gender of the connector.
"F" connectors (TV type) indicate a broadband network adapter.
"BNC" connectors (mini-twistlock) indicate a 3270 emulation adapter or possibly, if it is an "AT Bus" adapter, it could be a Cluster adapter.
The 3270 adapter does not have switches, the Cluster adapter does.
9-pin Male connectors usually indicate a serial port.
9-pin Female connectors usually are display adapters but could also be Token Ring adapters, if it is an "AT Bus" adapter. If it is a short
card, it is a Token Ring. If it is a long card, it is a display adapter. If the adapter is for the Micro Channel, it is a Token Ring adapter. IBM
does not market 9-pin display adapter for Micro Channel systems.
15-pin Male (2 rows of pins) adapters are 5250 or 36/38 Emulation adapters. These two adapters are the same and differ in name only,
depending if it is an AT Bus or Micro Channel adapter.
15-pin (3 rows of pins) Male connectors could be the Page Printer adapter (double card) or an Ethernet (single card), if it is a Micro
Channel card, or it could be a game adapter (short card) or a Page Printer adapter (double card) if it is an AT Bus adapter.
15-pin (3 rows of pins) Female connectors, on an AT bus, indicate a PS/2 display adapter. If it is a Micro Channel adapter, it might be
an 8514/A adapter (double card with many sockets on the full-length daughter card), an XGA (*) adapter, (single card with no sockets
except for the 8 memory modules), or an Image Adapter (two sets of memory sockets and connectors for daughter cards).
25-pin Male connectors indicate some type of serial adapter. It could be a multiprotocol adapter or a scanner adapter. Many 25-pin
connectors do not use all of the pins. Some of the pins might be omitted on both adapters and system board ports.
25-pin Female connectors indicate a parallel adapter.
(*) Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Keyboard Voltage Check
1.11.10 Keyboard Voltage Check
Note: If a mouse or other pointing device is attached, remove it and see if the error symptom goes away. If the symptom goes away,
suspect that the mouse or pointing device is defective.
Check the connector voltages at the keyboard end of the cable (all voltages are plus or minus 5%).
Subtopics
1.11.10.1 Standard Connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Standard Connector
1.11.10.1 Standard Connector
If the voltages are correct, replace the keyboard. If the voltages are not correct, suspect the keyboard cable, then the system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.10.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory-Module Kit Identification
1.11.11 Memory-Module Kit Identification
Some early memory module kits are not labeled with a FRU number. The following information provides methods of identification.
There are four key identifiers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The chip size: narrow or wide
The chip placement (horizontal, vertical, both, 1 side or 2 sides)
The speed suffix shown on the individual chips (7=70ns, 8=80ns, 85=85ns)
The module ID resistors (R1=85ns, R2=80ns)
Memory-Module Kit 1A and 1B
Kit 1A and 1B, show 10 or more chips mounted horizontally, vertically or a mixed pattern. If there are chips on one side of the board, it is
1MB. If there are chips on both sides, it is 2MB. (A small number of 8MB kits were also manufactured in this configuration.) The suffix on
the chip, for example, -8, -85 is important.
Memory-Module Kit 2L and 2R
Kit 2L shows 10 wide chips with resistors across the top, but not on the end. If there are chips on one side, it is 4MB; two sides it is 8MB.
Kit 2R shows 9 or 10 chips per side, all mounted vertically. If there are two resistor locations on the right end labeled R1 and R2, it is
2MB. (R1 = 85ns, R2 = 80ns, R1 + R2 = 100ns.) There will either be 9 or 10 chips.
Memory-Module Kit 3
Kit 3 has 6 chips per side spaced evenly. If all the chips are the same size, (3R) it is 1MB. If the two center chips are smaller than the 4
outer chips, (3L) it is 4MB. These could be any speed.
Memory-Module Kit 4A and 4B
Kit 4A and 4B are both 4MB. 4A has 6 closely spaced chips on each side. There are no resistors, and it is 85ns (there might be a tiny
FRU number on the end chip.) 4B shows the front and rear of another 4MB chip configuration. There are 8 chips on the front, and 4 on
the rear.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory-Module Kit Identification
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.11 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Memory Problems
1.11.12 Memory Problems
Subtopics
1.11.12.1
1.11.12.2
1.11.12.3
1.11.12.4
1.11.12.5
Models 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, and 80
Models 53 (9553-xBx) 56, 57, 76, 77, 85, 90, and 95
Determining Models 90/95/95A Processor Type
Processor Board Matrix (90, 95)
Using the Low-Level Format Program
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, and 80
1.11.12.1 Models 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, and 80
Note: For other Models, see the following information.
Finding the Failing Memory
Note: Running customer diagnostic tests will deallocate defective memory. After you replace defective memory, run the memory
diagnostic test to enable the replacement memory. Then, restart the computer and rerun the same test to validate the installed
memory-module kits.
Use the following procedure when you suspect a problem with the system
memory.
1. Run the advanced-memory diagnostic test. If the test does not indicate which memory-module kit failed, or if the system hangs, try
running the test from the System Diskettes. If you still cannot identify which memory-module kit failed, return here and continue with the
next step.
Note: If a screen message appears, asking if you have replaced a specific memory-module kit, suspect that it is the failing kit.
2. Using a known-good kit, exchange each kit, one at a time, and repeat the memory diagnostic test until you find the defective kit.
Replace only the defective kit. If the kits are not the problem, suspect:
Riser Card (if used)
Memory Expansion Adapter (if used)
System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 53 (9553-xBx) 56, 57, 76, 77, 85, 90, and 95
1.11.12.2 Models 53 (9553-xBx) 56, 57, 76, 77, 85, 90, and 95
On these systems, the "X" digit of the POST error (for example, 00020xXx), indicates the socket location.
Determining Failing Memory Location
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ "X" digit
¦ 56, 57
¦ 76, 77
¦ 90 Socket
¦ 85, 95
¦
¦ equals
¦ Socket
¦ Socket
¦
¦ Socket
¦
+-------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+-------------¦
¦ X=1
¦ Mem 1
¦ Mem 1
¦ J1 (J11)
¦ A1
¦
¦ X=2
¦ Mem 3
¦ Mem 3
¦ J3
¦ B1
¦
¦ X=3
¦ Mem 2
¦ Mem 2
¦ J2
¦ A2
¦
¦ X=4
¦ Mem 4
¦ Mem 4
¦ J4
¦ B2
¦
¦ X=5
¦
¦
¦ J1 (J14)
¦ A3
¦
¦ X=6
¦
¦
¦ J2
¦ B3
¦
¦ X=7
¦
¦
¦ J3
¦ A4
¦
¦ X=8
¦
¦
¦ J4
¦ B4
¦
¦ X=U
¦ Unknown
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
When a mixture of 4MB, 8MB, and 16MB (or larger) memory-module kits are installed in the 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx computers, the
smaller kits must be installed in the higher-numbered connectors (A4/B4 is the highest), and the larger kits in the lower-numbered
connectors (A1/B1 is the lowest).
Determining Memory Type, Size and Speed
The "Y" digit of the POST error (for example, 00020xxY), indicates the type, size, and speed.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ "Y" digit
¦ Type
¦ Size
¦ Speed
¦
¦ equals
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ Y=0
¦ Parity
¦ 4MB
¦ 80ns
¦
¦ Y=1
¦ Parity
¦ 2MB
¦ 100ns
¦
¦ Y=2
¦ Parity
¦ 1MB
¦ 100ns
¦
¦ Y=4
¦ Parity
¦ 4MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=5
¦ Parity
¦ 2MB
¦ 85ns
¦
¦ Y=6
¦ Parity
¦ 1MB
¦ 85ns
¦
¦ Y=8
¦ Parity
¦ 8MB
¦ 80ns
¦
¦ Y=9
¦ Parity
¦ 2MB
¦ 80ns
¦
¦ Y=B
¦ Parity
¦ 8MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=C
¦ Parity
¦ 2MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=D
¦ Parity
¦ 2MB
¦ 120ns
¦
¦ Y=E
¦ Parity
¦ 1MB
¦ 120ns
¦
¦ Y=K
¦ ECC
¦ 16MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=Q
¦ ECC
¦ 4MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=R
¦ ECC
¦ 32MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=S
¦ ECC
¦ 8MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=T
¦ ECC
¦ 2MB
¦ 70ns
¦
¦ Y=Z
¦ Unknown
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If you are still unable to determine which memory-module kit failed, follow the isolation procedure under "Finding the Failing Memory" in
topic 1.11.12.1.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Determining Models 90/95/95A Processor Type
1.11.12.3 Determining Models 90/95/95A Processor Type
On these models, memory operation differs with each type of processor board (type 1, 2, or 3). Use any of the three methods in the
"Processor Board Matrix (90/95/95A)" to determine which one it is, then continue with the appropriate memory section.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Board Matrix (90, 95)
1.11.12.4 Processor Board Matrix (90, 95)
1. Go to the Diagnostic Main Menu and select Display revision levels (you might have to select More utilities first). Note the submodel
code displayed on the screen. (The customer can use this screen to tell you the submodel code.)
2. Read the FRU number printed near the card-edge of the processor board.
3. Look for a second label (marked P1 - PC) to the right of the front serial number of the system. The second label indicates that the
processor board has been upgraded.
The following table converts the model code, submodel code, FRU number, reference diskette type, or the second label to the processor
type.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Mod
¦ Sub
¦ Sub
¦ Sub
¦ Processor FRU Number
¦ 2nd
¦ Ref
¦
¦
¦ Mod
¦ Mod
¦ Mod
¦ and Description
¦ Lab. ¦ Disk ¦
¦
¦ 90
¦ 95
¦ 95A
¦
¦
¦ Type ¦
+-------+-------+-------+-------+------------------------+-------+-------¦
¦ 0GX
¦ 2F
¦ 2E
¦ ¦ 92F0049 486/20MHZ
¦ ¦ 1
¦
¦ 0JX
¦ 11
¦ 14
¦ ¦ 64F0201 486/25MHZ
¦ P1
¦ 1
¦
¦ 0KX
¦ 13
¦ 16
¦ ¦ 64F0198 486/33MHZ
¦ P2
¦ 1
¦
¦ ¦ 2B
¦ 2A
¦ ¦ 92F0048 486/50MHZ
¦ P3
¦ 1
¦
¦ 0GX
¦ 2D
¦ 2C
¦ ¦ 92F0065 486SX/20MHZ
¦ P4
¦ 1
¦
¦ 0HX
¦ 57
¦ 58
¦ ¦ 92F0079 486SX/25MHZ
¦ P5
¦ 2
¦
¦ 0HX
¦ 59(1) ¦ 5A(1) ¦ ¦ 92F0079 486SX/25MHZ
¦ P6
¦ 2
¦
¦ 0LX
¦ 3F
¦ 40
¦ ¦ 92F0161 486DX 25/50
¦ P7
¦ 2
¦
¦ 0HX
¦ 5B
¦ 5C
¦ ¦ 92F0079 486 25/50
¦ P8
¦ 2
¦
¦ ¦ 37
¦ 36
¦ ¦ 92F0145 486DX 33/66
¦ P9
¦ 1
¦
¦ 0MX
¦ 29
¦ 28
¦ ¦ 57F1597 486 50
¦ PA
¦ 3
¦
¦ 1NX
¦ 43
¦ 42
¦ 44
¦ 61G2343 486DX2 (HF)
¦ PB
¦ 4
¦
¦ OPX
¦ 45
¦ 46
¦ 47
¦ 52G9362 586 60 (GS)
¦ PC
¦ 4
¦
¦ OQX
¦ 45
¦ 46
¦ 47
¦ 92F0120 586 66 (GS)
¦ PE
¦ 4
¦
¦ xYx
¦
¦
¦ 8641 ¦ 06H3739 586 90
¦ ¦ 4
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
(1) Also requires 487SX coprocessor (FRU 92F0100).
Memory (Type 1 Processor Boards)
Only interleaved memory configurations are supported. The system memory-module kits operate in pairs. Each pair must be the
same memory size, speed, and type.
On the Model 90, the pairs are J1 & J3, J2 & J4, on each riser card.
On the Model 95 the pairs are A1 & B1, A2 & B2, A3 & B3, A4 & B4, on the system board.
Only parity (70ns, 80ns and 85ns) kits are supported. Minimum operating requirement is one pair of 1MB kits. Total system memory
capacity is 64MB.
Memory (Type 2 Processor Boards)
Interleaved and noninterleaved memory configurations are supported. If the kits are installed in pairs of the same memory size, speed,
and type, the kits will run in interleaved mode. Any other configuration is supported, but will run in noninterleaved mode.
On the Model 90, the pairs are J1 & J3, J2 & J4, on each riser card.
On the Model 95, the pairs are A1 & B1, A2 & B2, A3 & B3, A4 & B4, on the system board.
Only parity (70ns and 80ns) kits are supported. Minimum operating requirement is one 2MB kit. Total system memory capacity is
64MB.
Memory (Type 3 Processor Boards)
Only interleaved memory configurations are supported. The system memory-module kits operate in pairs. Each pair must be the
same memory size, speed, and type.
On the Model 90, the pairs are J1 & J3, J2 & J4, on each riser card.
On the Model 95, the pairs are A1 & B1, A2 & B2, A3 & B3, A4 & B4, on the system board.
Parity (70ns, 80ns, and 85ns) or Error Correcting Code (ECC) (70ns) kits are supported (but not a combination of both). Minimum
operating requirement is one pair of 4MB ECC kits or one pair of 1MB parity kits. Total system memory capacity is 64MB.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Using the Low-Level Format Program
1.11.12.5 Using the Low-Level Format Program
Warning: The advanced-diagnostic format program (referred to as a low-level format), is different from the operating system format
program. The operating-system format program will not erase the System Partition; the low-level format program will. It also will erase the
system programs and completely clear the hard disk. If the hard disk is working, make a backup copy of the System Partition and all the
files on the hard disk before you use this program. (If you do not know how to make a backup copy of the System Partition, see "Backing
up the System Partition" in topic 2.10.4.) To backup all of the files, see the operating system documentation. (It might take up to two
hours to run the low-level format program, depending on the disk capacity.)
When to Run the Low-Level Format Program
There are three reasons to run this program:
1. You are installing software that requires a low-level format.
2. You get recurring messages from the diagnostic tests telling you to run the low-level format program on the hard disk.
3. You want to try this as a last resort before replacing a failing hard disk drive.
How to Run the Low-Level Format Program
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-on the computer.
Start the system programs (as described in "Starting System Program Diagnostics" in topic 2.10.1).
When the Main Menu appears, press Ctrl+A.
When the Advanced Diagnostic Menu appears, select Format Hard Disk. Then, follow the instructions on the screen.
Preparing the Hard Disk for Use
When the low-level format program completes, you must copy all the files to the hard disk. Before you can copy the files, you must:
1. Create the System Partition (if the hard disk drive had a System Partition) using the Restore the System Partition utility program from
the system programs on the System Diskettes.
2. Format the hard disk using the operating system. (The commands vary with the operating system. Refer to the operating system
manual for a description of the program commands to use.)
3. Install the operating system.
You are now ready to reinstall the files.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.12.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Option Microprocessor Jumper (76, 77)
1.11.13 Option Microprocessor Jumper (76, 77)
The speed jumper (labeled SPD) is on the system board near the option microprocessor socket. The jumper changes the speed of the
option microprocessor (if installed).
Note: Operating a microprocessor at a speed greater than it is designed for can cause intermittent problems.
The jumper settings are:
Speed
Jumper Settings
25MHz
Position jumper (SPD) over the middle and rear pins.
33MHz
Position jumper (SPD) over the front and middle pins.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
OS/2 Problems during a New Installation
1.11.14 OS/2 Problems during a New Installation
If you have determined that you do not have a hardware failure, and you cannot get the operating system to work, assist the customer in
recopying the OS/2 software to the hard disk. If this is not a new installation, have the customer order the replacement diskettes.
If this is a new installation and the customer does not have the diskettes, order replacement diskettes by doing the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write down the machine type and serial number.
Call 1-800-342-6672 (weekdays 9 a.m. to 9 p.m. eastern time).
Identify yourself as an IBM service representative or IBM authorized servicer.
For OS/2 Version 2.0, request diskette package P/N 41G3329. For OS/2 Version 2.00.1, request diskette package P/N 52G9973.
The IBM telephone operator will supply the correct package part number for later versions of OS/2. (Supply the machine information
and shipping address for either package.)
After you receive the OS/2 diskettes, refer to the pamphlet supplied with the diskettes for OS/2 installation instructions.
The PS/2 diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM-marketed products. Products not marketed by IBM, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Refer to the Hardware Maintenance Reference section of this manual for any related PS/2 reference information.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
OS/2 Trap Errors
1.11.15 OS/2 Trap Errors
The following information will be helpful in diagnosing trap errors.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Code
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0000
¦ See note 7 (Application software ¦
¦
¦ error, contact the software
¦
¦ 0001
¦ vendor's support).
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0002
¦ See notes 4, 6, 8, and 9.
¦
¦
¦ Install CSDs, run CHKDSK.
¦
¦
¦ Replace the defective memory.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0003
¦ See note 7 (Application software ¦
¦
¦ error, contact the software
¦
¦ 0004
¦ vendor's support).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0005
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0006
¦ Check the memory. Run CHKDSK.
¦
¦
¦ Contact the application software ¦
¦ 0007
¦ vendor's support.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0008
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0009
¦ See note 7 (Application software ¦
¦
¦ error, contact the software
¦
¦ 000A
¦ vendor's support).
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 000B
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000C
¦ If "SYS1942" appears, contact the ¦
¦
¦ software vendor's support. If
¦
¦
¦ "Exception in Device..." appears, ¦
¦
¦ refer to note 4. Run CHKDSK.
¦
¦
¦ All other messages: Run CHKDSK
¦
¦
¦ and check the memory. If a 113
¦
¦
¦ error appears, see ECA024.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000D
¦ If "SYS1943 A Prog..." appears,
¦
¦
¦ contact the software vendor's
¦
¦
¦ support.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If "Int Proc Error at 0220:3557" ¦
¦
¦ appears, set the Token Ring to
¦
¦
¦ 16K RAM window, install CSD's.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If "double trap 000D" appears,
¦
¦
¦ install the latest CSDs.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ For all other messages or
¦
¦
¦ conditions, contact the software ¦
¦
¦ vendor's support.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 000E
¦ See note 7 (Application software ¦
¦
¦ error, contact the software
¦
¦
¦ vendor's support).
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 0010
¦ Hardware of software error. Run ¦
¦
¦ diagnostics to check math
¦
¦
¦ coprocessor. If diagnostics find ¦
¦
¦ no problem, see note 7 (contact
¦
¦
¦ the software vendor's support).
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Notes:
1. Memory intensive operating systems such as OS/2 (*), AIX*, or UNIX (**) based operating systems are capable of revealing highly
intermittent errors not detected by diagnostics.
2. Highly intermittent errors might go undetected by diagnostics tests. If no error occurs during the test, multiple replacements of memory
might be required to resolve the problem.
3. Install all software updates. This applies to applications and operating systems.
4. The enhanced memory adapter (FRU 34F2825) might experience Trap 0002 errors if it does not have diagonal resistors across
U21-U24. See ECA042. (The enhanced memory adapter has been redesigned without resistors, so this note might not apply to the
computer you are servicing.)
5. Intermittent errors can be caused by outside sources of static, noise, or power.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.15 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
OS/2 Trap Errors
6. Trap 0002 can be caused by a memory or adapter failure. Read the message details. It might be the system board, system-board
memory, or adapter.
7. Trap 000D errors are software errors. The customer should contact the software vendor for possible patches.
8. For 8570 systems, refer to ECA059, ECA051.
9. For 8580-AXX Models, see ECA051 for possible system board replacement to correct Trap 002, NMI, or DOS parity errors.
System Aid Diskette
A system aid diskette is now available for Trap 0002 errors. Dealers can download it from the Technical Advisors Bulletin Board as file
"TRAP2LOG." The diskette will read NVRAM and indicate which of four possible sources caused the error. The four possible errors and
their causes are listed below.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Error Code
¦ Information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 110
¦ Usually a system-board memory
¦
¦
¦ error. If replacing the memory
¦
¦
¦ does not fix the problem, suspect ¦
¦
¦ the system board.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 111
¦ I/O Channel Check. Any adapter
¦
¦
¦ could cause this error, but
¦
¦
¦ usually a memory adapter is the
¦
¦
¦ cause.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 112
¦ Watchdog Timeout. Could be
¦
¦
¦ hardware or software. If
¦
¦
¦ replacing the system board does
¦
¦
¦ not fix the problem, suspect the ¦
¦
¦ software.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 113
¦ DMA Timeout. Usually a software ¦
¦
¦ error, but possibly a hardware
¦
¦
¦ failure (system board). If it is ¦
¦
¦ a 70-A21 with a 113 error, see
¦
¦
¦ ECA056, run CHKDSK. Contact the ¦
¦
¦ software vendor for more
¦
¦
¦ information.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If it is any other system with a ¦
¦
¦ 113 error, refer to ECA023.
¦
¦
¦ Check the hardware.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
(*) Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
(**) Trademark of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.15 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PCMCIA Diagnostics (PS/2 E Model 33)
1.11.16 PCMCIA Diagnostics (PS/2 E Model 33)
The PS/2 E Model 33 has a PCMCIA adapter that acts as a bus from the system board to the option adapters.
If the computer has a problem, carefully remove and reseat the riser card, any PC Cards, and the PCMCIA adapter. If, after reseating
these boards, you get an 80XX error code, replace the PCMCIA adapter. For any other symptom, continue with the steps below.
If you suspect a problem with the PCMCIA adapter, do the following.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Power-off the computer.
Remove all option adapters from the four PCMCIA adapter slots.
If you have a PCMCIA wrap plug, insert it into slot one.
Insert the PS/2 E Type 9533 Advanced Diagnostics diskette into drive A.
Power-on the computer and follow the instructions on the screen.
If the PCMCIA adapter diagnostic tests find no problem, suspect a PC Card option adapter connected to the PCMCIA adapter. To test
the PC Card, do the following.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the computer.
Insert the suspected PC Card into a rear slot in the PCMCIA adapter.
Insert the appropriate PC Card diagnostics diskette into drive A.
Power-on the computer and follow the instructions on the screen.
If the PC Card option adapter diagnostic tests find no problem, power-off the computer and insert the PC Card into a front slot.
Power-on the computer. If the PC Card option adapter diagnostic tests still find no problem, replace the PCMCIA adapter.
If a PC Card option adapter fails in a front slot and it did not fail in a rear slot, replace the PCMCIA adapter.
If a PC Card fails in both a front and a rear slot, replace the PC Card.
Note: Before you replace a PC Card, be sure its application software and any required drivers are installed correctly on the computer.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.16 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PCMCIA Adapter Switch Settings
1.11.17 PCMCIA Adapter Switch Settings
Switches on the PCMCIA adapter must be set as shown below.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.17 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PCMCIA PC Card Lock Override
1.11.18 PCMCIA PC Card Lock Override
PC Cards can be locked in place for security purposes with the lock mechanism. Any of the four lock mechanisms can be unlocked
manually. To unlock a locked mechanism, use a pen or pencil to press its lock solenoid in the direction of the arrow shown below.
(Solenoids 1 and 3 are shown locked. Solenoids 2 and 4 are shown unlocked.)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.18 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Related Information
1.11.19 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Related Information
Subtopics
1.11.19.1
1.11.19.2
1.11.19.3
1.11.19.4
1.11.19.5
PC Server 320 Features
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Diagnostic Information
Symmetric Multiprocessors/Multiprocessing
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Bay Locations (Non-Array Models)
Bay Locations (Non-Array continued)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 Features
1.11.19.1 PC Server 320 Features
The features for the PC Server Type 8640 computers are:
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ All PC Server computers have Selectable Startup.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Type 8640-OYO
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Processor
¦ Video
¦ S/B
¦ Memory
¦ DASD
¦
+-----------------------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ Primary:
¦ SVGA
¦ 9X9
¦ 8/16MB
¦ 2-Speed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Parity
¦ SCSI
¦
¦ P54C-60/90MHz
¦
¦
¦
¦ CD-ROM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Secondary:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Optional
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Type 8640-OYT
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Processor
¦ Video
¦ S/B
¦ Memory
¦ DASD
¦
+-----------------------+------------+-----------+-----------+-----------¦
¦ Primary:
¦ SVGA
¦ 9X9
¦ 8/16MB
¦ 1GB Hard ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Parity
¦ Disk
¦
¦ P54C-60/90MHz
¦
¦
¦
¦ Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Secondary:
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2-Speed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ SCSI
¦
¦ Optional
¦
¦
¦
¦ CD-ROM
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Diagnostic Information
1.11.19.2 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Diagnostic Information
The following list contains problems and references for diagnosing a PC Server.
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
The QAPlus/Pro diagnostic program recognizes the primary processor ¦
¦
as LUN 1 and the secondary processor as LUN 2. During testing the ¦
¦
program automatically tests LUN 1. You must select LUN 2 if you
¦
¦
want the program to test the secondary processor.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Always start with "General Checkout (QAPlus/PRO)" in topic 1.8.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Symmetric Multiprocessors/Multiprocessing
1.11.19.3 Symmetric Multiprocessors/Multiprocessing
PC Server 320 computers incorporate a 90MHz Pentium processor and a second upgradeability processor socket on the system board
to support Symmetric Multiprocessors/Multiprocessing (SMP). The SMP capability extends processing performance by allowing tasks to
be dispatched to the next available processor rather then being queued until the busy processor has completed its task. The SMP
capability also provides a level of high availability in that with some operating systems, such as OS/2 SMP, run in a uni-processor mode if
one of the processors should experience a failure. This function will allow the LAN to continue operation so that service can be scheduled
at a non-critical time.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Bay Locations (Non-Array Models)
1.11.19.4 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Bay Locations (Non-Array Models)
Type 8640 bays are referred to as bays 1 through 9.
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Bay 1 is for 3.5-inch hard disk drives only.
¦
¦
¦
¦
The system board supports a maximum of two diskette interface
¦
¦
devices.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Bays 5-9 contain trays for installing 3.5-inch drives. Before
¦
¦
installing a 5.25-inch drive in one of these bays, you must remove ¦
¦
the 3.5-inch tray.
¦
¦
¦
¦
You cannot install full-high drives between bays 4 and 5, or
¦
¦
between bays 8 and 9.
¦
¦
¦
¦
The IBM 3.5-inch rewritable optical disc drive requires a special ¦
¦
mounting bracket.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Bay Locations (Non-Array continued)
1.11.19.5 Bay Locations (Non-Array continued)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Bay
¦ Drive Size
¦ Drive Type
¦ Maximum Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Height
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 1
¦ 3.5-inch
¦ Hard disk
¦ 25.4 mm
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (1-inch), with ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ a drive in bay ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 41.3 mm
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (1.6-inches),
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ with no drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ in bay 2
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 2, 3
¦ 3.5-inch
¦ Diskette(1)
¦ 25.4 mm
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (1-inch)
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 4
¦ 5.25-inch
¦ CD-ROM
¦ 41.3mm
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (1.6-inches)
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 5-9
¦ 3.5-inch or
¦ Hard disk,
¦ 41.3 mm
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (1.6-inches)
¦
¦
¦ 5.25-inch
¦ removable media ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (2)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (1) Or a drive that connects to the diskette cable. Be sure the holes ¦
¦ in the drive align with the drive housing.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (2) Removal media include CD-ROMs, optical discs, and tapes. You can ¦
¦ install a 5.25-inch diskette drive in bay 5, but not in bays 6-9.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Type 8640-OYO and Type 8640-OYT computers ship with a SCSI Fast/Wide
¦
¦ PCI Adaptec Adapter installed.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.19.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Printer Errors
1.11.20 Printer Errors
1. Make sure the printer is properly connected and powered-on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, continue.
If the printer is attached to any parallel port, press the print screen key to print any screen text. If the printer prints the screen, the
problem is software related. If the printer does not print the screen, continue.
Install a wrap plug on the parallel port and run the advanced diagnostic tests to determine which FRU failed.
If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug installed) do not detect a failure, replace the printer cable. If that does not correct
the problem, do one of the following:
If the printer is attached to the parallel port on the system board, replace the system board.
If the printer is attached to the parallel port on an adapter, replace FRUs, in the following order, until the problem goes away:
1. Adapter
2. System board
3. Bus adapter (if installed)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.20 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Board Installation (90, 95)
1.11.21 Processor Board Installation (90, 95)
Improper installation can cause hard to diagnose failures, and simulate various error conditions. If the processor board fails, you might
want to try reseating it.
Note: Never use the blue levers (on the board), to initially seat the board. The levers are intended to help you remove the board.
To install a processor board correctly:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Align the board with the designated slot (not an expansion slot).
Move the blue levers to the up (unlocked) position.
Firmly press the board into the slot until it snaps into place.
Simultaneously, move the blue levers to the down (locked) position.
Subtopics
1.11.21.1 Processor Boards with Diagnostic LEDs
1.11.21.2 Processor Boards without Diagnostic LEDs
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.21 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Boards with Diagnostic LEDs
1.11.21.1 Processor Boards with Diagnostic LEDs
The 50-MHz Type 3 processor board in a 90/95 (submodel code 28 and 29), has two LEDs; one in position CR1, and one in CR2. During
POST, CR1 should come on momentarily and CR2 should stay off. If the LEDs work any other way, suspect that the processor board is
defective. Use the LEDs to help differentiate between a processor board or a system board failure. If you are instructed to replace one of
the boards, and the problem still exists, replace the other board (also reinstall the first board).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.21.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Boards without Diagnostic LEDs
1.11.21.2 Processor Boards without Diagnostic LEDs
If the processor board does not have LEDs, you might not always be able to differentiate between processor board and system board
failures. If you are instructed to replace one of the boards, and the problem still exists, replace the other board (also reinstall the first
board).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.21.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Upgrade (Models 50/50Z/60 - 486SLC2) Switch Settings
1.11.22 Processor Upgrade (Models 50/50Z/60 - 486SLC2) Switch Settings
Use these switch settings for the Models 50, 50Z, and 60 only.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.22 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Upgrade (Models 70/80 - 486DX33) Switch Settings
1.11.23 Processor Upgrade (Models 70/80 - 486DX33) Switch Settings
Use these switch settings for the Model 70 and Model 80 only.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.23 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor Upgrade (Model 70/80 - 486DX33) FRU Isolation
1.11.24 Processor Upgrade (Model 70/80 - 486DX33) FRU Isolation
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Before running diagnostic tests, check that the processor upgrade card ¦
¦ is fully seated in the system board and that the 80486 processor is
¦
¦ fully seated in the upgrade card.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-off the computer.
Insert the 70/80 Reference Diskette in drive A.
Power-on the computer.
Follow the instructions on the screen to test the processor upgrade. If the tests cannot find a problem, replace the processor upgrade
with an 80386 processor from a new system board (or the original 80386 processor, if available). If the failure does not occur again,
replace the processor upgrade with a new one. If the failure does occur again, replace the system board, and reinstall the original
processor upgrade. If the failure occurs again after replacing the system board, replace the processor upgrade also.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Use the 80386 processor only to diagnose the problem. If it came from ¦
¦ the customer, be sure you return it to them. If the processor came
¦
¦ from a new system board that you brought with you, and the system
¦
¦ board is not the problem, reinstall the processor on the new system
¦
¦ board before you return it to stock. If the system board is the
¦
¦ problem, return the 80386 processor with the bad system board.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.24 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Processor (Px) Label Cross-reference
1.11.25 Processor (Px) Label Cross-reference
Upgraded systems should have a Px label placed on the front cover of the system unit (to the right of the serial number) at the time the
system was upgraded. The following matrix cross-references the Px label, a description of the upgrade, and the upgrade FRU number.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Px Label
¦ Description
¦ FRU Number
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P2
¦ Models 50, 50Z 486SLC2 ¦ 61G3502
¦
¦
¦ System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P1
¦ Model 50Z 486SLC2
¦ 71G2633
¦
¦
¦ Processor Upgrade Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P1
¦ Models 50, 60 486SLC2 ¦ 71G2625
¦
¦
¦ Processor Upgrade Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P2
¦ Model 55 486SLC2
¦ 71G2602
¦
¦
¦ System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P3
¦ Models 60, 65, and 80 ¦ 71G2610
¦
¦
¦ 486DLC2 System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P2
¦ Models 60, 65, and 80 ¦ 71G2643
¦
¦
¦ 486DX2 System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P1
¦ Model 70 486DX33
¦ 92F0436
¦
¦
¦ Processor Upgrade Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P3
¦ Model 70 486DLC2
¦ 71G2606
¦
¦
¦ System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P2
¦ Model 70 486DX33
¦ 71G2641
¦
¦
¦ System Board
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ P1
¦ Model 80 486DX33
¦ 92F0437
¦
¦
¦ Processor Upgrade Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.25 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Power Supply Voltage Check
1.11.26 Power Supply Voltage Check
If the power-on indicator is not on, and if the power-supply fan is not running, check the power cord for proper installation and continuity.
Note: Verify that the voltage-select switch (if applicable) is set for the correct voltage.
If the power cord is OK, either the power supply is defective or a defective device is causing the power supply to shut off. Check the
power supply voltages.
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the power supply. If the voltages are correct, and the Symptom-to-FRU index does not solve the
problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
Subtopics
1.11.26.1 Models 25, 25 SX, 25-286
1.11.26.2 Models 30, 30-286
1.11.26.3 Model 33
1.11.26.4 Models 35, 40, 56, 57, 76,
1.11.26.5 Models 50, 70
1.11.26.6 Model 55, PS/2 9553-xBx
1.11.26.7 Models 60, 65, 80
1.11.26.8 Model 90
1.11.26.9 PC Server (8640)
1.11.26.10 PC Server 500 (Type 86XX)
1.11.26.11 Server 85, PS/2 9585-xKx,
1.11.26.12 Model 3510
1.11.26.13 Model 3516 (DASD Hot Swap
1.11.26.14 Model 3532
77
Power Supplies
PS/2 9585-xNx, Model 95, and 3511
Storage Expansion Enclosure)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 25, 25 SX, 25-286
1.11.26.1 Models 25, 25 SX, 25-286
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 30, 30-286
1.11.26.2 Models 30, 30-286
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33
1.11.26.3 Model 33
If the power-on indicator is not on, check the power cord for proper installation and continuity. (If the power-on indicator is not on, but the
computer is functioning normally, replace the power switch/speaker assembly.)
1. Check for continuity between pins 4 and 6 (switch) on P2.
2. If the switch is OK, short pin 4 to pin 6 on P2 and check the power supply voltages.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 1,2 (+.5 volts) ¦ Ground
¦ +3.75
¦ +6.25
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 3,4 (Ground)
¦ Ground
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ V dc
¦ V dc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Minimum
¦ Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 1, 2 (+12.0
¦ Ground
¦ + 9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
¦ volts)
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 3 (Power Good) ¦ Ground
¦ + 2.4
¦ + 5.25
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 4 (On/Off
¦ Ground
¦
¦ + 1.0
¦
¦ Signal)
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 5 (-12.0 volts) ¦ Ground
¦ - 9.0
¦ - 15.0
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 6 (Ground)
¦ Ground
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 7 (-5 volts)
¦ Ground
¦ -4.75
¦ - 5.5
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 1 (Ground)
¦ Ground
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 2,3 (+5 volts) ¦ Ground
¦ +3.75
¦ +6.25
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 35, 40, 56, 57, 76, 77
1.11.26.4 Models 35, 40, 56, 57, 76, 77
1. Check for continuity between pins 4 and 6 (switch) on P2.
2. If the switch is OK, short pin 4 to pin 6 on P2 and check the power supply voltages.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 4
¦ 1
¦ +3.75
¦ +6.25
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 6
¦ 1
¦ + 9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 3
¦ Power Good
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 4
¦ On/Off Signal
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 6
¦ 5
¦ - 9.0
¦ - 15.0
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 6
¦ Ground
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 6
¦ 7
¦ -4.75
¦ - 5.5
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 2
¦ 1
¦ + 9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 2, 3
¦ Ground
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 3
¦ 4
¦ +3.75
¦ +6.25
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 50, 70
1.11.26.5 Models 50, 70
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2
¦
1
¦ - 9.0
¦ -15.0
¦
¦
2
¦
3
¦ +15.0
¦ +15.0
¦
¦
2
¦
15
¦ + 6.2
¦ + 6.2
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 55, PS/2 9553-xBx
1.11.26.6 Model 55, PS/2 9553-xBx
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 60, 65, 80
1.11.26.7 Models 60, 65, 80
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2
¦
9
¦ -9.0
¦ -15.0
¦
¦
2
¦
3
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
¦
2
¦
1
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
C
¦
A
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90
1.11.26.8 Model 90
Check the voltages with connectors P1 and P2 plugged into the system board.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
1 (P1)
¦
2-7 (P1)
¦ + 4.8
¦ + 5.25
¦
¦
1 (P1)
¦
8,9 (P1)
¦ +11.5
¦ +12.6
¦
¦
2 (P2)
¦
1
(P2)
¦ -11.5
¦ -12.6
¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ + 4.8
¦ + 5.25
¦
¦
B
¦
A
¦ +11.5
¦ +12.6
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
There are two systems fans: one in the power supply, and a second fan on the base. If the power supply fan does not work, replace the
power supply. If the second fan does not work, replace it.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640)
1.11.26.9 PC Server (8640)
Note: Verify that the voltage-select switch (if applicable) is set for the correct voltage.
If the power-on indicator is not on, and if the power-supply fan is not running, check the power cord for proper installation and continuity.
If the power cord is OK, either the power supply is defective or a defective device is causing the power supply to shut off. Check the
power supply voltages.
If the voltages are incorrect, replace the power supply. If the voltages are correct, and the Symptom-to-FRU index does not solve the
problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
Connector P1
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
5, 6
¦
1
¦ Power Good
¦
¦
¦
5, 6
¦
2
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
¦
5, 6
¦
3
¦ +11.52V
¦ +12.60V
¦
¦
5, 6
¦
4
¦ -10.8V
¦ -13.2V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connector P2
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
1, 2
¦
3
¦ -4.5V
¦ -5.5V
¦
¦
1, 2
¦
4
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
¦
1, 2
¦
5
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
¦
1, 2
¦
6
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Continued on the next page.
PC Server (8640) continued
Connector P3
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
4, 5, 6
¦
1, 2, 3
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connectors P4 and P6
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2, 3
¦
1
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
¦
2, 3
¦
4
¦ +11.52V
¦ +12.6V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connectors P5, P7, and P8
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2, 3
¦
1
¦ +11.52V
¦ +12.6V
¦
¦
2, 3
¦
4
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.25V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.9 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Power Supplies
1.11.26.10 PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Power Supplies
The Type 86XX computers are shipped with a primary power supply. An additional or optional power supply can be added to the
computer. Connectors are used to transfer the primary power supply voltages and signals from the primary power supply to the optional
power supply. The following illustrations show how the two power supplies are connected.
+--- Caution ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ When replacing the primary power supply cover plate, rotate the plate ¦
¦ 180°. (This will leave an opening for the primary power supply
¦
¦ connector cable that connects to the optional power supply.) Failure ¦
¦ to do so will cause the power supply connector cable to be crimped
¦
¦ when the plate is replaced.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Tabs are located on the side of each power supply to secure them
¦
¦ together.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Primary Power Supply Voltages
If the voltages are correct, and the power supply fan runs, the power supply is OK.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Power Supplies
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
5
¦
3
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
5
¦
4
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
¦
5
¦
7
¦ -9.0
¦ -15.0
¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
B
¦
A
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connectors P11, P12, and P13
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2
¦
1
¦ +11.5
¦ +12.6
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Optional Power Supply Drive Connector Voltages
If the voltages are correct, and the power supply fan runs, the power supply is OK.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ + 3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
B
¦
A
¦ + 9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If the power supply shuts down, or appears to fail at power-on, you might have one of the following problems:
Too many devices are set to start instantly. See "Setting the Motor-Start Jumper" in topic 2.8.6.
There are too many large-capacity devices installed. The nominal operating current of the devices installed collectively exceeds the
available current of the power supply. See the "Personal System/2 Installation Planning" guide (form number G41G-2927) for more
information.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.10 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Power Supplies
+--- Caution ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Unplug the power cord and wait two minutes before checking voltages to ¦
¦ give the power supply capacitors time to discharge.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
On some models, there is an access-cover fan (to cool the processor). If that fan does not work, you have one of the following problems:
Verify the voltage-select switch (if applicable) is set for the correct voltage.
No power to the fan: 12 V dc (±1.4 V dc) required at the two fan cable pins on the base.
Defective J28 cable (check cable continuity)
Defective fan. (To test the fan, use a two-wire jumper to connect the fan terminals to the cable pins on the base.)
Defective system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.10 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85, PS/2 9585-xKx, PS/2 9585-xNx, Model 95, and 3511
1.11.26.11 Server 85, PS/2 9585-xKx, PS/2 9585-xNx, Model 95, and 3511
Some power supplies have a built-in test switch and LED on the side of the power supply (there is no need to check voltages). On those
power supplies, disconnect the power supply from the system board, and remove all cables except the power cord. Power-on the power
supply and push the test button. If the LED lights up, and the power supply fan runs, the power supply is OK.
On all other power supplies, short pin 1 to pin 2 and read the voltages on the other pins. If the voltages are correct, and the power supply
fan runs, the power supply is OK.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
5
¦
3
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
5
¦
4
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
¦
5
¦
7
¦ -9.0
¦ -15.0
¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
B
¦
A
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If the power supply shuts down, or appears to fail at power-on, you might have one of the following problems:
Too many devices are set to start instantly. See "Setting the Motor-Start Jumper" in topic 2.8.6.
There are too many large-capacity devices installed. The nominal operating current of the devices installed collectively exceeds the
available current of the power supply. See the "Personal System/2 Installation Planning" guide (form number G41G-2927) for more
information.
+--- Caution ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ On Model 95 unplug the power cord and wait two minutes before checking ¦
¦ voltages to give the power supply capacitors time to discharge.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
On a Model 95, there is an access-cover fan (to cool the processor). If that fan does not work, you have one of the following problems:
No power to the fan: 12 V dc (±1.4 V dc) required at the two fan cable pins on the base.
Defective J28 cable (check cable continuity)
Defective fan. (To test the fan, use a two-wire jumper to connect the fan terminals to the cable pins on the base.)
Defective system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3510
1.11.26.12 Model 3510
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ +3.7
¦ + 6.2
¦
¦
C
¦
A
¦ +9.0
¦ +15.0
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3516 (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
1.11.26.13 Model 3516 (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
If the power-on indicator is not on, and if the power-supply fan is not running, check the power cord for proper installation and continuity.
Verify the voltage-select switch (if applicable) is set for the correct voltage.
If the power cord is OK, either the power supply is defective or a defective device is causing the power supply to shut off. Check the
power supply voltages. If the voltages are incorrect, replace the power supply. If the voltages are correct, and the Symptom-to-FRU index
does not solve the problem, go to "Undetermined Problems" in topic 1.11.44.
Connector P3
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2, 3
¦
4
¦ +12.5V
¦ +11.4
¦
¦
2, 3
¦
1
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.3V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connector P4
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2, 3
¦
1
¦ +12.5V
¦ +11.4
¦
¦
2, 3
¦
4
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.3V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Connectors P5, P5, P7, and P8
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
2, 3
¦
1
¦ +12.5V
¦ +11.4
¦
¦
2, 3
¦
4
¦ +4.8V
¦ +5.3V
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3532
1.11.26.14 Model 3532
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ -Lead Pin
¦ +Lead Pin
¦ V dc Minimum
¦ V dc Maximum
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦
B
¦
D
¦ + 4.75
¦ + 5.25
¦
¦
C
¦
A
¦ +11.40
¦ +12.60
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.26.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Real-Time Clock Problems
1.11.27 Real-Time Clock Problems
The software time-of-day clock (real-time clock) will not provide precise time under all circumstances. The clock is interrupt driven. The
accuracy of the clock varies with the interrupt activity. Most likely, time variations are a result of multiple interrupts (over a long period of
time), rather than a hardware failure. In circumstances where precise time is required, an alternate time keeping device should be used.
Check the system date/time using the Reference Diskette Set Features menu. If the date/time is accurate, the problem is with the
software.
Note: Some LAN software might update the time on the workstation using the server time.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.27 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Remote Power-on Jumper (95)
1.11.28 Remote Power-on Jumper (95)
Note: Not on all 95 systems.
The jumper (labeled JMP4) is on the system board near the serial port. Set the jumper to position 0 for direct-connect and leased-line
modems. Set the jumper to position 1 (default) for all other modems. For more information see "Power-on Features" in topic 2.4.7.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.28 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Running Automatic Configuration
1.11.29 Running Automatic Configuration
Running Automatic Configuration might alter customized configuration settings. Note the current settings using View configuration. If
the configuration was customized, save it, then restore it to the customized settings after service is complete.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.29 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
1.11.30 ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
Using the CD-ROM Drive and ServerGuide: If you are installing an operating system, it is important that you read and understand the
following information:
The ServerGuide CD contains SCSI (small computer system interface) and SVGA (super video graphics array) device drivers that will
be automatically installed if you install one of the operating systems that are available in the CD package.
If you choose not to install one of the operating systems that are available on the CDs, you still must use the ServerGuide CD to create
diskettes containing the SCSI device drivers and SVGA video device drivers. The device-driver diskettes that you create will contain
README files that explain how to install these drivers and complete the installation procedure.
A RAID (redundant array of inexpensive disks) controller diskette must be created, from the ServerGuide CD, for all disk-array models.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Locate the ServerGuide CD. You will need the main ServerGuide CD
¦
¦ shortly after you power-on the server.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1. Power-on all external devices, then power-on the server.
2. After the POST completes, press the CD-ROM tray-release button. The CD-ROM tray extends out approximately one inch from the
server. Pull the tray straight out until it stops.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If the CD-ROM tray does not extend out, insert the end of a paper ¦
¦ clip into the manual tray-release opening.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
3.
4.
5.
6.
With the label information facing right, center and place the main ServerGuide CD on the hub.
Push the CD-ROM tray back into the server.
Press F1 to restart the server. If the server does not restart, press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
If the server is a disk-array model, or if you are installing one of the operating systems available in the ServerGuide package, select
Start Here from the Main Menu and follow the instructions on the screen.
If you are not installing an operating system from ServerGuide, go to "Not Installing an Operating System from ServerGuide."
Not Installing an Operating System from ServerGuide: If you are not installing one of the operating systems available in the CD package,
use the following procedure to create the diskettes that you need to complete the installation procedure:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Get the 1MB and 2MB, 3.5-inch diskettes that you will use to create diskettes from the diskette images on the main ServerGuide CD.
Select Utility Programs.
Select Diskette Factory.
Select IBM SVGA Support Diskettes, and follow the instructions on the screen to create both video device drivers diskettes.
The remaining steps depend on whether or not the server is a disk-array model.
If the server is not a disk-array model, continue with Diskette Factory and select IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Support Diskette. Follow
the instructions on the screen to create a SCSI-2 device drivers diskette. When you are finished, go to "Non-Disk-Array Models
Only."
If the server is a disk-array model, continue with "Disk-Array Models Only."
Disk-Array Models Only: Continue with Diskette Factory:
1. Select IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Streaming-RAID Adapter/A Option Diskette. Follow the instructions on the screen and create the
IBM RAID controller diskette.
2. Press the CD-ROM tray-release button to release the tray from the server. Remove the CD from the CD-ROM tray, and push the tray
back into the server.
3. Go to "Configuring the Disk Array (Type 86XX)" and become familiar with that information; then, do the following:
a. Follow the instructions to configure the disk array (see "Starting the RAID Configuration Program").
b. Follow the instructions to back up the disk-array configuration (see "Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration").
c. After you back up the disk array, follow the instructions that came with the operating system and install the operating system.
Non-Disk-Array Models Only: If the server is not a disk-array model, do the following:
1. Press the CD-ROM tray-release button to release the tray from the server.
2. Remove the CD from the tray, and push the tray back into the server.
3. Follow the instructions that came with the operating system and install the operating system.
Configuring the Disk Array (Type 86XX): The following information applies only to disk array models. Use this information to perform the
tasks necessary to configure, add, change, or delete one or more disk arrays.
If you did not create an IBM RAID controller diskette, go to "Using the CD-ROM Drive and ServerGuide."
Familiarize yourself with the information contained in this manual and the RAID (redundant array of inexpensive disks) information in the
User's Reference shipped with the server.
Verify the disk-array configuration. The disk-array model comes configured as one logical drive.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
- To view the disk-array configuration, go to "Viewing the RAID Configuration" and select View Configuration from the Main Menu.
- To create a disk array, go to "Creating a Disk Array."
Backup the disk-array configuration. See "Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration."
After you configure the disk array, you can complete setup by installing an operating system (from the ServerGuide compact disc that was
shipped with the server or from the diskettes that came with the operating system). To install an operating system from the ServerGuide
CD, go to "Using the CD-ROM Drive and ServerGuide."
RAID Technology: RAID is the technology of grouping several hard disk drives in a server into an array that can be defined as a single
logical drive. This logical drive then appears to the operating system as a single physical drive. This grouping technique greatly enhances
logical-drive capacity and performance. In addition, if one of the hard-disk drives fails (becomes defective the server continues to run,
with no operator intervention required, at reduced performance. The defective drive can be replaced without powering off the server
(hot-swap). For more information about hot-swappable hard disk drives, see "Installing Internal Drives (Type 86XX)."
Hard Disk Drive Capacities: With a server, it is important to understand the implications of hard disk drive capacities and how they
influence the way you create disk arrays.
Drives in the disk array can be of different capacities. For example, if the model came with two 1GB hard disk drives and you install a 2GB
hard disk drive to create a RAID 5 disk array, the total capacity of the array is 3GB instead of 4GB. Therefore, when creating arrays it is
wise to add drives of equal capacity.
Additional Storage Capacity: When you add hard disk drives to the server, you must configure a new disk array before the drives can be
used. You can either reconfigure the existing disk array to include the capacity offered with the added drives, or group the added drives
into their own array (see "Adding Drives to Create an Additional Array"). You also can create an array with only one drive.
The RAID Configuration Program Screens: When you configure the disk array, or even just view its configuration, you will be using the
IBM RAID configuration program on the IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Streaming-RAID Adapter/A Option Diskette (also called the IBM RAID
controller diskette). The following figure is a compilation of many of the IBM RAID Controller Disk Array Configuration (also called the IBM
RAID configuration program) screens. The list below the figure gives explanations of the numbered areas of the figure.
1. This pop-up allows you to select the RAID level you want to assign to the logical drive you are defining, and it allows you to select the
logical drive size. You can enter the size, in megabytes, or you can accept the default value shown.
When you need to confirm an action, the Confirm pop-up appears in this area.
2. You can select any of the choices that appear on the menus.
3. The Bay/Array selection list shows each bay in the server (for each channel) numbered 1 through 7. The abbreviation in the bay
indicates the status of the drive installed in the bay. Selections are made from this list to determine which bays (hard disk drives) are in
the arrays. The letter to the right of the bay, identifies the array in which the hard disk drive in that bay is grouped.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The Channel/Bay/Array area on the screen does not reflect the
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
¦ physical configuration of the server. The hard disk drives are
¦
¦ installed in horizontal banks of bays (in banks C, D, and E there ¦
¦ are 6 bays, numbered 1 through 6 from left to right). See
¦
¦ "Installing Internal Drives (Type 86XX)" to see the physical
¦
¦ location of the hard disk drives.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
4. The Array list shows you the array ID and the size (in megabytes) of the array.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The capacity (size) is shown in binary equivalent.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
When a drive is being rebuilt, this area, along with the Logical Drive
list area, shows the progression of the rebuilding process.
5. The Logical Drive list identifies the logical drive (for example, A1), the size of the logical drive, the RAID level assigned to the logical
drive, the date it was created, and the write policy.
The status of the logical drive also is shown. Good means that all is well with the drive; Critical means that you must replace the drive
or do a rebuild operation. (You will have received a message telling you the drive is in a Critical state.) Offline means that the logical
drive is unrecoverable; the data in that drive is lost.
When a drive is being rebuilt, this area, along with the Array list area, shows the progression of the rebuilding process.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The capacity (size) is shown in binary equivalent.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
During an initialization process, the Write Policy area displays the percent initialized; during a synchronization process, it displays the
percent synchronized.
6. The information area tells you the action you can perform on this screen or pop-up.
Starting the RAID Configuration Program: You can run the IBM RAID configuration program from diskette or from the ServerGuide CD. It
will be automatically invoked from the ServerGuide CD if the disk array has never been partitioned and if there is no user data present.
However, updated configuration information must be written to diskette. If you have not yet created the IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide
Streaming-RAID Adapter/A Option Diskette (RAID controller diskette), go to "Using the CD-ROM Drive and ServerGuide."
To start the RAID configuration program.
1. Insert the IBM RAID controller diskette into the primary drive and power-on the server.
If the server is already on, press Ctrl+Alt+Del.
If you have more than one RAID adapter, you will get an adapter selection screen. Otherwise, the Main Menu appears.
RAID Program Keys
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Key
¦ Program Response
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ F1
¦ Selects Help from any menu
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Esc
¦ Return to the previous screen or ¦
¦
¦ to the previous work area of a
¦
¦
¦ screen
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Up ( ) and Down ( ) Arrows
¦ Highlights the item to be
¦
¦
¦ selected
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Enter
¦ Selects the highlighted item
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Main Menu Selections
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Whenever you make changes to the disk-array configuration and select
¦
¦ Exit, the Confirm pop-up window will appear. You must select Yes to
¦
¦ save and activate the changes.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Selection
¦ Program Response
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Help
¦ Provides additional information
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ View configuration:
¦ Displays the existing disk array ¦
¦
¦ configuration
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Create/delete array:
¦ Selects the drives, defines a
¦
¦
¦ hot-spare drive for an array you ¦
¦
¦ want to create, or to deletes an ¦
¦
¦ existing array.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ This selection also has choices
¦
¦
¦ for defining a logical drive and ¦
¦
¦ formatting a drive.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Initialize/synchronize array:
¦ Select this choice after creating ¦
¦
¦ an array to:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Set the drive to a
¦
¦
¦
predetermined value.
¦
¦
¦
For proper operation of RAID ¦
¦
¦
levels 1 and 5.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Note: Any data existing on
¦
¦
¦
the drive is
¦
¦
¦
overwritten with
¦
¦
¦
zeros, and the
¦
¦
¦
corresponding parity
¦
¦
¦
information is
¦
¦
¦
initialized to the
¦
¦
¦
correct value.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Initialize more than one
¦
¦
¦
logical drive at a time.
¦
¦
¦
Interrupt the initialization ¦
¦
¦
process at any time by
¦
¦
¦
pressing Esc.
¦
¦
¦
Restart the initialization
¦
¦
¦
process by pressing Enter
¦
¦
¦
End the process by pressing
¦
¦
¦
Esc again.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Synchronize logical drive
¦ Recomputes and rewrites the
¦
¦
¦ parity data on the drive. You
¦
¦
¦ can select this choice to
¦
¦
¦ recompute parity data for RAID
¦
¦
¦ levels 1 and 5. This selection
¦
¦
¦ does not alter data on the drive. ¦
¦
¦ The synchronization process can
¦
¦
¦ be done on multiple logical
¦
¦
¦ drives.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Rebuild device:
¦ Rebuilds logical drives. The
¦
¦
¦ rebuild operation is supported
¦
¦
¦ only for RAID levels 1 and 5.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Advanced functions:
¦ Changes the write policy (the way ¦
¦
¦ data is written to the drive), to ¦
¦
¦ saves your configuration
¦
¦
¦ information to a diskette,
¦
¦
¦ restores it from a diskette, or
¦
¦
¦ changes RAID parameters. This
¦
¦
¦ choice also allows you to do a
¦
¦
¦ low-level format.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Drive information:
¦ Displays information about the
¦
¦
¦ SCSI devices (hard disk, CD-ROM, ¦
¦
¦ tape, and so on) connected to the ¦
¦
¦ RAID adapter.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Exit:
¦ Leaves the Main Menu.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Viewing the RAID Configuration: Before creating or changing a disk array, you can look at the current configuration by selecting View
Configuration from the Main Menu of the RAID configuration program.
To view the disk-array configuration:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
2. Select View configuration. The current disk-array configuration information appears on the screen.
3. Press Enter to see the stripe order in the Bays Occupied (Ch:Bay) field.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
4. Press any key to continue.
5. Press Esc to return to the Main Menu.
Performing Common Tasks: The Create/Delete Array menu of the RAID configuration program contains the more common tasks for
configuring disk arrays. Procedures to complete these tasks are contained in this section as follows:
"Defining a Hot-Spare Drive"
"Deleting a Disk Array"
"Creating a Disk Array"
"Defining Logical Drives"
Defining a Hot-Spare Drive: To define a drive as a hot-spare drive:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
2. Select Create/delete array from the Main Menu. The Create/Delete Array screen appears.
3. Select Define hot-spare drive. The cursor will become active in the Bay/Array selection list.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Only SCSI hard disk drives are shown as RDY, ONL, DDD, OFL, or HSP ¦
¦ state. SCSI tape and CD-ROM drives are not shown. They appear
¦
¦ when you select drive information. Refer to "Bay/Array Selection ¦
¦ List" for the drive status meanings.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
The numbers shown on the left are the bay IDs. See "Installing Internal Drives (Type 86XX)" for an explanation of the bay IDs.
4. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the RDY (ready) drive you want to define as the hot spare; then press
Enter. The RDY changes to HSP (hot spare). You can press Enter again to toggle between HSP and RDY.
5. Press Esc when you have finished. The cursor will become active in the Create/Delete Array menu.
6. If you want to create a disk array, go to "Creating a Disk Array."
7. If you are finished:
a. Select Exit or press Esc. A pop-up window will appear asking you to confirm your change.
+--- Note -------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The changes you make are not saved until you confirm them by
¦
¦ selecting Yes in the Confirm pop-up window.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
b. Select No if you do not want the drive you selected to be a hot spare; select Yes to define it as a hot-spare drive.
c. Back up the disk-array configuration information to diskette. Refer to "Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration" for instructions.
Deleting a Disk Array: The last array created must be the first deleted.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ All the data and programs in the array are lost during this procedure. ¦
¦ Before proceeding, back up any data and programs that you want to
¦
¦ save.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
To delete a disk array:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
Select Create/delete array from the Main Menu.
Select Delete disk array from the Create/Delete Array menu. The cursor will be active in the Array list.
Review the Date Created column in the Logical Drive list; then press the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the
most recently defined array.
5. Press Del. The Confirm pop-up window appears.
6. If you do not want to delete the array, select No. To delete the array, select Yes.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ To use hard disks from the existing array when creating a new
¦
¦ array, you must confirm the deletion of the existing array.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
If a defective drive is still in a bay, the status shows a blank bay, as
though there is no drive in that bay. When you replace the drive, the
status will show RDY after you reconfigure and select Yes in the Confirm
pop-up window.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ In some operating systems, deleting an array and associated logical
¦
¦ drives might change the drive letters assigned to the existing drives. ¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Creating a Disk Array: To create a disk array:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ To create an array using hard disks in an existing array, refer to ¦
¦ "Redefining Space in an Array."
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
2. Select Create/delete array from the Main Menu.
3. Select Create disk array from the Create/Delete Array menu.
The cursor will be active in the Bay/Array selection list.
+--- Important ------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ In the following step, when you press Enter to select a drive for ¦
¦ an array, you cannot deselect it by pressing Enter again, as you
¦
¦ can with the hot-spare selection process. Carefully determine
¦
¦ which drives you want to include in the array before beginning the ¦
¦ selection process.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If you change your mind after selecting the drives for an array,
¦
¦ you can delete the array (by selecting Delete disk array from the ¦
¦ Create/Delete Array menu) and begin again.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
4. Select each drive you want in the array by using the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the drive and then
pressing Enter. As you select each drive, the status will change from RDY (Ready) to ONL (Online).
5. When you have selected all the drives you want to include in the array, press Esc. The cursor will become active in the menu.
6. If you have drives you did not use in this array and you want to create another array, you can do one of the following:
Define the logical drive or drives for this array; then create another array and its logical drives. See "Defining Logical Drives."
Create another array now by repeating steps 2 through 5 in this procedure; then define logical drives for both arrays.
+--- Note -------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ You must define at least one logical drive for each created
¦
¦ array before you can exit the configuration program.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
Continue with "Defining Logical Drives."
Adding Drives to Create an Additional Array: To add storage capacity to your server without disturbing existing data:
1. Install the additional hard disk drive or drives. (See "Installing Internal Drives (Type 86XX).")
2. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
3. Create a new disk array and define logical drives (see "Creating a Disk Array" for additional information.
Defining Logical Drives: After you have created an array, you must define a logical drive. (You cannot leave the RAID configuration
program until you define the logical drives for any created arrays.)
To define a logical drive:
1. Select Define Logical drive from the Create/Delete Array menu. The Create/Delete Array menu screen appears; the cursor is active
in the Array list.
2. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the array you want to define; then press Enter. The Select RAID
Level pop-up window appears, and the cursor is active in the window.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The system automatically assigns RAID level 0 to any logical
¦
¦ drives defined in an array containing only one hard disk drive.
¦
¦ When this is the case, the Select RAID Level pop-up window will
¦
¦ not appear.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 6
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
If you have only two hard disk drives in the array, the Select RAID Level pop-up window appears, but RAID level 5 is not selectable
because you need at least three hard disk drives in an array to assign RAID level 5 to one of the logical drives. You can define more
than one logical drive for your array. The only restriction is that the maximum number of logical drives you can define is eight.
3. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the RAID level you want to assign to these logical drives, then press
Enter.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Because the level you assign can influence the space needed for
¦
¦ the drive, you must assign a RAID level before you enter the size ¦
¦ of the logical drive.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
The Logical Drive list shows you the logical drive ID, the size of each logical drive, the RAID level you assigned to that logical drive, and
the date that the logical drive was created.
The status of the logical drive also is shown. Good means that all is well with the drive. Critical means that you must replace the hard
disk drive or do a rebuild operation. (You will have received a message telling you what has happened to the drive.) Offline means that
the logical drive is unrecoverable; the data on that drive is lost.
The Logical Drive Size pop-up window shows the space in this array that is available for logical drives.
4. Type the size, in megabytes, that you want for the logical drive; then press Enter. A pop-up window appears asking you to confirm your
action.
Information about the new logical drive appears in the Logical Drive list.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The size appearing in the Logical Drive list might be different
¦
¦ from the size you typed because it appears in binary equivalent.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
The size of a logical drive is determined by a number of factors, but
basically the size must be divisible by the number of drives in the
array.
Consider the following examples:
Example 1:
There are three 1GB drives in the array. You assign RAID level 0 (which uses all the drives in the array with no parity storage), and
type "1000MB." The "Size (MB)" will be 999, which is the number closest to and lower than 1000 that is divisible by 3.
Example 2:
There are three 1GB drives in the array, and you assign RAID level 5. Data is striped across all three drives in the array, but the space
equivalent to that of one drive is used for redundant storage. Therefore, if you type "1000MB," the "Size (MB)" remains 1000 because it
is divisible by 2 (drives), which is the space available for data.
If you do not use the entire array for this logical drive, you can create another by assigning either the same or a different RAID level for
an additional logical drive. You can have as many as eight logical drives among four disk arrays.
5. To return to the Create/Delete Array menu, press Esc. To define more logical drives, repeat steps 1 through 5 of this procedure.
6. To leave this screen, select Exit or press Esc. A pop-up window appears asking you to confirm your action.
7. To save your changes, select Yes. To maintain the disk-array configuration that was in place before you made changes, select No.
8. If you are using RAID level 1 or RAID level 5, you must select Initialize logical drive for proper operation. This sets the drive to a
predetermined state. Any data existing on the drive is overwritten with zeros, and corresponding parity is initialized to the correct value.
a. Select Initialize/synchronize array from the Main Menu; then select Initialize logical drive.
b. Select the logical drives you want to initialize from the Logical Drive list by pressing the Spacebar (the selected drives will appear
highlighted). To start the initialization, press Enter. A pop-up window appears asking you to confirm your action.
+--- Warning ----------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you select Yes in the Confirm pop-up window, information in ¦
¦ the logical drive will be overwritten with zeros.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
c. Select Yes to confirm that you want to initialize this logical drive.
The initialization process begins, and you can see its progress in the Pct. Int. (Percent Initialized) column of the Logical Drive list.
d. To stop the initialization at any time, press Esc. Then press Esc again to return to the menu, or press Enter to continue initializing
the drive.
9. To back up the disk-array configuration to diskette, you will need a 3.5-inch formatted diskette. To back up the disk-array configuration:
a. Select Advanced functions from the Main Menu.
b. Select Backup config. to diskette.
Follow the instructions on the screen. A pop-up window shows the default file name of CONFIG. You can change the file name by
typing over the default. The Backup program will assign a file-name extension of .dmc.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 7
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
Drive Maintenance: The following section provides information about status indicators for logical and hard disk drives, and the results of a
hard disk drive failure. It also contains procedures for replacing defective drives and for redefining the space in an array by replacing
logical drives.
Obtaining Drive Status: To see the ID, capacity, and other information about each of the hard disk drives attached to the RAID adapter:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
2. Select Drive information.
3. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight each of the drives shown in the Bay/Array selection list. As a drive is
highlighted, the information for that drive is shown at the bottom of the screen.
4. Press Esc to return to the Main Menu.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The status of the hard disk drive determines the status of the logical ¦
¦ drives in the array in which the hard disk is grouped.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Bay/Array Selection List: The status of the drives in the Bay/Array selection list is defined as follows:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Status
¦ Meaning
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ CDR
¦ CD-ROM drive installed.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ DDD
¦ Defective. The drive is an
¦
¦
¦ online or hot-spare drive that
¦
¦
¦ does not respond to commands.
¦
¦
¦ (If a RDY drive is defective or ¦
¦
¦ powered down, it shows an empty
¦
¦
¦ bay (a blank status), not a DDD
¦
¦
¦ status).
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ FMT
¦ Format. The drive is being
¦
¦
¦ reformatted.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ HSP
¦ Hot spare. The drive will
¦
¦
¦ replace a similar drive that
¦
¦
¦ becomes defective in real time.
¦
¦
¦ At that time, its status changes ¦
¦
¦ to ONL, and its array association ¦
¦
¦ is displayed.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ OFL
¦ Offline. The drive is a good
¦
¦
¦ drive that has replaced a
¦
¦
¦ defective drive in a RAID level 1 ¦
¦
¦ or level 5 array. It is
¦
¦
¦ associated with an array, but
¦
¦
¦ does not contain any valid data. ¦
¦
¦ The drive state remains OFL
¦
¦
¦ during the rebuild phase.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ ONL
¦ Online. The drive is part of an ¦
¦
¦ array. If this drive fails,
¦
¦
¦ logical drives defined in the
¦
¦
¦ array in which this drive is
¦
¦
¦ grouped will have a status of
¦
¦
¦ offline (if the logical drive is ¦
¦
¦ assigned RAID level 0 with a good ¦
¦
¦ status) or Critical (if the
¦
¦
¦ logical drive is assigned RAID
¦
¦
¦ level 1 or level 5 with a good
¦
¦
¦ status).
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ RDY
¦ Ready. The drive is recognized
¦
¦
¦ by the adapter and is available
¦
¦
¦ for definition.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ TAP
¦ Tape drive installed.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ UFM
¦ Unformatted. The drive requires ¦
¦
¦ a low-level format before it can ¦
¦
¦ be used in an array.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Blank Status
¦ Any of the following
¦
¦
¦ circumstances can cause the
¦
¦
¦ status area to be blank:
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 8
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
No hard disk drive is
¦
¦
¦
installed in that bay.
¦
¦
¦
The bay contains a hard disk ¦
¦
¦
drive, but the drive is not
¦
¦
¦
inserted correctly.
¦
¦
¦
An array was deleted and a
¦
¦
¦
defective drive is still in
¦
¦
¦
the bay.
¦
¦
¦
A new drive was installed and ¦
¦
¦
the configuration program has ¦
¦
¦
not been restarted. (The
¦
¦
¦
status will change to RDY
¦
¦
¦
when the RAID configuration
¦
¦
¦
program is restarted.)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Results of a Hard Disk Drive Failure: Depending on the circumstances, there can be several possible results from a drive failure.
Example 1:
Only one hard disk drive fails.
A hot-spare drive is defined that is the same or greater size than the failed drive.
The logical drives in the array are assigned RAID level 1, level 5, or a combination of these two levels.
Then the hot spare will take over immediately.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Data for logical drives assigned RAID levels 1 and 5 is maintained;
¦
¦ however, system performance will be reduced. Hot-spare drive
¦
¦ capability does not apply to logical drives assigned RAID level 0.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Example 2:
Only one hard disk drive fails.
A hot-spare drive is not defined.
The logical drives in the array are assigned RAID levels 1, 5, or a combination of these two levels.
Then no data will be lost, but the system will operate at reduced performance until the defective drive is replaced and rebuilt.
Example 3:
If more than one drive fails, all data is lost. Therefore, it is important that you replace and rebuild a defective drive as soon as possible.
Logical and Hard Disk Drive Status Indications: The status of the hard disk drive determines the status of the logical drives in the array in
which the hard disk is grouped.
A single hard disk drive failure (indicated by a DDD status in the Bay/Array selection list) causes logical drives in that array that are
assigned levels 1 and 5 to have a Critical status. Data remains in logical drives with a Critical status, but you must replace the one
defective hard disk drive promptly, because if two hard disk drives were to fail, all of the data in the array would be lost.
After you install a new hard disk drive, the Replace process changes the drive status from DDD to OFL if there is a Critical logical drive.
After the Rebuild process, the hard disk drive status changes from OFL to ONL.
A single or multiple hard disk drive failure causes logical drives in that array that are assigned level 0 to have an offline status. Data in
logical drives with an offline status is lost. However, with a multiple disk drive failure, when the defective drives are part of the same
array, logical drives in that array will have an offline status. This means that data is lost in all the logical drives in that array, regardless of
which RAID level is assigned.
Replacing a Faulty Drive
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The hard disk drive indicator light will blink when the drive has
¦
¦ failed and needs to be replaced (DDD state only).
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
To replace a faulty drive:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
If the drive failed while the system was powered down, a screen appears the next time the system is powered on showing you which
drive is defective.
2. If the drive is not damaged (for example, it is not inserted correctly):
a. Power-off the system.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 9
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
b. Correct the problem.
c. Remove the diskette or ServerGuide CD from the drive.
d. Restart the system.
3. If the drive is defective:
a. Press Y (Yes) to reconfigure the system.
b. Press Ctrl+Alt+Del when instructed to restart the system. The Main Menu appears.
c. Select Rebuild device.
At this point, the drive status shows DDD.
+--- Warning ----------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Removing the wrong hard disk drive can cause loss of all data ¦
¦ in the array.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
d. Replace the defective drive. Refer to "Removing a Drive from Bank C, D, or E."
e. After you have replaced the drive, press Enter. The system will reconfigure to include the drive, and the drive's status will change to
OFL.
f. Allow the system to complete the configuration (the screen displays a completion message); then select Rebuild drive.
g. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the OFL (offline) drive you want to rebuild; then press Enter.
The progress of the rebuilding process appears on the screen.
h. When the rebuilding process completes, press Esc to return to the Main Menu. The new configuration will be saved automatically.
i. Backup the new configuration (see "Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration").
j. Select Exit to end the RAID configuration program.
k. Remove the diskette and press Ctrl+Alt+Del to restart the system.
Redefining Space in an Array: You can redefine space in a disk array in a number of ways. For example, you can combine a number of
small logical drives to create a larger one or you can redefine the existing logical drive into several smaller drives. Also, you can install
additional hard disk drives to create a larger logical drive than was possible with the existing storage capacity.
One method to redefine space in an array is to change the RAID level assigned to a logical drive. For example, if you assigned RAID level
1 to a logical drive and then decided you needed the capacity offered with RAID level 5, you can use this procedure to replace the existing
logical drive with a logical drive assigned the new RAID level.
To redefine the space in a disk array, first you must delete the array. The last disk array defined must be the first deleted.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ In all cases, when you delete an array, all the data and programs in
¦
¦ the array are lost.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If you have data and programs that you want to save, they must be backed up and then restored. It is suggested you use a high-speed
backup device, such as a tape drive.
To redefine the space in an array:
1. Back up all data and programs in the array.
2. If needed, install additional hard disk drives.
Refer to the User's Reference for information about selecting drive sizes.
3. Insert the IBM RAID controller diskette; then press Ctrl+Alt+Del to start the RAID configuration program.
4. Delete the existing array:
a. Select Create/delete array from the Main Menu. The Create/Delete Array menu will disappear.
b. Select Delete disk array. The cursor will be active in the Bay/Array list.
c. Review the Logical Drive List Date Created column; then press the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to highlight the most
recently defined array.
+--- Note -------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ You must delete disk arrays in descending order; the last one ¦
¦ created must be the first one deleted.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
d. Press Del. The Confirm pop-up window appears.
+--- Warning ----------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ All the data in the array will be lost during this procedure. ¦
¦ Be sure to back up all data and programs that you want to
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 10
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
¦ save.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
e. If you do not want to delete the array, select No. To delete the array select, Yes.
+--- Note -------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ To use the hard disks from the existing array when creating a ¦
¦ new array, you must confirm the deletion of the existing
¦
¦ array. After you make your selection, the Confirm pop-up
¦
¦ window will disappear, and the cursor will be active in the
¦
¦ menu.
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
5. If you want a drive defined as a hot spare, refer to "Defining a Hot-Spare Drive" for step-by-step instructions.
6. Create a new disk array and define logical drives.
See "Creating a Disk Array" for instructions on creating a disk array and defining logical drives.
7. After you have established the new array and logical drive or drives, select Initialize/synchronize array from the Main Menu; then
select Initialize logical drive to prepare the drives in the array to receive data. This sets the drive to a predetermined state. Any data
existing in the drive is overwritten with zeros, and corresponding parity is initialized to the proper value.
8. Insert a 3.5-inch formatted diskette in the primary drive, select Advanced functions from the Main Menu; then select Backup config.
to diskette. Follow the instructions on the screen.
9. Exit the RAID configuration program by pressing Esc or selecting Exit while on the Main Menu. A pop-up window will appear asking
you to confirm your action.
10. Reinstall your operating system and device drivers, then restore your data and programs.
Advanced Functions: You can select several utilities from the Advanced Functions menu. They include:
Backup configuration to diskette
Restore configuration to diskette
Change the write policy
Change the RAID parameters
Format a drive
Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration: The RAID adapter maintains a record of the disk-array configuration information in its
EEPROM (electronically erasable programmable read-only memory) module. The disk-array configuration is vital information. To protect
this information, back up the information to diskette as soon as you have completed your tasks. You need a blank, formatted, 3.5-inch
diskette.
To back up the disk-array configuration information to diskette:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Label the blank diskette "Disk Array Configuration Backup," and date it.
Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
Select Advanced functions from the Main Menu.
Select Backup config. to diskette.
Remove the RAID controller diskette from the drive and insert the blank diskette.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
Restoring the Disk-Array Configuration: To restore the disk-array configuration information in the RAID adapter EEPROM module, use
the RAID controller diskette and an up-to-date Disk Array Configuration Backup diskette.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Because dynamic changes in the configuration of your disk array occur ¦
¦ due to hot-spare drive replacement or other drive maintenance
¦
¦ activity, the configuration backup information on the diskette might
¦
¦ be different from that in the adapter. It is important that you back ¦
¦ up the disk-array configuration information frequently, to keep the
¦
¦ backup information on the diskette current.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
To restore the RAID configuration information:
1. Insert the IBM RAID controller diskette into the primary drive and power-on the system. If the system already is on, press
Ctrl+Alt+Del.
2. Select Advanced functions from the Main Menu.
3. Select Restore config. from diskette.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
Using the Advanced Functions: This section gives the procedures for using the advanced functions, such as changing the write policy,
changing the RAID parameters, and formatting a drive.
Warnings appear throughout this section to alert you to potential loss of data and should be heeded before answering yes to the
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 11
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
confirmations requested by the RAID configuration program.
Changing the Write Policy: When you configure a logical drive, the RAID adapter automatically sets the write policy to write-through (WT)
mode, where the completion status is sent after the data is written to the hard disk drive. To improve performance, you can change this
write policy to write-back (WB) mode, where the completion status is sent after the data is copied to cache memory, but before the data is
actually written to the storage device.
Although you gain performance with write-back mode, it creates a greater risk of losing data due to a power failure. This is because the
system gets a completion status message when the data reaches cache memory, but before data is actually written to the storage device.
To change the write policy:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
Select Advanced functions from the Main Menu.
Select Change write policy from the Advanced Functions menu. The cursor will be active in the Logical Drive list.
Select the logical drive whose write policy you want to change. The Advanced Functions screen appears.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Your information might be different from that shown in this
¦
¦ screen.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
The Logical Drive list shows you the logical drive ID, the size in megabytes of each logical drive, the RAID level you assigned to that
logical drive, and the date you created it.
The status of the logical drive is also shown. Good means that all is well with the drive; Critical means that you must replace the hard
disk drive and rebuild the logical drive. (You will have received a message telling you what has happened to the drive.) Offline means
that the logical drive is unrecoverable; the data in that drive is lost.
5. Locate the Wrt pol (Write Policy) field in the Logical Drive list.
The write policy is shown as either WT (write-through, which is the default setting) or WB (write-back).
6. Use the Up Arrow ( ) key or the Down Arrow ( ) key to select the logical drive whose write policy you want to change.
+--- Warning --------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you change the write policy to write-back, wait at least 10
¦
¦ seconds after your last operation before you power-off the server. ¦
¦ It takes that long for the system to move the data from the cache ¦
¦ memory to the storage device. Failure to follow this practice can ¦
¦ result in lost data.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
7. Press Enter to change the write policy.
Notice that WT changes to WB. You can press Enter to alternate between WT and WB.
8. When you have made your choice, press Esc to return to the Advanced Functions menu.
9. Select Exit. The Confirm pop-up window appears asking you to confirm your action.
10. To return the setting to its original state, select No. To save your changes, select Yes.
11. Back up the disk-array configuration information to diskette. Refer to "Backing Up Your Disk-Array Configuration" for more information.
Formatting Drives: You can perform a low-level format on drives with RDY (ready), OFL (offline), or UNF (unformatted) status.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The Format drive choice on the Advanced Functions menu provides a
¦
¦ low-level format. If you install a new hard disk drive that requires ¦
¦ a standard format, use the Format command provided by your operating
¦
¦ system.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The Format program works like the low-level format program in the advanced diagnostics portion of the system programs. It is provided in
the IBM RAID configuration program so that you can perform a low-level format on a drive controlled by the RAID adapter.
To perform a low-level format:
1. Start the RAID configuration program. See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program."
2. Select Advanced functions from the Main Menu.
+--- Warning --------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ A low-level format erases all data and programs from the drive.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 12
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
3. Select Format drive. The low-level format program starts.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen.
You can perform a low-level format on more than one drive at a time.
Changing the RAID Parameters: You can change the RAID parameters using the advanced functions by selecting Change RAID
parameters.
The default settings are:
Stripe unit size -- 8K
The stripe unit size is the amount of data written on a given disk before writing on the next disk. To maximize the overall performance,
this stripe unit should be chosen such that the stripe-unit size is close to the size of the system I/O request. The default is set to 8K
data bytes.
+--- Warning --------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Once the stripe unit is chosen and data is stored in the logical
¦
¦ drives, the stripe unit cannot be changed without destroying data ¦
¦ in the logical drives.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Rebuild priority -- Equal.
Rebuild priority can be set to equal, high, or low. When set to equal, the rebuild I/O request and system I/O request get equal priority in
the execution order.
When set to high, the rebuild I/O request will get a higher priority than a system I/O request. In a heavily loaded system (with a high
rate of system I/O requests), the high-priority rebuild can significantly reduce the disk rebuild time at the expense of degraded handling
of I/O requests.
When the rebuild priority is set to low, the rebuild I/O requests can execute only if there is no pending system I/O requests. In a
moderate to heavily loaded system, low rebuild priority will increase the disk rebuild time significantly and provide better system
performance.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Rebuild priority can be changed without affecting data in the
¦
¦ logical drives.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Parity placement -- RA.
+--- Warning --------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Once a parity placement scheme is chosen and data stored, it
¦
¦ cannot be changed without destroying data.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Parity placement defines how parity is placed in the disk array with respect to data. The following illustration shows both the Left
Symmetric (LS) and Right Asymmetric (RA) parity placement in a four-drive disk array. Here AAA, BBB, and CCC are the data stripe
units, and PP0 is the corresponding parity. Similarly DDD, EEE, and FFF are the data stripe units, and PP1 is the corresponding parity.
Right Asymmetric (RA)
Disk
1
PP0
DDD
GGG
JJJ
Disk
2
AAA
PP1
HHH
KKK
Disk
3
BBB
EEE
PP2
LLL
Disk
4
CCC
FFF
III
PP3
Left Symmetric (LS)
Disk
1
AAA
EEE
III
PP3
Disk
2
BBB
FFF
PP2
JJJ
Disk
3
CCC
PP1
GGG
KKK
Disk
4
PP0
DDD
HHH
LLL
In some situations you may want to try LS parity placement to improve performance. The default parity placement is RA.
Read ahead -- On.
Normally the IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Streaming-RAID Adapter/A transfers data from disk to its local cache in steps of stripe-unit size.
This provides excellent overall performance when workloads tend to be sequential. However, if the workload is random and system I/O
requests are smaller than stripe-unit size, reading ahead to the end of the stripe unit will result in a wasted SCSI bus bandwidth and
wasted disk utilization. When read-ahead is set to Off, the size of data transfer from the disk to local cache is equal to the system I/O
request size, and no read-ahead to the end of the stripe unit is performed.
+--- Notes --------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 13
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
¦
¦
¦ 1. The Read-ahead setting can be changed without destroying data in a ¦
¦
logical drive.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. When the configuration is saved on a diskette, the RAID parameters ¦
¦
are saved also.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Administration Monitoring Utilities: Several of the operating systems that your server supports also support (for disk-array models) RAID
monitoring programs. The monitoring programs are:
OS/2 (*) RAID Controller Administration and Monitor
OS/2 RAID NetFinity (*)/Alert Manager
OS/2 RAID Controller Administration for NetWare (**)
IBM RAID Controller Administration for Banyan (**) Vines (**)
These programs include many of the functions contained in the IBM RAID configuration program, but unlike that program, they reside on
top of your operating system and do not require you to start the program from a startable diskette or from a startable compact disc. You
can start these programs from your active operating system desktop.
Each of these monitoring programs allow you view the RAID configuration, reconfigure the array when replacing a defective drive, and
perform tuning tasks such as changing the write policy.
To monitor the drive status with OS/2, Novell (**) NetWare, Microsoft (**) Windows (**), and Banyan Vines, you must run the
administration programs. The RAID controller diskette contains files that must be installed when you use OS/2, NetWare, or Banyan Vines.
See the README file on the RAID controller diskette for installation and usage instructions for OS/2 RAID Controller Administration and
Monitor, OS/2 RAID Controller Administration for Netware, and IBM RAID Controller Administration for Banyan Vines. For OS/2 RAID
NetFinity Alert Manager, see the ServerGuide CD documentation.
Drivers: The RAID adapter requires the installation of device drivers. See the README file on the RAID controller diskette for detailed
instructions.
If you install OS/2 from the ServerGuide CD, the device drivers will be installed automatically. If, however, you install OS/2 from diskette,
you will need to install the device drivers. See the README file on the RAID controller diskette.
Installing Internal Drives (Type 86XX): The Type 86XX server supports the following drive types:
Diskette
Hard disk
Rewritable optical disc
Tape
The server has hardware that lets you replace a failed hard disk drive without powering-off the server. Therefore, you have the advantage
of continuing to operate your system while a hard disk drive is removed or installed. These drives are also known as hot-swappable
drives.
Hot-swappable drives have a green LED that shines through the knob on the tray containing the drive. If the drive has a good electrical
connection upon installation, the LED illuminates. The LED blinks briefly during power-up, and also blinks if the drive malfunctions.
Internal drives are installed in bays. A diskette drive and a CD-ROM. drive are preinstalled in bay A in all models. A removable CD storage
compartment is shipped in bay B1. You can install two drives in bay B. You can install hot-swappable hard disk drives in banks C, D, and
E only. Banks C, D, and E each contain six bays. Bank C supports up to six drives. However, the total number of SCSI drives that you
can install in bay B and bank C is six. The number of preinstalled hard disk drives in bank C varies according to the model you
purchased. You can install up to six drives in bank D and up to six drives in bank E.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The bank letter-designations are located on both vertical rails on the ¦
¦ front of the server. The bay-slot numbers are located on the top of
¦
¦ bank C and the bottom of bank E.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 14
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
A cover plate (sometimes called a bezel or face plate) covers the front of bay B2 only. If you install a drive that uses removable media
(diskette, optical disc, tape), you might install and adjust the cover plate after you install the drive in bay B2.
Considerations
Bay A comes with one SCSI CD-ROM drive and one 3.5-inch, 2.88MB diskette drive.
Bay B supports:
- One 5.25-inch, full-high, removable-media or non-removable-media device, or
- One 5.25-inch, half-high, removable-media device and one 3.5-inch, half-high, removable-media device, or
- Two 3.5-inch or two 5.25-inch, slim-high or half-high, removable-media devices.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Only one of the devices installed in bay B can be a SCSI device.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
You cannot install hot-swappable drives in bay B.
PC Server 500 supports eighteen 3.5-inch, slim-high, hot-swappable hard disk drives, or nine 3.5-inch, half-high hard disk drives in the
bottom three banks (C, D, and E).
Banks C, D, and E can accommodate six slim-high drives or three half-high drives, or a combination of both drive sizes. If you use a
combination, remember that one half-high drive uses the equivalent space of two slim-high drives.
If you install drives in bank D or E, you will remove the fan assembly on the rear of the server, install a direct access storage device
(DASD) backplane in banks D and E, and install an optional 220-watt power supply.
Each backplane has six connectors, to support up to six hard disk drives.
Removing a Drive from Bank C, D, or E: Locate the drive you are removing. You do not have to power-off the server to remove a drive
from banks C, D, and E.
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 15
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuide CDs (Type 86XX)
¦
¦
¦ If you are removing a failed hard disk drive that is part of a disk
¦
¦ array in bank C, D, or E, you must not accidentally remove a good
¦
¦ drive. Before you attempt to remove a defective drive, thoroughly
¦
¦ review the information displayed on your server's screen to determine ¦
¦ the location of the failed drive. "Logical and Hard Disk Drive Status ¦
¦ Indications" explains the codes that your server uses to indicate a
¦
¦ defective drive. When a hard disk drive fails, a blinking green
¦
¦ indicator light illuminates on the knob of the drive tray. When a
¦
¦ hard disk drive is good, a solid green indicator light illuminates on ¦
¦ the knob of the drive tray.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ If you partially or completely remove a good drive instead of the
¦
¦ defective one, your server might lose valuable data. This situation
¦
¦ is especially relevant if you assigned RAID level 1 or 5 to the
¦
¦ logical drives in your disk array. However, the RAID controller can
¦
¦ rebuild the data you need, provided that certain conditions are met.
¦
¦ See "Starting the RAID Configuration Program" for more details.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If you have a non-disk-array model, an illuminated drive tray knob means the drive is a good one. An unilluminated drive tray knob means
the drive is defective, or no power is being supplied to the drive.
To remove a drive from bank C, D, or E, do the following steps:
1. Find the drive you plan to remove.
2. If you have a disk-array model and a drive has failed, ensure that you have selected the correct drive for removal by verifying that the
light on the tray's knob is blinking.
3. Unlock the drive by turning the knob directly above it 90 degrees.
4. Disconnect the drive from the connector on the backplane, by grasping the handle on the drive tray and pulling the drive out of the
server. Store the drive in a safe place.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you have a disk-array model, you must reconfigure your disk
¦
¦ arrays after removing hard disk drives. See "Starting the RAID
¦
¦ Configuration Program" for details.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
(*) Trademark of the IBM Corporation.
(**) NetWare is a trademark of Novell, Inc. Banyan and Vines are trademarks of Banyan Systems Inc.
(**) Novell is a trademark of Novell, Inc. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.30 - 16
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Controller on the System Board
1.11.31 SCSI Controller on the System Board
On some models with SCSI on the system board, slot number 0 or 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI controller. Diagnostics
might instruct you to replace the SCSI adapter in slot 0, or 1, leading you to believe that a SCSI adapter is missing. In that situation,
replace the system board (the SCSI controller is built into the board).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.31 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Device Default Settings
1.11.32 SCSI Device Default Settings
You are here with a 000174XX error or you want to check the settings (defective devices can also cause incorrect settings).
The optional settings are intended to let the user share devices (usually external) between computers without having to reconfigure the
system each time the device is moved. The settings apply to SCSI Presence Error Reporting devices (such as SCSI tape drives and
CD-ROM drives and on some computers, hard disk drives). After a device is in the configuration table, the default settings are Enable
and Keep. The only way to remove the device from the configuration table is to manually remove it by changing the settings. Running
automatic configuration will not remove it from the configuration.
Subtopics
1.11.32.1 Enable and Disable Settings
1.11.32.2 Keep/Remove Settings
1.11.32.3 Changing the Settings
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.32 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Enable and Disable Settings
1.11.32.1 Enable and Disable Settings
If the user plans to leave the device turned off, or share the device periodically between different computers, that device should be set to
Disabled (on the computers that will share the device). When disabled, the drive will remain in the configuration but POST will not report a
configuration error when the device is removed. For example, before the user temporarily removes a SCSI tape drive, the setting should
be changed to Disabled. When the device is reinstalled and the user no longer chooses to share the device, the setting should be
changed back to Enabled.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.32.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Keep/Remove Settings
1.11.32.2 Keep/Remove Settings
The only time that you will see the Keep and Remove options is when the device physically is disconnected from the computer. At that
time, you have the option of removing the device from the configuration table by changing the setting to Remove.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.32.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Changing the Settings
1.11.32.3 Changing the Settings
To change the settings, do the following:
Select Set and View SCSI device configuration from the Set configuration menu.
Select the appropriate device on the list.
Press F6 to change the settings.
Press F10 to save the changes (in configuration).
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.32.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Diagnostic Tests
1.11.33 SCSI Diagnostic Tests
The diagnostic tests usually identify the failing device, but because of the many dependencies, you can be misled by an error code. It is
important to understand that all devices in a SCSI chain depend on an open line of communication on the SCSI data bus. Certain
conditions can cause misleading error codes to appear. For example, a short circuit in the bus arbitration logic on the system board can
inhibit communication between the system board and a SCSI adapter. If this condition exists, the error code that appears would indicate
that the SCSI adapter failed when the failure was really on the system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.33 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Fast/Wide PCI Adaptec Adapters (AHA-9240 and -9240W)
1.11.34 SCSI Fast/Wide PCI Adaptec Adapters (AHA-9240 and -9240W)
Subtopics
1.11.34.1 Features
1.11.34.2 Adapter Locations
1.11.34.3 Connectivity (Cables/Devices)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.34 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Features
1.11.34.1 Features
The AHA-9240 and AHA-9240W are PCI-to-Fast SCSI adapters. These adapters are supported on computers with a PCI 5v bus master
slot. The adapters support the following:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Adapter
¦ Connectors
¦ Devices Supported
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ AHA-9240 Adapter
¦ 1 each internal 8-bit ¦ Supports a maximum of ¦
¦
¦ SCSI connector
¦ seven 8-bit
¦
¦
¦
¦ single-ended SCSI
¦
¦
¦ 1 each external 8-bit ¦ devices.
¦
¦
¦ SCSI connector
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ AHA-9240W Adapter
¦ 1 each internal 8-bit ¦ Supports a maximum of ¦
¦
¦ SCSI connector
¦ fifteen 8-bit and
¦
¦
¦
¦ 16-bit single-ended
¦
¦
¦ 1 each internal 16-bit ¦ SCSI devices.
¦
¦
¦ SCSI connector
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1 each external 16-bit ¦
¦
¦
¦ SCSI connector
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.34.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Adapter Locations
1.11.34.2 Adapter Locations
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.34.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Connectivity (Cables/Devices)
1.11.34.3 Connectivity (Cables/Devices)
If you attach both internal and external SCSI devices to the host adapter, you must terminate the last external device and the last internal
device. This applies to both the AHA-2940 and AHA-2940W adapters.
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you connect external devices to the AHA-2940W adapter, you can only ¦
¦ attach devices to one of the internal SCSI connectors.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
If you connect both internal and external SCSI devices, you must also change the host adapter termination settings from the default,
because the host adapter is now in the middle of the SCSI bus. See "Termination (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)" in topic 1.11.35.1.
.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Component
¦ Requirement
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Maximum external cable length
¦ 3 m (9.8 ft.)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Maximum combined length of all
¦ 6 m (19.7 ft.)
¦
¦ cables connected internally and
¦
¦
¦ externally to each adapter
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SCSI Devices
¦ Supports single-ended devices
¦
¦
¦ only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ CD-ROM Drive
¦ The CD-ROM drive has a 50-pin
¦
¦
¦ connector. If it is connected to ¦
¦
¦ the 68 pin connector on the
¦
¦
¦ adapter using a 68 pin to 68 pin ¦
¦
¦ cable, a 16/8 Bit Converter must ¦
¦
¦ be used to connect the CD-ROM
¦
¦
¦ drive to the 68 pin cable.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AHA-2940 and AHA-2940W 50 pin
¦ 50 pin to 50 pin SCSI ribbon
¦
¦ internal connector
¦ cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AHA-2940W 68 pin internal
¦ 68 pin to 68 pin SCSI ribbon
¦
¦ connector
¦ cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AHA-2940 50 pin external connector ¦ 50 pin to 50 pin SCSI shielded
¦
¦
¦ cable
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ AHA-2940W 68 pin external
¦ 68 pin to 68 pin SCSI shielded
¦
¦ connector
¦ cable
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.34.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Termination (Devices)
1.11.35 Termination (Devices)
Each connector on the adapter and the devices attached to the connector make up a separate daisy-chain. Termination is required on
the last device in each chain. If only one device is attached, termination is required for that device.
Subtopics
1.11.35.1 Termination (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.2 Termination (for Multiple-Computer Configurations)
1.11.35.3 Self Diagnostics (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.4 LED (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.5 Problems Detected During Installation
1.11.35.6 SCSI Troubleshooting Checklist (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.7 BIOS Startup Messages
1.11.35.8 Disk Drive Configuration Problems
1.11.35.9 Booting the Computer from a SCSI Drive
1.11.35.10 Using a Standard Drive as C and a SCSI Drive as D
1.11.35.11 Using a SCSI Drive as C and Another SCSI Drive as D
1.11.35.12 Computer Hangs, or HOST Adapter Cannot Always Find the Drives
1.11.35.13 Other Problems and Solutions
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Termination (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.1 Termination (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
Use the following information to determine the termination required for the adapter; then, run the SCSISelect Utility Configuration program if
required. (To run the SCSISelect Configuration Utility program, see "SCSISelect Configuration Utility" in topic 1.11.36.)
AHA-2940 Adapter
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Adapter Termination
¦ Devices Connected To
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Enabled
¦ Internal connector only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Enabled
¦ External connector only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Disabled
¦ Internal and external connectors ¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AHA-2940W Adapter
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Adapter Termination
¦ Devices Connected To
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low On / High On
¦ 68-pin internal connector only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low On / High On
¦ 68-pin external connector only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low On / High On
¦ 50-pin internal connector only
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low Off / High Off
¦ 68-pin internal and 68-pin
¦
¦
¦ external connectors
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low Off / High On
¦ 50-pin and 68-pin internal
¦
¦
¦ connectors
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Low Off / High On
¦ 50-pin internal and 68-pin
¦
¦
¦ external connectors
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Invalid
¦ 50-pin and 68-pin internal
¦
¦
¦ connectors, and 68-pin external
¦
¦
¦ connector
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Termination (for Multiple-Computer Configurations)
1.11.35.2 Termination (for Multiple-Computer Configurations)
If more than one computer is attached to the SCSI bus, you can configure the adapter to provide termination when the adapter host
computer is powered off. The termination is applied only when the computer containing the adapter is powered off and another computer
connected to the SCSI bus accesses the device.
To activate this termination, install a jumper on J4 on the adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Self Diagnostics (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.3 Self Diagnostics (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
AHA-2940/2940W host adapters execute a self-diagnostics Power-On Self Test (POST) during BIOS initialization. If the diagnostics fails,
the BIOS displays the message Initialization failed and halts any further operation of the adapter. If this occurs, remove the adapter and
check for the following:
Components that are not correctly installed or properly seated
Broken wires
Missing or damaged components
Conductive debris on the adapter.
If you see any physical damage, replace the adapter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
LED (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.4 LED (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
The red light emitting diode (LED) on the AHA-9240/9240W adapter lights up when the host adapter is performing activity on the SCSI
interface or when other SCSI devices are using the SCSI bus. An external LED connector is provided on the adapter so you can attach a
cable to an externally visible LED.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If the light stays on when there in no activity on the SCSI bus, one
¦
¦ of the following failures may be indicated.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
The bus is hung.
¦
¦
¦
¦
The processor(s) failed.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Unexpected activity is occurring or the SCSI cables are
¦
¦
incorrectly installed. (If the SCSI cables are installed in
¦
¦
reversed position, the host adapter is forced into a solid SCSI
¦
¦
reset state, which halts normal operation.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Problems Detected During Installation
1.11.35.5 Problems Detected During Installation
If the system will not boot from the standard hard disk drive or a boot program on the diskette drive after the initial hardware installation,
check the following.
If the AHA-2940/2940W LED and the SCSI drive LED are always on, the SCSI cable's pin-1 orientation has probably been reversed
between the host adapter and the drive.
If the AHA-2940/2940W BIOS message is not displayed on the screen during system boot, the system does not recognize the host
adapter BIOS. Be sure that host adapter BIOS is enabled.
Be sure there are no address conflicts between a PCI device and an EISA or ISA device.
If you see the message Host adapter not found, the host adapter has detected an internal failure. Be sure the host adapter is firmly
seated in the PCI slot.
If you see the message Host adapter found but not configured, run the SCSISelect utility to configure the host adapter. See
"SCSISelect Configuration Utility" in topic 1.11.36.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Troubleshooting Checklist (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
1.11.35.6 SCSI Troubleshooting Checklist (AHA-2940/2940W Adapters)
Most problems that occur during installation result from errors in preparing and connecting devices on the SCSI bus.
Answer these questions first if a problem occurs during installation:
Are the power cables and SCSI cables properly connected?
Is the Host adapter firmly seated and secure in a 5-volt PCI slot that is capable of bus mastering?
Is pin one orientation maintained throughout the SCSI bus?
Are the PCI bus slot parameters set correctly in the computers Setup program?
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The PCI bus is designed to assign the IRQ port address, and BIOS
¦
¦ address settings. You may need to assign some of these values
¦
¦ manually in the Setup program.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Is each adapter, including the host adapter, set to a unique SCSI ID (0-7 for the AHA-2940 and 0-15 for the AHA2940W)?
Is the termination set correctly?
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
BIOS Startup Messages
1.11.35.7 BIOS Startup Messages
After you have installed the host adapter, BIOS displays a message when you boot the computer. Normally, this message lists the SCSI
ID, manufacturer, model number and other information for each SCSI device that the BIOS detects.
If an initialization failure occurs, the host BIOS displays a specific error message followed by a BIOS Installation Failure message. The
following are some of the installation failure messages and their meaning:
A drive larger than 1 gigabyte has been detected with 64 head / 32 sector partitioning. This drive is not compatible with the
255 head / 63 sector translation which has been enabled on this adapter. Data could be corrupted! Please check your system
setup. Press any key to continue.
This message occurs only if Extended BIOS Translation is enabled in the SCSISelect utility. It means that the BIOS detected a large
capacity drive invalid partition in the master boot record.
Extended BIOS Translation is used only with MS-DOS 5.0 or above. You do not need to enable this option if you are using another
operating system such as OS/2 or UNIX.
If you are using a driver larger than 1GB under MS-DOS 5.0 or above and this message appears, do the following:
1. Run the SCSISelect utility and set Extended BIOS Translation to Disabled.
2. Exit from the SCSISelect utility and back up the data on the disk drive, if you want to save it.
3. Perform a SCSI low-level format with the Format Disk utility under SCSI Disk Utilities in the SCSISelect utility.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ All data on the target drive will be lost when you run the Format ¦
¦ Disk utility. Back up your data before you run it.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
4. In the SCSISelect Advanced Configuration Options menu, set Extended BIOS Translation to Enabled.
5. Partition the drive again.
6. Restore data to the drive, if necessary.
Device connected, but not ready.
This message appears if the host adapter receives no answer when it requests data from an installed SCSI device. The host adapter
skips this device and moves to the next device on the bus.
Do the following if you see this message when you request data from the SCSI drive.
1. Run the SCSISelect utility and access SCSI Device Configuration. Locate the host adapter's SCSI ID and set Send Unit Commands to
yes.
2. Exit the SCSISelect utility and request data from the drive again.
3. If the message still appears, follow the drive manufacturer's instructions to make sure the drive is set to spin-up when the power is
switched on.
Start unit request failed.
The BIOS was unable to send a Start Unit Command to the device. Run the SCSISelect utility and disable Send Start Unit Command for
the device.
Time-out failure during SCSI Inquiry command!
or
Time-out failure during SCSI Test Unit Ready command!
or
Time-out failure during Start Unit command!
An unexpected time-out occurred. Check the SCSI bus termination. Try disconnecting the SCSI device cables from the host adapter and
then starting the computer. If the computer successfully restarts, check the SCSI bus termination and cable connections. One of the
devices on the SCSI bus may be defective.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Disk Drive Configuration Problems
1.11.35.8 Disk Drive Configuration Problems
Problems may occur if a combination of standard and SCSI drives are installed in the computer.
Standard hard disk drives can be set to the installed or not installed state by the Setup program supplied with computer. SCSI drives are
not controlled through the Setup program.
If SCSI and non-SCSI drives are installed, the non-SCSI disk drive is always the boot drive.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Booting the Computer from a SCSI Drive
1.11.35.9 Booting the Computer from a SCSI Drive
Be sure the standard hard disk drives are mapped out of the system using the Setup program.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Standard hard disk drive means the disk drives(s) attached to the ¦
¦ system by a standard ISA/EISA, non-SCSI disk adapted (example, IDE ¦
¦ drives). Standard hard disk drives can be set to the installed or ¦
¦ not installed state by the Setup program supplied with the
¦
¦ computer. The setup program allows you to select a number of
¦
¦ standard hard disk drives that are recognized by the system,
¦
¦ regardless of whether they are physically installed. SCSI drives ¦
¦ are not controlled through the Setup program.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Be sure the SCSI boot drive address is set to SCSI ID 0 and that there are no SCSI ID conflicts. You can use the Adaptec SCSISelect
Configuration Utility to determine the SCSI address of the devices attached to the SCSI bus.
Be sure that SCSI parity is consistently enabled or disabled on all devices on the SCSI bus. To check the parity setting(s) of the
devices on the SCSI bus, do the following.
1. Start the SCSISelectUtility.
2. Select the Configure/View Host Adapter Settings menu.
3. If all of the devices connected to the SCSI bus support parity checking, set SCSI Parity Checking to Enable. If one or more of the
devices connected to SCSI bus do not support parity checking, set SCSI Parity Checking to Disabled.
+--- Note -------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Most SCSI devices currently available support parity checking. ¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------+
Try enabling Include in BIOS Scan in the SCSI Device Configuration option of the SCSISelect utility.
Be sure to power-off; then, power-on the computer after changing any value on a host adapter, in a Setup program, or on a SCSI
device.
Be sure the SCSI bus is properly terminated.
Be sure the intended boot disk has an active DOS partition and has been formatted.
Check cable connections and pin-1 orientation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Using a Standard Drive as C and a SCSI Drive as D
1.11.35.10 Using a Standard Drive as C and a SCSI Drive as D
If a second hard disk drive is installed, use the Setup program to map the second hard disk drive out of the configuration.
Be sure the SCSI drive to be used as drive D is set to SCSI ID 0. You can use the use the SCSISelect utility to determine the SCSI
address of the peripherals on the SCSI bus.
Be sure the SCSI parity checking is consistently enabled or disabled on all devices on the SCSI bus.
Verify that the host adapter and the SCSI devices are properly configured and installed.
Be sure to power-off, then power-on the computer after changing any values on the host adapter, in Setup, or on a SCSI device.
Be sure the SCSI bus is properly terminated
Be sure the disk is formatted and has a DOS partition. Run the Format Disk utility accessible through SCSISelect. See "SCSI Disk
Utility" on page 1.11.40.
Check cable connections and pin-1 orientation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Using a SCSI Drive as C and Another SCSI Drive as D
1.11.35.11 Using a SCSI Drive as C and Another SCSI Drive as D
Be sure the computer's CMOS Setup is set to No Drives Installed, as requires for SCSI host adapters.
Be sure the SCSI drive to be used as drive C is set to SCSI ID 0. See "SCSI Disk Utility" on page 1.11.40.
Set the SCSI drive to be used as drive D to SCSI ID 1.
Try enabling Include in BIOS Scan in the SCSI Device Configuration option of the SCSISelect utility. See "SCSI Device Configuration"
on page 1.11.40.
Be sure power-off, then power-on the computer after changing any values on the host adapter, in Setup, or on a SCSI device.
Be sure that SCSI parity checking is consistently enabled or disabled on the SCSI bus.
Verify that the host adapter and the SCSI devices are properly configured and installed.
Be sure the SCSI bus is properly terminated.
Be sure the disk is formatted and has a DOS partition. Run the Format Disk utility accessible through SCSISelect. See "SCSI Disk
Utility" on page 1.11.40.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Computer Hangs, or HOST Adapter Cannot Always Find the Drives
1.11.35.12 Computer Hangs, or HOST Adapter Cannot Always Find the Drives
Check SCSI parity for consistency and be sure SCSI termination is set correctly.
Check cable length and integrity. Check pin-1 orientation.
If the host adapter LED remains on when the computer hangs, the host adapter may be interfering with the computer's operation. It
may not support First-Parity DMA (i.e., Bus Master) data transfers.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Other Problems and Solutions
1.11.35.13 Other Problems and Solutions
The screen is difficult to read when running the SCSISelect utility.
Press F5 to toggle the display between color and monochrome modes. This may make the screen easier to read.
When the format/verify utility is attempted on a disk device an Unexpected SCSI Command Failure pop-up box with a lot of
error information is displayed.
This probably means that the utility encountered a problem with the disk device or the media and cannot run. The following information is
displayed in the pop-up window.
SCSI Target ID of the device
SCSI CDB Sent (e.g., 2F 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 00 00)
Host Adapter Status (e.g., 11h - Selection Timeout)
Target Status (e.g., 00h - Good Status)
Sense Key (e.g., 06h - Unit Attention)
Additional Sense Code
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
You can probably determine from the Sense Key information both the cause of the problem and its solution. The following are more
common Sense Key values and their meanings.
02h - Note ready
The media is not ready to format. Be sure that media is inserted in the drive.
03h - Medium error
The disk media may be defective. If it is a removable-media drive, try using a different media disk. If it is a hard disk drive, the disk may
be physically damaged. Verify and format the media with SCSISelect.
04h - Hardware error
The disk drive may be defective. Consult the hardware documentation and contact the manufacturer.
05h - Illegal request
The Adaptec formatting utility does not support a low-level format of this device; however, the device may already be low-level formatted
by the manufacturer.
06h - Unit attention
The removable media may be write-protected. Disable write protection and run the utility again.
The Additional Sense Code field provides more information about the error.
The computer locks up when the Esc key is pressed to exit SCSISelect.
If this happens, power-off; then, power-on the computer. Any settings you changed before you tried to exit the program were recorded in
the EEPROM and will not be lost.
One of the SCSI devices in the computer will not allow you to disable termination.. How can it be attached to the SCSI bus?
Attach the device on the end of the SCSI bus so that you do not need to disable termination.
After connecting the LED cable to the host adapter, the light stays on all the time and the computer hangs.
The red LED on the AHA2940/2940W normally lights when there is activity in the SCSI bus.
If the light stays on when there is no activity on the SCSI bus, the SCSI cables may be installed in a reverse position. Power-off the
computer and check the pin-1 orientation of the internal SCSI cable connectors.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.35.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSISelect Configuration Utility
1.11.36 SCSISelect Configuration Utility
The SCSISelect Configuration Utility program, located on the ROM of the AHA-2940 and AHA-2940W adapters, allows you to change the
default settings for the adapter and the devices connected to the adapter. The following are the default settings for the AHA2940 and
AHA2940W adapters.
The following settings are for the adapter and the devices connected to the adapter.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Setting
¦ Default Value
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Host Adapter SCSI ID
¦ 7
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ SCSI Parity Checking
¦ Enabled
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Host Adapter SCSI Termination
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ AHA-2940
¦ Enabled
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ AHA-2940W
¦ Low On / High On
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Reset SCSI Bus at Host Adapter
¦ Enabled
¦
¦ Initialization
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Host Adapter BIOS(1)
¦ Enabled
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Support Removable Disks Under BIOS ¦ Boot only
¦
¦ as Fixed Disks(1)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Extended BIOS Translation for DOS, ¦ Enabled
¦
¦ 1GB(1)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ BIOS Support for More Than 2
¦ Enabled
¦
¦ Drives(1)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (1) Settings are valid only if the adapter BIOS is enabled.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Individual Settings
The following settings are for each SCSI device connected to the adapter.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Setting
¦ Default Value
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Initiate Sync Negotiation
¦ Yes
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Maximum Sync Transfer Rate
¦ 10MB per second(2)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Enable Disconnection
¦ Yes
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Send Start Unit SCSI Command(1)
¦ No
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Include In BIOS Scan(1)
¦ Yes
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Initiate Wide Negotiations(3)
¦ Enabled
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------¦
¦ (1) Settings are invalid only if the adapter BIOS is enabled.
¦
¦
¦
¦ (2) 20MB per second maximum synchronous transfer on
¦
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940W.
¦
¦
¦
¦ (3) AHA-2940W adapters only.
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.36 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Starting the SCSISelect Configuration Utility
1.11.37 Starting the SCSISelect Configuration Utility
You can start the SCSI Utility program from the BIOS banner if the adapter BIOS is enabled, or for the SCSISelect Configuration Utility
diskette shipped with the computer.
Subtopics
1.11.37.1 From the BIOS Banner
1.11.37.2 From the SCSISelect Configuration Utility Diskette
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.37 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
From the BIOS Banner
1.11.37.1 From the BIOS Banner
The BIOS banner is displayed when you power-on or reboot the computer. The banner lists the model number and SCSI ID of the SCSI
devices connected to the adapter. To start the utility do the following:
1. Power-off; then, power-on the computer (Or reboot the computer.)
2. When the BIOS banner is displayed on the screen, press Ctrl+A.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.37.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
From the SCSISelect Configuration Utility Diskette
1.11.37.2 From the SCSISelect Configuration Utility Diskette
To start the utility from the SCSISelect Configuration Utility Diskette, do the following:
1. Insert the SCSISelect Configuration Utility diskette into diskette drive A.
2. At the DOS prompt type, A:2940cfg.exe
3. Press Enter.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.37.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Control Keys (SCSISelect Configuration Utility)
1.11.38 Control Keys (SCSISelect Configuration Utility)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Keys
¦ Action/Response
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
and
¦ Moves the highlighted bar from
¦
¦
¦ one adapter selection to another. ¦
¦
¦ If more than one adapter is
¦
¦
¦ displayed, the PCI bus number and ¦
¦
¦ the PCI device number that
¦
¦
¦ correspond to highlighted adapter ¦
¦
¦ are also highlighted.
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Enter
¦ Selects the highlighted item
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Esc
¦ Returns to the previous menu
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ F5
¦ Switches between color and
¦
¦
¦ monochrome display modes
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ F6
¦ Resets all settings to the host
¦
¦
¦ adapter default settings
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.38 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSISelect Configuration Utility Menus/Options
1.11.39 SCSISelect Configuration Utility Menus/Options
If the SCSISelect detects only one AHA-2940/2940W host adapter in your system, it displays the following Options menu.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦ Would you like to configure the host adapter or run
¦
¦ the SCSI disk utilities? Select the option and press
¦
¦ <Enter>. Press <F5> to switch between color and
¦
¦ monochrome modes.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Options
¦
¦
Configure/View Host Adapter Settings
¦
¦
SCSI Disk Utilities
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If the SCSISelect utility finds multiple AHA-2940/2940W host adapters ¦
¦ in your system, the PCI Bus and PCI device number of each adapter is
¦
¦ displayed. As you move the highlighted bar to different host adapters ¦
¦ using the up and down arrow keys, the red light on the corresponding
¦
¦ adapter installed in the system lights to allow you to identify the
¦
¦ correct adapter. The Option menu is displayed after you select a host ¦
¦ adapter.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.39 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
1.11.40 Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦ Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦ SCSI Channel Interface Definitions
¦
¦ Host Adapter SCSI ID .................... 7
¦
¦ SCSI Parity Checking .................... Enabled
¦
¦ Host Adapter SCSI Termination ........... Enabled
¦
¦ Additional Options
¦
¦ SCSI Device Configuration ............... Press <Enter>
¦
¦ Advanced configuration Options .......... Press <Enter>
¦
¦
¦
¦
<F6> - Reset to Host Adapter Defaults
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Host Adapter SCSI ID: changes the host adapter SCSI ID from its default value of 7.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦
0
¦
¦
1
¦
¦
2
¦
¦
3
¦
¦
4
¦
¦
5
¦
¦
6
¦
¦
*
7
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The menu for the A-2940W adapter displays SCSI IDs #0 to #15.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
SCSI Parity Checking: enables or disables host adapter SCSI parity checking.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦
*
Enabled
¦
¦
Disabled
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Host Adapter SCSI Termination: configures host adapter SCSI termination.
The following menu is displayed if an AHA-2940 adapter is installed.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.40 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
¦
¦
¦
*
Enabled
¦
¦
Disabled
¦
¦
¦
¦ Both ends of the SCSI bus should be terminated. Host Adapter
¦
¦ termination should be disabled if you attach SCSI devices to
¦
¦ both internal and external connectors, since the host adapter
¦
¦ would then be in the middle of the SCSI bus.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Device Connection
| Termination
¦
¦
_______________________________|__________________
¦
¦
Internal devices only
| Enabled
¦
¦
External devices only
| Enabled
¦
¦
Internal and External devices | Disabled
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
The following menu is displayed if an AHA-2940W adapter is installed.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦
*
Low ON / High ON
¦
¦
Low OFF / High OFF
¦
¦
Low OFF / High ON
¦
¦
¦
¦ Both ends of the SCSI bus should be terminated. Host Adapter
¦
¦ termination should be disabled if you attach SCSI devices to
¦
¦ both internal and external connectors, since the host adapter
¦
¦ would then be in the middle of the SCSI bus.
¦
¦
¦
¦
Device Connection
| Termination
¦
¦
_______________________________|__________________
¦
¦
Internal devices only
| Enabled
¦
¦
External devices only
| Enabled
¦
¦
Internal and External devices | Disabled
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
SCSI Device Configuration: allows you to configure certain parameters of each SCSI device on the SCSI bus. If selected, the following
information for each SCSI ID is displayed even if some SCSI IDs are not assigned to a device.
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SCSI Device Configuration
¦
¦
¦
¦ SCSI Device ID
#0
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
¦
¦ ______________________________________________________________________________
¦
¦ Initiate Sync Negotiation
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
¦
¦ Maximum Sync Transfer Rate
10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
¦
¦ Enable Disconnection
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
¦
¦ ------ Options Listed Below Have NO EFFECT if BIOS is Disabled -----------¦
¦ Send Start Unit Command
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
¦
¦ Include in BIOS Scan
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The menu for the AHA-2940W adapter displays SCSI IDs #0 to #15
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.40 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
Initiate Sync Negotiation: determines whether the host adapter initiates synchronous negotiation with the SCSI device. However,
the host adapter always responds to synchronous negotiation if the SCSI device initiates it.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If Initiate Sync Negotiation is set to yes and the attached SCSI
¦
¦ devices do not support synchronous negotiation, the system may
¦
¦ operate erratically or hang.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Maximum Sync Transfer Rate: determines the maximum synchronous data transfer rate that the host adapter can support. The
host adapter supports rates up to the FAST SCSI maximum of 10MB per second. The default value is 10.0. The AHA-2940W has a
16-bit (2-byte) channel that provides an effective maximum synchronous transfer rate of 20.0MB per second (10MB per 8-bit channel).
The valid settings are:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ SCSISelect Transfer
¦ AHA-2940 Effective
¦ AHA-2940W Effective
¦
¦ Rate
¦ Transfer Rate
¦ Transfer Rate
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 10.0
¦ 10MB per second
¦ 20MB per second
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 8.0
¦ 8MB per second
¦ 16MB per second
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 6.7
¦ 6.7MB per second
¦ 13.4MB per second
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ 5.0
¦ 5MB per second
¦ 10MB per second
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Notes ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 1. In most cases, you can use the maximum value of 10.0. If the ¦
¦
host adapter is set not to negotiate for synchronous data
¦
¦
transfer (Initiate Sync Negotiation is set to no) the value
¦
¦
selected here is the maximum rate that the host adapter
¦
¦
accepts from the device during negotiation.
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2. Some older SCSI devices do not support Fast SCSI data transfer ¦
¦
rates (10.0, 8.0, and 6.7). This may cause the computer to
¦
¦
operate erratically or hang if the transfer rate is set to
¦
¦
high. Select a Maximum Sync Transfer Rate of 5.0 for these
¦
¦
devices. If Initiate Sync Negotiation is set to yes and the
¦
¦
attached SCSI devices do not support synchronous negotiation, ¦
¦
the system may operate erratically or hang.
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Enable Disconnection: determines whether the host adapter allows a SCSI device to disconnect from the SCSI bus (sometimes
called Disconnect/Reconnect). Disconnect/Reconnect allows the host adapter to perform other operations on the SCSI bus while the
SCSI device is temporarily disconnected.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ You should leave Enable Disconnection set to yes if two or more
¦
¦ SCSI devices are connected to the host adapter. This optimizes
¦
¦ SCSI bus performance. If only one SCSI device is connected to the ¦
¦ SCSI adapter, set Enable Disconnection to no for optimum
¦
¦ performance.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Send Start Unit Command: is supported by some SCSI devices and determines whether the Start Unit command (SCSI command
1B) is sent to the SCSI device (most devices do not require this). Enabling this option reduces the load on the power supply by allowing
the host adapter to power-on SCSI devices one at a time when you boot the computer. Otherwise, the devices all power-on at the
same time. Most devices require that you set a jumper before they can respond to this command. If this option is enabled for more
than one SCSI device, the Start Unit Command it sent first to the SCSI device with the lowest SCSI ID. After this device responds to
the host adapter, the Start Unit Command is sent to the next highest SCSI ID with a setting of yes. The default setting is no.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The Send Start Unit command setting is valid only if the host
¦
¦ adapter BIOS is enabled.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Include in BIOS Scan: determines whether the host adapter BIOS supports devices attached to the SCSI bus without the need for
device driver software. When set to yes, the host adapter BIOS controls the SCSI device. When set to no, the host adapter BIOS
does not search the SCSI ID for devices to control and device driver software is need to control the SCSI device. The default setting is
yes.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.40 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The host adapter BIOS must be enabled for this setting to be
¦
¦ valid.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Advanced Configuration Options Menu
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Advanced Configuration Options
¦
¦
¦
¦
Reset Bus at HOST Adapter Initialization......................... Enabled
¦
¦
¦
¦ -------Options Listed Below Have NO EFFECT if the BIOS is Disabled--------¦
¦
¦
¦
Host Adapter BIOS (Configuration Utility Reserves BIOS).......... Enabled
¦
¦
Support Removable Disk Under BIOS as Fixed Disks................. Enabled
¦
¦
Extended BIOS Translation for DOS Drives > 1 GByte............... Enabled
¦
¦
BIOS Support for More Than 2 Drives (MS-DOS (R) 5.0 and above)... Enabled
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Do not change these file options unless absolutely necessary.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Reset SCSI Bus at Host Adapter Initialization: allows you to enable or disable a SCSI bus reset generated by the host adapter
during its power-on initialization and after a hard reset. If enabled, the SCSI bus resets the first time the host adapter is initialized. If the
host adapter BIOS is enabled, the BIOS resets the SCSI bus, then waits two seconds before scanning the bus for SCSI devices. If
Reset SCSI Bus at Host Adapter Initialization is disabled, there is no two second delay. The default setting is enabled.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Normally, SCSI Bus Reset at Host Adapter Initialization should
¦
¦ always be enabled.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Host Adapter BIOS: enables or disables the host adapter BIOS. The default setting is Enabled.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The host adapter must be enabled for the computer to boot from a
¦
¦ SCSI hard disk drive connected to the host adapter.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
The following SCSISelect options cannot be used unless the host
adapter BIOS is enabled.
- Support Removable Disks Under BIOS as Fixed Disks
- Extended BIOS Translation for DOS Drivers > 1 GByte
- BIOS Support for More Than 2 Drives
- Send Start Unit SCSI Commands
- Include In BIOS Scan
Support Removable Disk Under BIOS as Fixed Disk: allows you to control which removable-media drives are supported by the
host adapter BIOS. It is only valid if the host adapter BIOS is enabled. The default setting is Boot Only. The following choices are
available:
- Boot only: Only the removable-media drive designated as the boot device is treated as a hard disk drive.
- All Disks: All removable-media drives supported by the BIOS are treated as hard disk drives.
- Disabled: Removable-media drives are not treated as hard disk drives. In this situation, software drivers are needed because the
drivers are not controlled by the BIOS.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Support for removable-media drives means only that the host
¦
¦ adapter BIOS allows you to use a removable-media drive as if it
¦
¦ were a hard disk drive. If you remove the media while the drive
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.40 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Configuration/View Host Adapter Settings Menu/Options
¦ is powered-on, data may be lost. If you want to be able to remove ¦
¦ the media while the drive is powered-on, install the
¦
¦ removable-media device driver and set this option to Disabled.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Extended BIOS Translation for DOS Drives more than 1GB: allows you to enable or disable extended translation for SCSI hard
disk drives with a capacity greater than 1GB. It is only valid if the BIOS is enabled. The default setting is Enable. If this option is
enabled, the following translation schemes are used:
- SCSI hard disk drives with a capacity of 1GB or less use a translation scheme of 64 heads, 32 sectors per track.
- SCSI hard disk drives with a capacity greater than 1GB use a translation scheme of 255 heads, 63 sectors per track.
BIOS Support for more than 2 Drives: allows you enable or disable BIOS support for more than two and up to eight SCSI hard disk
drives. The host adapter BIOS must be enabled. This feature is supported by DOS 5.0 and above. The default setting is Enable.
SCSI Disk Utility
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
AHA-2940/2940W at Bus:Device xx:xxh
¦
¦
¦
¦
Select SCSI Disk and press <Enter>
¦
¦
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 1 : Quantum P140S 940-40-94xx
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 2 : No Device
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 3 : SyQuest SQ 5110
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 4 : No Device
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 5 : No Device
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 6 : No Device
¦
¦
SCSI ID# 7 : AHA-2940/2940W
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Arrow keys to move cursor, <Enter> to select option, <Esc> to exit (*=default)
¦
¦
¦
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The menu for the AHA-2940W adapter displays SCSI IDs #0 to #15
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
When you select SCSI Disk Utilities from the Options menu the SCSISelect utility scans the SCSI bus and list all SCSI devices installed on
the SCSI bus. When you highlight a device by moving to it with the cursor keys and press Enter, a small window appears. You can
select Format Disk or Verify Media from this menu.
Format Disk: performs a low-level format on disk devices.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ A low-level format destroys all data on the drive. Be sure to
¦
¦ back up your data before performing this operation. You cannot
¦
¦ abort a low-level format once it is started.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
Most SCSI disk devices are pre-formatted and do not need to be
formatted again. The Adaptec Format Disk utility is compatible with
most SCSI disk drives. Run it on hard disk drives or removable-media
drives that were previously used with non-Adaptec host adapters.
Verify Disk Media: scans the selected device's media for defects.
+--- Note -----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Press Esc at any time to abort the Verify Disk Media utility.
¦
¦
¦
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+
If this utility finds bad blocks, it prompts you to reassign them.
you select yes, the blocks will no longer be used.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.40 - 5
If
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI ID (Using to Help Isolate Failures)
1.11.41 SCSI ID (Using to Help Isolate Failures)
Each device on a SCSI chain has a unique SCSI ID. Use the SCSI ID to help pinpoint which device is failing. For more information see
"Error Code Format" in topic 1.11.8.1.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.41 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Servicing LAN Stations (Workstations)
1.11.42 Servicing LAN Stations (Workstations)
Before you attempt to run the diagnostic tests on computers with no diskette drive, have the LAN administrator make the Diagnostic
Diskette image available and bootable from the server.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.42 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Software/Hardware Mismatch Problems
1.11.43 Software/Hardware Mismatch Problems
If a failure appears to be the result of a defective FRU, but the diagnostic tests run error-free, there might be a software and hardware
mismatch. These problems might be intermittent, and they can be difficult to diagnose.
If you are experiencing this type of problem, and the operating system is of the "direct driver" variety, which bypasses the BIOS interface,
such as:
AIX
Netware (**)
SCO (**) XENIX (**)
Some "windowing" interfaces
Other Unix-based software
the most-likely cause of the problem is a mismatch between the software
and the hardware.
Applications that use the Multiprotocol Adapter/A, magnetic tape drives, and some SCSI devices such as CD-ROM, require direct
software drivers. There is no BIOS interface for these devices in PS/2 products.
The following information is provided to help you resolve these problems:
Software/Hardware Compatibility
Direct-driver software is sensitive to variations in hardware design. The resulting incompatibilities are usually addressed with a revision
(sometimes referred to as a patch), to the direct-driver software. Make certain the software is current and that all known revisions are
installed. The IBM on-line bulletin board (sometimes referred to as PCPROD), and other software tools sources, such as Novell
Netware, should be referenced by the software support personnel for any revisions provided by the appropriate software vendor.
The most-likely cause of these types of problems, when direct-driver software is involved, is the failure to obtain the latest revisions from
the software vendor.
Software Installation
It is very important to follow the vendor's installation procedures. The software should not be migrated from another system, unless the
installation instructions indicate that migration is supported (especially from a different model in the product line).
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Migrating adapters from slower systems to faster systems might cause
¦
¦ problems. This is due to device-specific, system-specific, or
¦
¦ time-dependent software code, that controls these devices.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Adapter and Software Compatibility
Hardware adapters for some operating systems must be approved by the software vendor to be compatible with that software. The
approval is specific to the system, adapter E.C. level, and the software version. Contact the software vendor to confirm that system and
adapter configuration is supported by their software level. The compatibility support is especially important for, (but not limited to), all LAN
adapters and RIPL applications.
Software Failures After a Hardware Change
After the initial installation, any changes in the hardware configuration (addition or changes of adapters or features), might result in
computer failures and require the reinstallation of the operating system or the software revisions.
Specific hardware configuration changes (such as memory address, interrupt level, or programmable option select), might result in a
computer failure if the software has unique operating requirements.
(**) Netware is a trademark of Novell, Inc.
(**) SCO is a trademark of Santa Cruz Operations, Inc.
(**) XENIX is a trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.43 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Undetermined Problems
1.11.44 Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify the failure, the Devices List is incorrect, or the system is inoperative.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If you suspect a software mismatch is causing failures (solid or
¦
¦ intermittent), be sure to see "Software/Hardware Mismatch Problems" in ¦
¦ topic 1.11.43.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Check the power supply voltages. If the voltages are not correct, replace the power supply. If the voltages are correct, return here and
do the following:
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect the following (one at a time) until you find the failure (power-on the computer and reconfigure each time).
Any external devices
Surge suppressor device (on the computer)
Modem, printer, mouse, or non-IBM devices
Each adapter
Drives
Memory-Module Kits
Bus adapter
Math coprocessor (if installed)
Minimum operating requirements vary for each computer. For example:
AT Bus computers require 256KB of memory.
Micro Channel computers require 1MB of memory.
IML drive in the drive startup sequence (IML systems only).
If the computer is a workstation, (no drives), a default hard disk drive is not required.
3. Power-on the computer. If the problem remains, suspect the system board, then the processor board in that order.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter from the bus
¦
¦ adapter, and replacing that adapter does not correct the problem,
¦
¦ suspect the system board, processor board, then the bus adapter in
¦
¦ that order.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.44 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
VPD Codes Information
1.11.45 VPD Codes Information
On 90 and 95, each processor board has a unique vital product data (VPD) code stored in the nonvolatile memory on the system board.
After you change the processor board, run "Automatic configuration" to store the new processor board VPD code in nonvolatile memory.
On 56, 57, 76 and 77, each system board has a unique vital product data (VPD) code stored in the nonvolatile memory. After you replace
the system board, run "Automatic Configuration," then select Set system identification utility from the Reference Diskette, System
Partition (or server image) and input the system serial number when prompted.
Subtopics
1.11.45.1 Recording the Vital Product Data on a New System Board
1.11.45.2 IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Recording the Vital Product Data on a New System Board
1.11.45.1 Recording the Vital Product Data on a New System Board
The vital product data (serial number, etc.) is stored in the EPROM on the system board. On some IBM PS/2 system boards, the vital
product data (VPD) is rewritable. When replacing a system board that has rewritable VPD, the system unit serial number must be
recorded on the new system board. Use the following procedure to record the system unit serial number on the new system board.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Power-on the computer.
During POST, press F1.
When the cursor moves to the lower left-hand corner, press F1.
Select item 8 More Utilities.
Select item 4 Set System Identification.
Select item 1 Set System Identification.
Type the system unit serial number in the entry field; then, press Enter.
The system unit serial number will be stored in the EPROM on the system board.
To verify that the serial number is properly stored in the EPROM, select View System Configuration.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
1.11.45.2 IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
The IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter is a high-quality audio adapter that receives input from a microphone, digitizes the signal, and stores
the signal in the computer. The adapter can play back the digitized signal to an external speaker.
Three versions of the adapter are available:
AT/ISA Bus
Micro Channel
PCMCIA
This sectiont contains the following information required to service the VoiceType Dictation Adapter.
Running the Diagnostic Tests
Preliminary Checkout
Testing the AT/ISA Bus and Micro Channel Adapter
Testing the PCMCIA Adapter
Symptom-to-FRU List
Adapter Jumper Settings (AT/ISA Bus Only)
Parts
Running the Diagnostic Tests: Prior to running any diagnostic tests, perform the preliminary checkout.
Preliminary Checkout
1. Verify that all cables and connections are in the correct positions and securely attached.
2. Verify the adapter is fully seated and completely in its slot.
3. Verify the adapter's configuration settings do not conflict with other device settings in the computer. Use the computer's utility
programs (System Partition for PS/2 or Configuration Utility program for PS/ValuePoint) to review configuration settings.
The steps required to run the diagnostic tests depend upon the type of adapter installed.
To test the VoiceType Dictation ISA Adapter or VoiceType Dictation Micro Channel Adapter, continue with the following procedure.
To test the VoiceType Dictation PCMCIA Adapter, go to "Testing the PCMCIA Adapter."
Testing the AT/ISA Bus and Micro Channel Adapter
1. If the computer is powered-on, close any application programs that might be running, and shut down the operating system, if
necessary.
2. After shutdown is complete, power-off the computer.
3. To access the diagnostic tests, do the following.
PS/ValuePoint or Compatible (AT-bus, ISA, or EISA) Computer:
Insert the VoiceType Dictation Adapter Option Diskette into drive A and power-on the computer. The adapter diagnostic tests run
automatically.
PS/2 Micro Channel or Compatible Computer:
Power-on the computer, access the system programs, and select Test the computer from the menu. Watch carefully for the
VoiceType Dictation Adapter diagnostic tests. The adapter diagnostic tests run automatically.
If you receive any error messages during testing, refer to "Symptom-to-FRU List."
Testing the PCMCIA Adapter
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ To run diagnostic tests on the PCMCIA Adapter, you must have
¦
¦ previously installed VoiceType Dictation software.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
1.
2.
3.
4.
Power-on the computer.
Allow the computer to completely power-on.
Insert the VoiceType Dictation Adapter Option Diskette into drive A.
At the operating system command prompt, type:
A:\TESTVDA
5. Press Enter.
6. The adapter diagnostic tests run automatically. Follow any instructions on the screen to complete the testing.
If you receive any error messages during testing, refer to "Symptom-to-FRU List."
Symptom-to-FRU List
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
+--- Important ----------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ The following listing applies to the VoiceType Dictation Adapters.
¦
¦ For all other error codes, use the error code listings in the Hardware ¦
¦ Maintenance Manual for your computer.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Symptom/Error
¦ FRU/Action
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027801XX - 027863XX
¦ 1. VoiceType Dictation
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦ 2. System Board
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027864X0
¦ 1. Verify the OS/2 device driver ¦
¦
¦
is installed.
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦ 2. Retry the tests.
¦
¦
¦ 3. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027865X0, 027866X0,
¦ 1. Verify the PCMCIA Card/Socket ¦
¦
¦
Services device drivers are
¦
¦ 027867X0
¦
installed.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Retry the tests.
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦ 3. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027868X0
¦ 1. Reseat the PCMCIA Adapter.
¦
¦
¦ 2. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027869X0, 027873X0
¦ 1. Stop all running programs and ¦
¦
¦
restart the system.
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦ 2. Retry the tests.
¦
¦
¦ 3. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027874X0
¦ 1. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027875X0 - 027878X0
¦ 1. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027879X0
¦ 1. The PDATSR.EXE program is not ¦
¦
¦
running. Type PCCPDA at the
¦
¦
(PCMCIA Only)
¦
command prompt.
¦
¦
¦ 2. PCMCIA Adapter
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027880X0 - 027889X0
¦ 1. Verify all cables are in the ¦
¦
¦
correct positions and
¦
¦
¦
securely attached.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Verify the external speaker
¦
¦
¦
operating controls (power,
¦
¦
¦
volume, etc.) are properly
¦
¦
¦
set.
¦
¦
¦ 3. If possible, run the
¦
¦
¦
diagnostic tests with another ¦
¦
¦
speaker.
¦
¦
¦ 4. Speaker
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ 027890X0 - 027899X0
¦ 1. Verify all cables are in the ¦
¦
¦
correct positions and
¦
¦
¦
securely attached.
¦
¦
¦ 2. Verify the microphone
¦
¦
¦
operating controls (on/off
¦
¦
¦
switch) are properly set.
¦
¦
¦ 3. If possible, run the
¦
¦
¦
diagnostic tests with another ¦
¦
¦
microphone.
¦
¦
¦ 4. Microphone
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Parts:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ VoiceType Dictation Adapter
¦ 71G6641
¦
¦ (AT/ISA Bus)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ VoiceType Dictation Adapter (Micro ¦ 71G6642
¦
¦ Channel)
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ VoiceType Dictation Adapter
¦ 89G2846
¦
¦ (PCMCIA)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Adapter Jumper Settings (AT/ISA Bus Only)
Note: Use these jumper settings for the AT/ISA Bus adapter only.
The address jumpers are the three jumpers positioned farthest from the mounting bracket; the interrupt jumpers are the three jumpers
closest to the mounting bracket.
X
X
.
Jumper setting, pins are covered
Pin not covered
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Address
¦
Jumpers
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Setting
¦
1 2 3
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. . .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
180
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X X X
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. .
X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
200
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X X .
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. X .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
280
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X . X
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
300
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X . .
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
X . .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
800
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. X X
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
X . X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2800
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. X .
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
X X .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
4800
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. . X
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
8800
¦
X X X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. . .
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Interrupt
¦
Jumpers
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Setting
¦
4 5 6
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. . X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
10
¦
. . X
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45.2 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
IBM VoiceType Dictation Adapter
¦
¦
. . .
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
. X .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
11
¦
. X .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. . .
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦
¦
X . .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
15
¦
X . .
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
. . .
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.45.2 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
System Board Locations
1.11.46 System Board Locations
Subtopics
1.11.46.1 Model 25 System Board (Type 1)
1.11.46.2 Model 25 System Board (Type 2)
1.11.46.3 Model 25-286 System Board
1.11.46.4 Model 25 SX System Board
1.11.46.5 Model 30 System Board
1.11.46.6 Model 30-286 System Board
1.11.46.7 Model 33 System Board
1.11.46.8 Model 35, 40 System Board
1.11.46.9 Model 50 System Board (Type 1)
1.11.46.10 Model 50 System Board (Type 2)
1.11.46.11 Models 50, 50Z 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.12 Model 53 (9553-xBx) System Board
1.11.46.13 Model 55 System Board
1.11.46.14 Model 55 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.15 Model 56, 57 (8556, 8557) System Board
1.11.46.16 Model 56, 57 (9556, 9557) System Board
1.11.46.17 Model 60 System Board
1.11.46.18 Model 65 System Board
1.11.46.19 Models 60, 65, and 80 486DX2 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.20 Model 70 System Board, Reduced Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
1.11.46.21 Model 70 System Board, Full Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
1.11.46.22 Model 70 System Board (25 MHz)
1.11.46.23 Model 70 486DX33 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.24 Model 76, 77 (9576, 9577) System Board
1.11.46.25 Models 76i, 76s (9576), and 77i, 77s (9577) System Board
1.11.46.26 Model 80 (041, 071, 111, 121, 311, 321) System Board
1.11.46.27 Model 80 (A16, A21, A31) System Board
1.11.46.28 Server 85 (486) System Board
1.11.46.29 PS/2 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx System Board
1.11.46.30 Model 90 XP 486 System Board
1.11.46.31 Model 95 XP 486 System Board
1.11.46.32 Server 9595, 9595A
1.11.46.33 PC Server 486DX2 System Board
1.11.46.34 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board
1.11.46.35 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board Connections
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25 System Board (Type 1)
1.11.46.1 Model 25 System Board (Type 1)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Parallel port (J3)
Serial port (J5)
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Earphone connector
Keylock connector (J10)
Bus-adapter connector (J6)
Hard-disk-drive connector (J11)
Fan connector (J8)
Power connector (J7)
Display connector (J4)
Memory-module package 1
512KB memory (J9)
Memory-module package 2
Optional memory module ZM2
Optional memory module U34
Optional memory module U35
Optional memory module U22
Optional memory module U16
Optional memory module ZM1
8086 Microprocessor
Math coprocessor
Diskette connector (J12)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25 System Board (Type 2)
1.11.46.2 Model 25 System Board (Type 2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Parallel port (J3)
Serial port (J5)
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Earphone connector
Keylock connector (J10)
Bus-adapter connector (J6)
Hard-disk-drive connector (J11)
Fan connector (J8)
Power connector (J7)
Display connector (J4)
Memory-module package 1
512KB memory (J9)
Memory-module package 2
Optional memory module U35
Optional memory module U34
Optional memory module U22
Optional memory module U16
Optional memory module ZM2
Optional memory module ZM1
8086 Microprocessor
Math coprocessor
Diskette connector (J12)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25-286 System Board
1.11.46.3 Model 25-286 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Parallel port (J3)
Serial port (J5)
Bus-adapter connector (J6)
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Memory packs (J9)
Optional memory packs (J10)
Hard-disk drive connector (J11)
Power-supply connector (J7)
Power-supply connector (J14)
Display connector (J4)
Password-override connector (J13)
80286 Microprocessor connector
Clock module connector (ZM35)
Math coprocessor connector (ZM1)
Diskette-drive connector (J12)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25 SX System Board
1.11.46.4 Model 25 SX System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Parallel port
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Serial port
External display port (not on K00)
Hard-disk power connector
Power-supply connector (J12 & J13)
Diskette-drive connector
Internal display connector
Hard-disk drive connector
Memory-module connector
Math-coprocessor socket
Password-override connector (J2)
Clock-battery socket
Bus-adapter connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25 SX System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30 System Board
1.11.46.5 Model 30 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Display connector
Serial port
Bus-adapter connector
Parallel port
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Power-supply connector
8086 Microprocessor connector
Math-coprocessor connector
Keylock connector
Hard-disk drive connector
Diskette-drive connector
Memory-modules packages
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30-286 System Board
1.11.46.6 Model 30-286 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Parallel port (J3)
Serial port (J5)
Bus-adapter connector (J6)
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Memory packs (J9)
Optional memory packs (J10)
Hard-disk drive connector (J11)
Power-supply connector (J7)
Power-supply connector (J14)
Display connector (J4)
Password-override connector (J13)
80286 Microprocessor connector
Clock module connector (ZM35)
Math coprocessor connector (ZM1)
Diskette-drive connector (J12)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33 System Board
1.11.46.7 Model 33 System Board
Note: Some Model 35 and Model 40 computers use this system board.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Display connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Parallel port
Serial port
Control connector (Control Assembly)
Power-supply connector (P2)
Power-supply connector (P1)
Diskette-drive connector
80387SX Math coprocessor connector
Hard-disk drive connector
Password-override connector (J20)
Bus-adapter connector
System board memory
Battery
Memory-module connector 2
Memory-module connector 1
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33 System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.7 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 35, 40 System Board
1.11.46.8 Model 35, 40 System Board
Note: See Model 33 note.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Real-time clock-module connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Parallel port
Serial port
Display connector
Control connector (Control Assembly)
Power-supply connector (P2)
Power-supply connector (P1)
Diskette-drive connector
Hard-disk drive connector
Password-override connector (J14)
80387SX Math coprocessor connector
Bus-adapter connector
Memory-module connector 1
Memory-module connector 2
Memory-module connector 3
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 50 System Board (Type 1)
1.11.46.9 Model 50 System Board (Type 1)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Expansion slots
Extended video-adapter slot
Hard-disk-drive bus-adapter slot
Fuse
Fan-assembly connector
Memory-module package connectors
Diskette-drive bus-adapter slot
80286 Microprocessor
Battery/speaker assembly connector
80287 Math coprocessor connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 50 System Board (Type 2)
1.11.46.10 Model 50 System Board (Type 2)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 50, 50Z 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.11 Models 50, 50Z 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Power-supply connector
Memory-module connectors
AT IDE hard disk drive connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Coprocessor connector
Speaker connector
Password-override jumper (J11)
Processor connector
Expansion slots (16-bit)
Expansion slot (32-bit)
Expansion slots (16-bit)
Video connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Keyboard connector
Pointing-device connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 53 (9553-xBx) System Board
1.11.46.12 Model 53 (9553-xBx) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Display connector
Serial port
Parallel port
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Memory-module connector M3
Memory-module connector M2
Memory-module connector M1
Power-supply connector (J8)
Hard-disk drive in-use light (J7)
Privilege access password jumper
Password-override connector (J11)
Power-supply connector (J12)
Hard-disk drive power connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Hard-disk drive cable connector
Math coprocessor connector
486SLC2 processor
Real-time clock module
Bus-adapter connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 55 System Board
1.11.46.13 Model 55 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Display connector
Serial port
Parallel port
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Fuse
Power-supply connector (P7)
Power-supply connector (P14)
Memory-module connector 1
Memory-module connector 2
Diskette-drive connector
80387SX Math coprocessor connector
Real-time clock-module connector
2KB CMOS RAM extension connector (1)
Bus-adapter connector
(1) May not be present on all system boards.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 55 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.14 Model 55 486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Power-supply connector (P7)
Password-override jumper (J11)
Power-supply connector (P14)
Hard-disk drive power connector
Memory-module connectors
AT IDE hard disk drive connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Coprocessor connector
Processor connector
Bus-adapter connector
Video-memory connectors
CD-ROM connector
Video connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Keyboard connector
Pointing-device connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 56, 57 (8556, 8557) System Board
1.11.46.15 Model 56, 57 (8556, 8557) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Parallel-port connector
Password-override connector (J18)
Serial-port connector
Display connector
External SCSI connector
SCSI terminator
Control-assembly connector
Power-supply connector P2
Internal SCSI connector
Power-supply connector P1
Diskette-drive connector
Math coprocessor connector
Video memory connectors
Bus-adapter connector
Memory-module connector 1 (MEM 1)
Memory-module connector 2 (MEM 2)
Memory-module connector 3 (MEM 3)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.15 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 56, 57 (9556, 9557) System Board
1.11.46.16 Model 56, 57 (9556, 9557) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1O
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2O
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Parallel-port connector (J3)
Override-jumper connector (JMP1)
Serial-port connector 1 (J4)
Privileged-access password Jumper
Serial-port connector 2 (J5)
Display connector (J7)
External SCSI connector (J6)
Internal SCSI connector (J16)
Control-panel connector (J19)
Power-supply connector P2 (J20)
Power-supply connector P1 (J18)
Diskette-drive connector (J21)
Math coprocessor connector (U35)
Bus-adapter connector (J13)
Cover lock switch connector (J23)
Memory-module connector 1 (MEM 1)
Memory-module connector 2 (MEM 2)
Memory-module connector 3 (MEM 3)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.16 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 60 System Board
1.11.46.17 Model 60 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Fuse
Power-supply cable connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Memory-module package connectors
Battery/speaker assembly connector
80287 Math coprocessor connector
Expansion slots
Extended video-adapter slot
Hard-disk-drive adapter slot
Display connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.17 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 65 System Board
1.11.46.18 Model 65 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Fuse
Power-supply connector
Real-time clock module connector
2KB CMOS RAM extension connector
Diskette drive connector
Memory-module-kit connector 1
Memory-module-kit connector 2
80387SX Math coprocessor socket
Speaker assembly connector
16-bit expansion slot
Video slot (slot 6)
Display connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.18 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 60, 65, and 80 486DX2 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.19 Models 60, 65, and 80 486DX2 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Expansion slots (32-bit)
Expansion slot (16-bit)
Expansion slots (video extension)
Expansion slots (32-bit)
Video connector
Serial connector
Memory connectors
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Password-override jumper (J11)
Power-supply connector
Internal SCSI connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Processor connector
Speed jumper (J9)
Speaker connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.19 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 System Board, Reduced Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
1.11.46.20 Model 70 System Board, Reduced Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
1
2
3
4
5
6
Battery/speaker assembly connector
Expansion slot 1 (16-bit)
Expansion slot 2 (32-bit)
Expansion slot 3 (32-bit)
80387 Math coprocessor connector
Hard-disk and diskette-drive
bus-adapter connector
7 Memory-module connector 1 (MEM 1)
8 Memory-module connector 2 (MEM 2)
9 Memory-module connector 3 (MEM 3)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.20 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 System Board, Full Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
1.11.46.21 Model 70 System Board, Full Size (16 MHz, 20 MHz)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.21 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 System Board (25 MHz)
1.11.46.22 Model 70 System Board (25 MHz)
1 Battery/speaker assembly connector
2 Hard-disk and diskette-drive
bus-adapter connector
3 Expansion slot 1 (16-bit)
4 Expansion slot 2 (32-bit)
5 Expansion slot 3 (32-bit)
6 80387 Math coprocessor connector
7 Memory-module connector 4 (MEM 4)
8 Memory-module connector 3 (MEM 3)
9 Memory-module connector 2 (MEM 2)
10 Memory-module connector 1 (MEM 1)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.22 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 486DX33 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1.11.46.23 Model 70 486DX33 and 486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Power-supply connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Memory-module connectors
P23T Upgrade connectors
Password-override connector (J11)
Expansion slots
Video connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.23 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 76, 77 (9576, 9577) System Board
1.11.46.24 Model 76, 77 (9576, 9577) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Pointing-device connector (J1)
Keyboard connector (J2)
Parallel-port connector (J3)
Serial-port connector 1 (J4)
Serial-port connector 2 (J5)
Oscillator-select jumper (SPD)
(25 MHz systems only)
Option microprocessor socket (U49)
(25 MHz and 33 MHz systems only)
External SCSI connector (J6)
Internal SCSI connector (J7)
Control-panel connector (J19)
Power-supply connector P2 (J18)
Power-supply connector P1 (J17)
Diskette-drive connector (J21)
Bus-adapter connector (J13)
Password-override connector (JMP1)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.24 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 76i, 76s (9576), and 77i, 77s (9577) System Board
1.11.46.25 Models 76i, 76s (9576), and 77i, 77s (9577) System Board
1 Processor power jumper
or 3.5v Voltage regulator connector
2 Processor socket
3 Level-2 cache-memory connector
4 Diskette-drive cable connector
5 IDE connector
6 Security cable connector
7 Memory module connectors
8 Micro Channel riser card connector
9 Pointing device port
10 Keyboard port
11 Parallel port
12 Serial port
13 Power-on password jumper (JMP1)
14 Serial port
15 Video memory expansion slot
16 Display port
17 Privileged-access password jumper (JMP2)
18 System board power connector
19 System board power connector
20 System switch connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.25 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 80 (041, 071, 111, 121, 311, 321) System Board
1.11.46.26 Model 80 (041, 071, 111, 121, 311, 321) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Power-supply connector
Diskette-drive connector
Memory expansion kit connectors
Math-coprocessor connector
(8580-111, 121, 311, 321)
Battery/speaker connector
Math-coprocessor connector
(8580-041, 071)
16-bit expansion slot
32-bit expansion slot
Video slot (slot 6)
Display connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.26 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 80 (A16, A21, A31) System Board
1.11.46.27 Model 80 (A16, A21, A31) System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Power-supply connector
Diskette-drive connector
Memory expansion kit connectors
Math-coprocessor connector
Battery/speaker connector
16-bit expansion slot
32-bit expansion slot
Video slot (slot 6)
Display connector
Serial connector
Parallel connector
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.27 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85 (486) System Board
1.11.46.28 Server 85 (486) System Board
1 32-bit expansion slots
(video extensions J9, J11)
2 Internal SCSI connector
3 External SCSI connector
4 Parallel port
5 Serial port
6 Pointing-device connector
7 Keyboard connector
8 Memory-module connectors
9 Recovery jumper (JMP5)
10 Power-supply connector
11 Optional-microprocessor socket
12 Diskette-drive cable connector
13 Power-on password override connector (JMP1)
14 Indicator-Panel connector
15 Battery
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.28 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PS/2 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx System Board
1.11.46.29 PS/2 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx System Board
1 32-bit expansion slots
(video extensions J9, J11)
2 Internal SCSI connector
3 External SCSI connector
4 Parallel port
5 Remote power on jumper
6 Serial port
7 Pointing-device connector
8 Keyboard connector
9 Memory-module connectors
10 Tamper-evident connector
11 Power-supply connector
12 Processor
13 Cache connector
14 Diskette-drive cable connector
15 Password override connector (JMP1)
16 Control-panel connector
17 Battery
18 Privilege access password jumper
19 Server guard jumper (If a server guard is not
installed, the jumper must connect the two
pins closest to the control-panel connector.)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.29 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PS/2 9585-xKx, and 9585-xNx System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.29 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90 XP 486 System Board
1.11.46.30 Model 90 XP 486 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Power switch/speaker assembly (J2)
Battery (BT1)
SCSI adapter slot (J1)
Adapter slots (J1, J3, J4, and J6)
Processor-board slot (J8)
Memory-riser-card slot (J11)
Memory-riser-card slot (J14)
Video-memory connectors
Diskette-drive-cable connector (J15)
Power-supply connector (J25)
Power-supply connector (J26)
Power-on password override connector (J10)
Fan connector (J5)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.30 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 95 XP 486 System Board
1.11.46.31 Model 95 XP 486 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
32-bit expansion slots
(video extensions J9, J11)
Processor-board slot
Serial connector
Parallel connector
J28 connector (access cover fan)
Pointing-device connector
Keyboard connector
Memory-module connectors
Power-supply connector
Power-on password override jumper (J16)
Battery connector
Diskette-drive cable connector
Information-panel cable connector
On the 486SX 25Mhz system board, the math coprocessor connector is located on the processor board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.31 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595, 9595A
1.11.46.32 Server 9595, 9595A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
32-bit expansion slots
(video extensions J25, J27)
Processor slot
Parallel ports
Serial ports
Keyboard/Pointing-device connectors
Power-on Features jumper
Power-on Password override jumper
Memory-module connectors
Tamper-evident cable connector
Power Supply connector
Privilege Access Password jumper
Battery
Diskette-drive cable connector
Reserved (Pins 1 and 2 must be connected.)
Operator-panel cable connector
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.32 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 486DX2 System Board
1.11.46.33 PC Server 486DX2 System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Memory connectors (U31, U32, U33, and U34)
Processor socket
ISA-IDE hard disk drive LED connector (W46)
PCI-IDE hard disk drive LED connector (W39)
Power LED pins 1-3 (W12)
Speaker connector (J5)
EISA slots (J12, J13, J14, 15, and J16)
PCI slots (J18, J19, and J20)
Mouse port (J2)
PCI-IDE hard disk drive connector (J21)
Keyboard port (J1)
Serial port, COM1 (J11)
Power supply connector, P2 (J7)
Power supply connector, P1 (J6)
Serial port, COM2 (J10)
Parallel port (J8)
Diskette drive connector (J9)
Real-time clock socket
IDE 2 hard disk drive connector (J22)
PC Server 486DX2 System Board Jumper Settings
A label showing the following jumper locations is located on the top of the base frame assembly inside the system unit.
Jumper Settings (CPU Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W2
¦ 486SX
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ All other CPUs
¦ 1-2 & 3-4
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W3
¦ P24T CPU
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.33 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 486DX2 System Board
¦
¦ All others CPUs
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W16
¦ 25MHz
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 33MHz (Default)
¦ Installed
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W20
¦ 25MHz
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 33MHz (Default)
¦ Not installed
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W33
¦ DX4
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DX4 internal double
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ clock
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ 468SX, DX2, DX, and
¦
¦
¦
¦ DX4 internal clock
¦
¦
¦
¦ tripler (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (ISA IDE Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W42
¦ ISA IDE uses ISA IRQ
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ 14
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ ISA IDE uses ISA IRQ
¦
¦
¦
¦ 15
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W43
¦ ISA IDE uses DMA
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ channel 6
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ ISA IDE uses DMA
¦
¦
¦
¦ channel 7
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ ISA IDE uses P10
¦
¦
¦
¦ transfer (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Keyboard Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W10
¦ PS/2 Mouse installed
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ PS/2 Mouse not
¦
¦
¦
¦ installed
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Tag Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W24
¦ 7-Bit Tag
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 8-Bit Tag
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 9-Bit Tag (Default)
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Illegal
¦ Not installed
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W26
¦ 7-Bit Tag
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 8-Bit Tag
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 9-Bit Tag (Default)
¦ Not Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Illegal
¦ Not installed
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (BIOS Mode)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.33 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 486DX2 System Board
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W6
¦ BIOS in normal mode
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ BIOS in boot recovery ¦
¦
¦
¦ mode
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (DPU Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W17
¦ DPU generate parity
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ CPU generate parity
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W18
¦ DPU forces parity
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ error
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ DPU does not force
¦
¦
¦
¦ parity error (Default) ¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (PCI Ports)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J20
¦ PCI #1 (master/slave shared with ¦
¦
¦ EISA slot J17)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J19
¦ PCI #2 (master/slave)
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J18
¦ PCI #3 (master/slave)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (PCI Compliant IRQ Jumper Header)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Setting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J101
¦ Open (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 2: Route to ISA IRQ1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 3: Route to ISA IRQ3
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 4: Route to ISA IRQ4
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 5: Route to ISA IRQ5
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 6: Route to ISA IRQ6
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 7: Route to ISA IRQ7
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 8: Route to ISA IRQ8
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 9: Route to ISA IRQ9
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 10: Route to ISA IRQ10
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 11: Route to ISA IRQ11
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 12: Route to ISA IRQ12
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 13: Route to ISA IRQ14
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pin 14: Route to ISA IRQ15
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Cache Selections)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W1
¦ Secondary cache in
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ write-through mode
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.33 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 486DX2 System Board
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ Secondary cache in
¦
¦
¦
¦ write-back mode
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W4
¦ Internal cache in
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ write-through mode
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Internal cache in
¦
¦
¦
¦ write-back mode
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W5
¦ 128KB of secondary
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ 256KB of secondary
¦
¦
¦
¦ cache (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W21
¦ Secondary cache not
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ Secondary cache
¦
¦
¦
¦ installed (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W22
¦ 128KB of secondary
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ 256KB of secondary
¦
¦
¦
¦ cache (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W23
¦ 128KB of secondary
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ 256KB of secondary
¦
¦
¦
¦ cache (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (PCI IDE Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W35
¦ PCI IDE uses ISA IRQ
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ 14 (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not Installed
¦
¦
¦ PCI IDE does not use
¦
¦
¦
¦ ISA IRQ 14
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W37
¦ PCI IDE uses PCI
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ INTR_A (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not Installed
¦
¦
¦ PCI IDE does not use
¦
¦
¦
¦ PCI INTR_A (Default)
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W38
¦ PCI uses ISA IRQ 15
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PCI does not use ISA
¦ Not Installed
¦
¦
¦ IRQ 15 (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Reserved Jumpers
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Setting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ W8
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ W19
¦ Installed
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.33 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board
1.11.46.34 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.34 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board Connections
1.11.46.35 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) System Board Connections
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Header
¦ Configuration
¦ Connect To
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W12/W31
¦ Speaker
¦ Speaker
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W18/W37
¦ Power LED
¦ Pins 1-3
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W24/W38
¦ IDE Hard Drive LED
¦ IDE Hard Drive
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W35
¦ CPU Fan Connector
¦ Fan
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W36
¦ CPU Fan Connector
¦ Fan
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J1/J2/J26
¦ Power Supply Connector ¦ P1 to J1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ P2 to J2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ P3 to J26
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J6
¦ Mouse Connector
¦ Mouse
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J8
¦ Keyboard Connector
¦ Keyboard
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J9
¦ Parallel Port
¦ Parallel Device
¦
¦
¦ Connector
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J10
¦ Floppy Drive Connector ¦ Diskette Drive
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J11
¦ Serial Port COMM A
¦ Serial Device
¦
¦
¦ Connector
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J12
¦ Serial Port COMM B
¦ Serial Device
¦
¦
¦ Connector
¦
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J13
¦ ISA IDE Connector
¦ IDE Hard Drive
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ N/A
¦ SCSI LED
¦ SCSI Option Card
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ N/A
¦ SCSI Device Connector ¦ SCSI Option Card
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.46.35 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
System Board Jumpers
1.11.47 System Board Jumpers
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumpers
¦ Description
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W1
¦ L1 Cache Mode
¦ Open - L1 Write-Back ¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Closed - L1
¦
¦
¦
¦ Write-Through
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W2
¦ Reserved
¦ Open
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W5
¦ L2 Cache Size
¦ Pins 1-2 - L2 Cache
¦
¦
¦
¦ Size = 256K (Default) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3 - L2 Cache
¦
¦
¦
¦ Size = 512K
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W6
¦ CPU Clock
¦ Pins 1-2 Pentium
¦
¦
¦
¦ 60/90MHz
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3 Pentium
¦
¦
¦
¦ 66/100MHz
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W10
¦ Reserved
¦ Pins 2-3 (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W16
¦ Reserved
¦ Pins 1-2 (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W17
¦ Reserved
¦ Closed (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W20
¦ Monitor Selection
¦ Open - Monochrome
¦
¦
¦
¦ Monitor Setting
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Closed - Color
¦
¦
¦
¦ Monitor Setting
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W21
¦ Reserved
¦ Open - AT Style
¦
¦
¦
¦ Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Closed - PS/2 Style
¦
¦
¦
¦ Keyboard and Mouse
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W22
¦ Reserved
¦ Open (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W23
¦ Reserved
¦ Open (Default)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W25
¦ ISQ IDE IRQ Select
¦ Pins 1-2 - ISA IDE
¦
¦
¦
¦ using IRQ 14 Primary ¦
¦
¦
¦ IDE Controller
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3 - ISA IDE
¦
¦
¦
¦ using IRQ 15
¦
¦
¦
¦ Secondary Controller ¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W30
¦ Reserved
¦ Open (Default)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.11.47.1 PC Server 320 System Board Replacement (Types 8640-OYO and 8640-OYT)
1.11.47.2 PC Server Pentium System Board
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 System Board Replacement (Types 8640-OYO and 8640-OYT)
1.11.47.1 PC Server 320 System Board Replacement (Types 8640-OYO and 8640-OYT)
Types 8640-OYO and 8640-OYT computers have one or two processors, and other components installed on the system board. When
replacing the system board, remove all of the installed components from the old system board and install them on the new system board.
If the problem remain check the following:
The primary processor is installed and seated correctly in socket U2 on the system board.
If installed, the secondary processor is seated correctly in socket U3 on the system board.
All other components removed from the old system board are installed and seated correctly on the new system board.
+--- Note ---------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ If the processor(s) are not seated correctly, intermittent problems
¦
¦ can occur.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server Pentium System Board
1.11.47.2 PC Server Pentium System Board
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Memory connectors (J7, J8, J9, J10, J33, and J34)
IDE hard disk drive LED connector (W10)
Power LED connector (W9)
Speaker connector (J11)
Processor socket
EISA slots (J23, J24, J25, J26, and J27)
PCI slots (J30, J31, and J32)
Mouse port (J15)
Keyboard port (J14)
Serial port, COM1 (J20)
Power supply connector P1 (J12)
Power supply connector, P2 (J17)
Serial port, COM2 (J21)
Parallel port (J18)
Real-time clock socket
Diskette drive connector (J19)
Power supply connector, P3 (J37)
IDE 2 hard disk drive connector (J22)
PC Server Pentium System Board Jumper Settings
A label showing the following jumper locations is located on the top of the base frame assembly inside the system unit.
Jumper Settings (Parity Check)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J1
¦ Pentium parity check
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ enabled (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ Pentium parity check
¦
¦
¦
¦ disabled
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server Pentium System Board
Jumper Settings (DRQ Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W14
¦ DRQ6
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DRQ7
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Secondary Cache Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J40
¦ 5 volts for the
¦ Installed: Jumper
¦
¦
¦ Pentium
¦ blocks (all pins)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 5.3 volts for the
¦ Installed: Power
¦
¦
¦ Pentium
¦ module
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J41
¦ 5.3 volts for ground
¦ Installed: Power
¦
¦
¦
¦ module (ground)
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J42
¦ 5.3 volts for ground
¦ Installed: Power
¦
¦
¦
¦ module (ground)
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Selected Jumper Default Setting
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Default Setting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J3
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J4
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J35
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Cache Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J2
¦ Pentium write-through ¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ Pentium write-back
¦
¦
¦
¦ cache (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (DACK Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W16
¦ DACK 6
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DACK 7
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Keyboard Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W6
¦ PS/2 Mouse installed
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ PS/2 Mouse not
¦
¦
¦
¦ installed
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Clock Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server Pentium System Board
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J5
¦ 66MHz clock speed
¦ Installed
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Not installed
¦
¦
¦ 50MHz clock speed
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (Pentium Clock Selection)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ J6
¦ Oscillator for U15
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ Clock synthesizer
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper Settings (BIOS Mode)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Configuration
¦ Setting
¦
+-----------------------+------------------------+-----------------------¦
¦ W2
¦ BIOS in boot recovery ¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦
¦ mode
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦
¦ BIOS in normal mode
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Default)
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Secondary Cache Selection
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Configuration
¦ J3
¦ J4
¦ J35
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ No secondary
¦ Pins 1-2
¦ Pins 1-2
¦ -¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ Reserved
¦ Pins 1-2
¦ Pins 2-3
¦ -¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 256KB secondary ¦ Pins 2-3
¦ Pins 1-2
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
+-----------------+------------------+-----------------+-----------------¦
¦ 512KB secondary ¦ Pins 2-3
¦ Pins 2-3
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦ cache
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Jumper W17 IRQ Selection
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Selection
¦ Setting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦ Pins 1-2
¦
¦ IRQ 5
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 3-4
¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦
¦
¦ IRQ 9
¦ Pins 5-6
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦ Pins 7-8
¦
¦ IRQ 10
¦
¦
¦
¦ Pins 9-10
¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦
¦
¦ IRQ 11
¦ Pins 11-12
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦
¦
¦ IRQ 15
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Redirect modified PCI interrupt to ¦
¦
¦ IRQ 14
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Reserved Jumpers
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Jumper
¦ Setting
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ W20
¦ Pins 2-3
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47.2 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server Pentium System Board
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J5
¦ Installed
¦
+------------------------------------+-----------------------------------¦
¦ J6
¦ Pins 1-2
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.11.47.2 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Parts Catalog
1.12 Parts Catalog
+--- Warning ------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
¦
¦ Follow "Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices" in
¦
¦ topic 2.1.4 before handling any electronic parts.
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
Subtopics
1.12.1 Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
1.12.2 Model 30 (8530) Parts
1.12.3 Model 30-286 (8530) Parts
1.12.4 Model 33 (9533) Parts
1.12.5 Model 35 (8535) Parts
1.12.6 Model 40 (8540) Parts
1.12.7 Model 50 (8550) Parts
1.12.8 Model 53 (9553) Parts
1.12.9 Model 55 (8555) SX Parts
1.12.10 Model 56 (8556) Parts
1.12.11 Model 57 (8557) Parts
1.12.12 Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
1.12.13 Model 70 (8570) Parts
1.12.14 Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
1.12.15 Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
1.12.16 Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
1.12.17 Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
1.12.18 Model 90 (8590) Parts
1.12.19 PC Server (8640) Parts
1.12.20 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
1.12.21 PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
1.12.22 Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
1.12.23 Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
1.12.24 Server 9595A Parts
1.12.25 Model 3509 Parts
1.12.26 Model 3510 Parts
1.12.27 Model 3511 Parts
1.12.28 Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
1.12.29 Model 3532 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
1.12.1 Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
Index
1
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
System Unit (25, 25-286, 25SX)
Top Cover
Audio Card Jack Assembly (25-286)
Clock Module (25-286)
Clock Battery (25SX)
Front Bezel/Logo (25) (R)
Logo Package (25) (R)
Rear Cover
Bracket, Bus Adapter (25SX only)
Bracket, Bus Adapter
Bracket, Center Rib
Bracket, Base Rear
Bus Adapter (25)
Bus Adapter Support
Bus Adapter (25-286)
Bus Adapter (25SX)
System Board (25)
Memory Module (64KB) (ZM1, ZM2)
Memory Module (64KB)
(U16, U22, U34, U35)
Memory Module (256KB)
8087 Math Coprocessor
80287 Math Coprocessor
System Board (25-286)
00F2110
64F0184
8509237
33F8354
61X8908
00F2119
61X8916
96F7347
64F0220
64F0221
64F4100
00F2101
00F2118
64F0182
04G1631
96F7390
00F2120
00F2121
61X8906
61X8922
72X8528
96F7435
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
5
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
Index
13
13
13
Index
9
11
11
Memory Pack (256KB)
Memory Pack (1MB)
System Board, 1MB memory (25SX)
System Board, 4MB memory (25SX)
1MB Memory Module Kit (85ns)
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
2MB Memory Module Kit (80ns)
2MB Memory Module Kit (85ns)
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (80ns)
Base Frame Assembly (25)
Base Frame Assembly (25-286, 25SX)
Tilt Assembly
Foot Assembly
Retainer - Base to Cover
I/O Panel (25 286)
I/O Panel (25SX)
Bracket, Center Rib
See DASD
Diskette Blank Bezel
(see DASD)
Cover - Front Bezel
Display Assembly (with logo)(25SX only)
115/230 V, Northern Hemisphere
Color Display Assembly (110/220V) (8525)
U.S. and Canada
Color Display Assembly (8525)
(Northern Hemisphere)
Color Display Assembly (8525)
(Southern Hemisphere)
Color Display Assembly (8525-286)
(110/220V) (Northern Hemisphere)
Color Display Assembly (8525-286)
(110/220V) (Southern Hemisphere)
System Unit (25, 25-286, 25SX)
Monochrome Display Assembly
(110/220V) U.S. and Canada
Monochrome Display Assembly
(Northern Hemisphere)
Monochrome Display Assembly
(Southern Hemisphere)
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Material
DASD (25)
720KB Diskette Drive (1/3, 1/2 Ht. Kit.)
(2) Kit Includes: Cable Converter
Models 25 and 30 Diskette Drive Bezel
Diskette Drive Shipping Insert
Diskette Drive Shipping Insert
(Note: Order both inserts)
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/2 Ht.) (2)
Diskette Drive Cable (1/2 Ht.) (2)
Diskette Drive Shield (1/2 Ht.) (2)
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.) (3)
Diskette Drive Cable (1/3 Ht.) (3)
Diskette Drive Spacer (1/3 Ht.) (3)
20MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
420MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Cable (for 61X8929)
Hard Disk Drive Bezel, Keylock,
and Switch Assembly
1497256
74X8637
42G2802
42G2803
90X8624
92F0102
92F0103
92F0104
92F0105
64F3606
64F3607
00F2104
64F0218
00F2105
00F2114
00F2134
64F0219
10G3698
64F0221
00F2117
00F2111
92F0692
00F2053
00F2056
00F2057
64F0181
64F0186
00F2052
00F2054
00F2055
00F2113
00F2115
96F7678
60X5599
60X5600
00F2112
33F4949
33F4904
33F4947
33F4949
33F4948
61X8929
71G4958
61G3754
71G4930
78X9089
78X9088
Continued on next page.
Index
9
11
DASD (25-286)
1.44MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Bezel
Diskette Drive Cable
20MB Hard Disk Drive
30MB Hard Disk Drive
Terminator (for 6128279)
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
420MB Hard Disk Drive
64F0162
00F2112
33F4949
6128285
6128279
92F0269
71G4958
61G3754
71G4930
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.1 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 25, 25-286, 25SX (8525) Parts
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Tray, Hard Disk Support
Hard Disk Drive Bezel with Keylock
Index
9
11
DASD (25 SX)
1.44MB Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
Diskette Drive Bezel
40MB Hard Disk Drive
80MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
420MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
Hard Disk Drive Signal Cable
Hard Disk Drive Mounting Tray
Hard Disk Drive Bezel with Cover Lock
64F0183
64F4101
64F0185
64F0162
04G1632
00F2112
04G1630
92F0152
95F4728
71G4958
61G3754
71G4930
04G1618
04G1633
96F7344
64F0185
(2) All 8525 systems below S/N ZZ999.
(3) All 8525 systems above S/N 0100000.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.1 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30 (8530) Parts
1.12.2 Model 30 (8530) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
System Unit (30)
Top Cover
Rear Cover
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Power Supply (120/220V)
Sliding Support Bracket
Support Bracket
Power Switch Link
Drive Cradle
Keylock Assembly
Power Switch
Front Bezel/Logo (R)
System Board (5) (use if S/N not in note)
61X8913
61X8916
61X8897
61X8905
61X8926
61X8914
61X8919
61X8909
61X8912
61X8918
61X8908
61X8907
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30 (8530) Parts
10
11
12
Index
8
8
8
System Board (5) (use if S/N in note)
System Board Clip
Memory Module Package (256KB)
8087 Math Coprocessor
Rubber Feet (Qty 4)
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter Support
Shipping Carton
33F8474
61X8933
61X8906
61X8922
61X8917
61X8915
61X8910
61X8911
72X7541
DASD (30)
720KB Diskette Drive (1/3 and 1/2 Ht. Kit.) (6)
Kit Includes: Cable Converter
Models 25 and 30 Diskette Drive Bezel
Diskette Drive Cable (1/2 Ht.)
61X8900
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/2 Ht.)
90X9299
Diskette Drive Cable (1/3 Ht.) (6)
34F0002
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.) (6)
27F4230
20MB Hard Disk Drive (4)
6128285
20MB Hard Disk Drive (All others)
61X8929
30MB Hard Disk Drive
6128279
170MB Hard Disk Drive
71G4958
245MB Hard Disk Drive
61G3754
420MB Hard Disk Drive
71G4930
Terminator (for 6128279)
92F0269
Hard Disk Drive Bezel
61X8904
Hard Disk Drive Cable (8530-001)
27F4178
Hard Disk Drive Cable (8530-021)
61X8903
96F7678
(4) All 8530-001 systems, and 8530-021 systems with S/N 2500000 to 2999999 and S/N 55AA001 to 55ZZ999.
(5) All 8530-001 systems, 8530-002 systems with S/N 55A0001 to 55Z9999 and S/N 7000000 to 7499999, 8530-021 with S/N 2500000 to
2999999 and S/N 55AA001 to 55ZZ999.
(6) All 8530-001 systems, 8530-002 systems with S/N 55A0001 to 55Z9999 and S/N 7000000 to 7499999, 8530-021 with S/N 2500000 to
2999999 and S/N 55AA001 to 55ZZ999.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.2 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30-286 (8530) Parts
1.12.3 Model 30-286 (8530) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
System Unit (30-286)
Top Cover
Rear Cover
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Power Supply (120/230V)
Back Panel (I/O Panel)
Power Switch Link and Lever
Drive Cradle
Cover Lock Assembly
(see DASD)
Front Bezel (no Logo)
Front Cover Logo (R)
System Board (All Models)
27F4172
27F4174
27F4167
27F4166
27F4229
27F4168
27F4170
27F4169
27F4173
27F4249
10G4109
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 30-286 (8530) Parts
11
12
Index
8
8
8
8
Memory Pack (256KB)
Memory Pack (1MB)
System Board Clip
Clock Module
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter Support
Support Bracket
Sliding Support Bracket
System Board Video Cable
80287 Math Coprocessor
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
DASD (30-286)
1.44MB Diskette Drive (1/2 Ht.)
(LED located above diskette-slot)
Blank Drive Bezel
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/2 Ht.)
(LED located below diskette-slot)
Drive A Cable (1/2 Ht.)
Drive B Cable (1/2 Ht.)
1.44MB Diskette Drive (1/3 Ht.)
Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
Drive A Cable (1/3 Ht.)
Drive B Cable (1/3 Ht.)
Diskette Drive Slide (1/3 Ht.)
20MB Hard Disk Drive
30MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
420MB Hard Disk Drive
Terminator (for 6128279)
45MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Bezel
Hard Disk Drive Cable
1497256
74X8637
61X8933
8509237
27F4164
27F4165
61X8914
61X8926
27F4163
72X8528
27F4171
83X9431
72X8523
72X7534
27F4175
27F4916
34F0001
64F0162
27F4230
27F4912
34F0000
27F4917
6128285
6128279
71G4958
61G3754
71G4930
92F0269
92F0016
27F4177
27F4178
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.3 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33 (9533) Parts
1.12.4 Model 33 (9533) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33 (9533) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.4 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 33 (9533) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
11
12
13
9
9
9
10
System Unit (33)
Top Cover
Key Lock
Floor Stand
PCMCIA Adapter
Riser Card
Power Supply
Power Cord (US)
Base Frame Assembly
System Board
Coprocessor Socket
Diskette Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Battery
4MB Memory Module Kit
8MB Memory Module Kit
Power Switch/Speaker Assembly
PC Card Socket Assembly
(Front or Rear)
Door
Blank Drive Bezel
Blank Bezel
Blank Bezel (PCMCIA)
Logo (R)
Misc. Parts Kit
Token Ring Adapter (PC Card)
39G6572
39G6577
91F1028
40G1055
39G6435
39G6560
62X1045
39G6573
68G3034
10G3975
39G6570
39G6571
33F8354
92F0105
64F3606
39G6576
71G2883
39G6574
39G6578
39G6580
68G2549
39G6579
39G6575
73G2048
DASD
5MB Solid State Hardfile
10MB Solid State Hardfile
15MB Solid State Hardfile
40MB Hard Disk Drive (PCMCIA)
105MB Hard Disk Drive (PCMCIA)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (PCMCIA)
PCMCIA Hard Disk Drive Carrying Case
120MB 2.5 in. Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
170MB 2.5" Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
340MB 2.5" Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
1.44MB 3.5 in.Diskette Drive (w/ bezel)
48G9899
48G9900
49G0000
92F0430
92F0429
84G1195
92F0430
54G0135
84G1193
84G1195
49G2198
Keyboard & Mouse
Keyboard w/ Pointer
Num Key Pad
Num Key Pad Cable
Mouse (New Style)
61G2901
61G2903
1397482
33G5420
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.4 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 35 (8535) Parts
1.12.5 Model 35 (8535) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 35 (8535) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.5 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 35 (8535) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
11
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
15
17
18
Index
10
10
10
16
16
16
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
System Unit (35)
Top Cover Assembly
Power Supply
Cover Screw (Thumbscrew)
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Base Frame Assembly (R)
(386SLC, 486SLC)
Rear Panel
Rear Panel (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Cable Cover (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Control Assembly
Speaker Assembly
Power Switch Button
Bus Adapter Support
Bus Adapter Support (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Adapter Guide
Cable Shield, Control Assembly
Cable Shield, Control Assembly
(386 SLC, 486 SLC)
System Board (8535/40 386SX-20MHz)
System Board (8535/40 386SLC-20MHz)
System Board (9535/40 386SLC-20MHz)
System Board (9535/40 SLC2-50MHz)
Real-Time Clock Module
1MB Memory Module Kit (85ns)
2MB Memory Module Kit (85ns)
4MB Memory Module Kit
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (80ns)
Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Retainer Plate
Front Cover Logo (R)
Model 35 SX
Model 35 LS
Model 35 SLC
Model 35 386 SLC
Model 35 486 SLC
Cover Lock
Pawl (for 92F0003)
Floor Stand
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
DASD (35)
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(with electronic eject)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bay 2, for 92F0132)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive
Rail Kit (for 64F4102)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (1/2 Ht.)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
Diskette Drive Cable
Diskette Drive Cable (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
40MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
420MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
527MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
Hard Disk Drive Bezel
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive Cable (Double)
Hard Disk Drive Cable (Bay 3)
79F3448
79F3443
79F3463
79F3449
96F7781
79F3477
52G7918
96F7773
79F3446
79F3447
79F3460
79F3452
92F0329
79F3461
95F5607
96F7769
41G3948
96F7506
10G3966
68G3034
8509237
90X8624
92F0104
92F3337
64F3606
64F3607
79F3529
10G3967
79F3451
79F3457
79F3478
06G9825
92F0238
52G9334
92F0003
79F3459
79F3458
79F3471
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
92F0146
92F0133
85F0093
64F4102
85F0041
79F3450
85F0068
85F0091
92F0159
79F3453
96F7768
64F4132
64F4133
92F0152
95F4748
95F4728
71G4958
93F0118
95F4749
61G3754
92F0403
92F0404
71G4930
92F0405
85F0091
79F3454
96F7780
96F7776
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.5 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 40 (8540) Parts
1.12.6 Model 40 (8540) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 40 (8540) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.6 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 40 (8540) Parts
Index
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
9
10
11
12
13
14
14
15
16
17
18
18
18
19
20
21
22
22
22
22
Index
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
System Unit (40)
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Rear Cover
Rear Cover (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Power Supply
System Board (40 SX)
System Board (40 SLC)
System Board (40 386 SLC)
System Board (40 486 SLC)
Real-Time Clock Module
1MB Memory Module Kit
2MB Memory Module Kit
4MB Memory Module Kit
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (80ns)
Rear Panel Assembly
Rear Panel Assembly
(386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Cable Cover (386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Bottom Cover Assembly
5.25-Inch Bay Drive Guides (2)
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Front Adapter Support Guide
Air Baffle Hinged Cover
Air Baffle Base
Bus Adapter/Support Bracket
Bus Adapter/Support Bracket
(386 SLC, 486 SLC)
Control Panel Assembly
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 4)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0092)
5.25-Inch Louvered Bezel (Bay 3)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0094)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 2)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 1)
Retainer Plate
Cover Lock
Front Cover Logo, 40 SX (R)
Front Cover Logo, 40 SLC (R)
Front Cover Logo, 40 386 SLC (R)
Front Cover Logo, 40 486 SLC (R)
Pedestal
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
DASD (40)
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(with electronic eject)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bay 2, for 92F0132)
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive
Rail Kit (for 64F4102)
Diskette Drive Cable
40MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
420MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
527MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive Cable (Dual-Connector)
Hard Disk Drive Cable (Tri-Connector)
Hard Disk Drive Mounting Tray
96F7640
85F0088
92F0240
92F0058
41G3948
96F7506
10G3966
10G3976
8509237
90X8624
92F0104
92F3337
64F3606
64F3607
92F0012
92F0240
92F0248
85F0086
92F0014
92F0011
92F0013
85F0084
85F0087
92F0107
10G3969
92F0002
85F0092
85F0095
85F0094
85F0096
85F0091
92F0159
85F0003
85F0091
85F0093
85F0098
92F0003
92F0001
96F7507
92F0241
92F0275
92F0000
92F0015
74F3571
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
92F0146
92F0133
64F4102
85F0041
85F0089
64F4132
92F0152
92F0152
95F4728
71G4958
93F0118
61G3754
92F0403
92F0404
71G4930
92F0405
85F0090
10G3972
85F0090
64F0141
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.6 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 50 (8550) Parts
1.12.7 Model 50 (8550) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
System Unit (50)
Top Cover
Fan Assembly
Support Structure
Power Supply
System Board (031, 061)
System Base (031, 061) (R)
System Base (021) (R)
System Board (021)
Fuse, 3 Amp (System Board)
512KB Memory Module (021)
1MB Memory Module (031, 061)
2MB Memory Module (031, 061)
486SLC System Board Upgrade
2MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
4MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
72X8501
72X8515
72X8504
90X9366
10G4005
90X9534
72X8592
72X8516
72X8561
72X8517
90X8624
92F0104
61G3502
92F0102
92F0105
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 50 (8550) Parts
8
9
10
11
12
12
8MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
Battery/Speaker Assembly
Battery
Blank Drive Bezel
Drive Bezel Kit
Front Bezel/Logo (021) (R)
Front Bezel/Logo (031, 061) (R)
Cover Lock Assembly
Cover Lock Kit
80287 Coprocessor
Label Kit
Misc. Parts Kit (System) (see page 1.13.6)
Misc. Parts Kit (Options) (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
DASD (50)
1.44MB Diskette Drive
(Includes Bezel and Drive Slide)
1.44MB Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
20MB Hard Disk Drive (021)
20MB Hard Disk Drive Adapter (021)
30MB Hard Disk Drive (031)
Slide (included in 90X8628)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (061)
Hard Disk Drive Adapter (061)
Hard Disk Drive Bus Adapter (061)
160MB Hard Disk Drive
Slide (included in 90X8628)
Hard Disk Drive Slide Kit
80MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable
(for 95F4728, 92F0403, 92F04040)
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
(for 95F4728, 92F0403, 92F04040)
64F3606
33F5950
72X8498
72X8531
15F7571
72X8502
15F7697
72X8512
72X8577
72X8528
72X8509
72X8525
72X8562
72X8590
64F0207
72X8524
72X8522
72X8505
6128287
6128294
90X9571
90X9441
56F8895
90X8628
54G0160
95F4728
92F0403
92F0404
71G2683
71G2684
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.7 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 53 (9553) Parts
1.12.8 Model 53 (9553) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
System Unit (9553-xBx)
Top Cover
Rear Cover
Base Frame
Rubber Feet
Power Supply
Power Switch Link
Key Lock
Parity Memory Module Kits:
2MB (70ns)
4MB (70ns)
8MB (70ns)
27F4172
27F4670
71G2671
61X8917
27F4166
27F4168
27F4169
92F0102
92F0105
64F3606
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 53 (9553) Parts
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1.44MB Diskette Drive Assembly
Diskette Drive Cable
Blank Bezel
120MB Hard Disk Drive
250MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Data Cable
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
Hard Disk Drive LED
Hard Disk Drive LED Holder
Blank Bezel, Bottom
Front Cover w/o Logo
PS/2 53 Logo
PS/2 53LS Logo
Speaker
Speaker Guide
System Board
System Board Clip
Real Time Clock Module
Riser Card
Riser Card Bracket
Ethernet Adapter
Token Ring Adapter
Misc. Parts Kit:
Nut (2)
Cover screw (2)
I/O panel screw (2)
3.5mm captive screw (2)
Fingerstock shield (3)
Fingerstock base shield (3)
Slide (1)
Standoff shaft (2)
3mm screw (5)
Ground power special bracket (1)
71G2673
71G2670
82G1791
92F0256
61G3754
71G2664
71G2684
71G2668
71G2672
71G2669
71G2665
71G2666
71G2667
27F4672
27F4673
71G5955
61X8933
06H3013
27F4666
27F4674
92F0046
74F9415
27F4171
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.8 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 55 (8555) SX Parts
1.12.9 Model 55 (8555) SX Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
System Unit (55 SX)
Top Cover
Rear Cover
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Power Supply/Fan Assembly
Power Switch Link
Drive Cradle
Keylock Assembly
(see DASD)
Front Cover with Logo (R) (55 SX)
Front Cover with Logo (R) (55 LS)
Speaker
27F4172
27F4670
27F4167
27F4166
27F4168
27F4170
27F4169
27F4677
33F8230
27F4672
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 55 (8555) SX Parts
11
12
12
13
13
14
15
Index
8
8
8
8
Speaker/Adapter Guide (no speaker)
System Board (55 SX)
System Board (55 LS, LT0, LE0)
Fuse, 3 Amp (System Board)
Real-Time Clock Module
2KB NV-RAM Module
1MB Memory Module Kit
2MB Memory Module Kit
4MB Memory Module Kit
80387SX Math Coprocessor, 16 MHz
486SLC System Board Upgrade
2MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
4MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
8MB Memory Module Kit (for 61G3502)
Bus Adapter (55 LS)
Bus Adapter (55 SX)
Bus Adapter Support
Adapter Support Panel
Adapter Bracket
Drive Grounding Bracket
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
DASD (55 SX)
1.44MB Diskette Drive (1/3 Ht.)
Diskette Drive Slide (for 64F0162)
Diskette Drive Bezel
Blank Bezel
Drive A Cable
Drive B Cable
30MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
40MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
Hard Disk Drive Bezel (30MB, 40MB)
Hard Disk Drive Bezel
(60MB, 80MB, 160MB)
Hard Disk Drive Cable
80MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
420MB Hard Disk Drive (ATA/IDE)
Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable
(for 95F4728, 92F0403, 92F04040)
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
(for 95F4728, 92F0403, 92F04040)
Original Hard Disk Drive Cable
27F4673
27F4667
57F3003
72X8561
8509237
64F0722
90X8624
92F0104
92F3337
33F8160
71G2602
92F0102
92F0105
64F3606
64F3732
27F4666
27F4674
27F4671
27F4674
33F8156
27F4171
83X9431
64F0162
64F0156
27F4230
72X7534
27F4912
34F0000
64F4146
56F8896
85F0049
56F8892
56F8893
27F4177
27F4675
27F4669
54G0160
71G4958
95F4728
61G3754
92F0403
92F0404
71G4930
71G2662
71G2684
27F4669
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.9 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 56 (8556) Parts
1.12.10 Model 56 (8556) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 56 (8556) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.10 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 56 (8556) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Index
11
11
11
10
System Unit (56)
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Power Supply
Cover Screw (Thumbscrew)
Rear Panel
Base Frame Assembly (R)
Control Assembly
Bus Adapter Support
Speaker Assembly
Power Switch Button
Adapter Card Guide
Cable Shield, Control Assembly
System Board 20 MHz (no memory):
56 SX, 56 LS
56 SLC, 56 SLC LS
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
Processor Options
386SLC
486SLC2
486SLC3 60/20MHz
Bus Adapter (with battery)
Battery
Retainer Plate
3.5-inch Diskette Drive Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
5.25-inch Blank Bezel (1/3 Ht.)
5.25-inch Blank Bezel (1/2 Ht.)
5.25-inch Diskette Drive Bezel (1/2 Ht.)
Cover Lock Assembly
Pawl (required for 92F0003)
Front Cover Logo (R):
56 SX
56 LS
56 SLC
56 SLC LS
Floor Stand
Cable Cover
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
DASD (56)
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(with electronic eject)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bay 2, for 92F0132)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Tray
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive
Rail Kit (for 64F4102)
Diskette Drive Cable
40MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Hard Disk Drive Cable
79F3448
79F3443
79F3463
79F7208
79F7212
95F6018
79F7213
79F3447
79F3460
79F7218
95F5607
84F7994
85F0298
92F0102
92F0105
64F3606
92F0078
10G7103
61G2099
79F7210
33F8354
07G2858
85F0093
79F3450
85F0091
85F0068
92F0003
79F3459
79F7216
79F7217
06G6607
00G6609
79F3458
79F3462
79F7209
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
92F0146
92F0133
85F0097
64F4102
85F0041
07G2857
56F8866
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
6128298
56F8851
95F4749
92F0406
92F0428
79F7214
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.10 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 57 (8557) Parts
1.12.11 Model 57 (8557) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 57 (8557) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.11 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 57 (8557) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
15
15
16
17
18
19
19
19
Index
7
7
7
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
System Unit (57)
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Rear Panel Cover
Power Supply (197 Watt)
System Board (57 SX)
System Board (57 SLC, M57 SLC)
Processor Options
386SLC
486SLC2
486SLC3 60/20MHz
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
Frame Assembly (R):
Type 1 (57 SX, 57 SLC)
Type 2 (M57 SLC)
(see DASD)
(see DASD)
Drive Tray, 3.5-Inch Drive (Bays 1,2,3)
5.25-Inch Bay Drive Guides (2)
Front Adapter Support Guide
Bus Adapter with Battery
Type 1 (mounting tab, early 8557 only)
Type 2 (2 holes, later 57 & all M57)
Battery (3V Lithium)
Control Panel Assembly (57 SX, 57 SLC)
(with speaker, power switch, cable)
Control Panel Assembly (M57 SLC)
Control Panel Assembly
(with speaker and power switch)
Cable to System Board
Interposer (for connector P2)
Cable to ACPA/A
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 4)
Bezel Insert for 85F0092
5.25-Inch Louvered Bezel (Bay 3)
Bezel Insert for 85F0094
Air Baffle - Fixed Disk Drive Bay 4C
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 2)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
CD-ROM Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 1)
Retainer Plate
Cover Lock
Logo, 57 SX (R)
Logo, 57 SLC (R)
Logo, M57 SLC (R)
Pedestal
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
DASD (57)
1.44MB Diskette Drive/Tray
2.88MB Diskette Drive/Tray
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(with electronic eject)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bay 2, for 92F0132)
Diskette Drive Signal Cable
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Hard Disk Drive Cable (57 SX, 57 SLC)
Hard Disk Drive Cable (57 SLC)
Hard Disk Slide
Cached Processor Option (57)
Cached Processor Option (with IBM386 SLC)
(P1 label attached near system serial number)
486SLC2 Processor Option
96F7640
92F0035
92F0058
84F7994
85F0298
92F0078
10G7103
61G2099
92F0102
92F0105
64F3606
92F0138
92F0040
85F0097
92F0014
92F0042
85F0056
41G3877
33F8354
92F0002
92F0109
92F0111
92F0110
92F0113
85F0092
85F0095
85F0094
85F0096
92F0251
85F0091
85F0003
64F4125
85F0008
92F0159
85F0093
85F0098
92F0003
92F0037
92F0136
92F0137
92F0000
92F0015
74F3571
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
92F0146
92F0133
85F0089
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
6128298
56F8851
95F4749
85F0011
85F0012
92F0406
92F0428
92F0036
96F7649
96F7775
92F0078
10G7103
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.11 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 57 (8557) Parts
Note: When you replace the system board in a system with a Cached Processor Option, you must first remove the math coprocessor
socket from the 11 x 11 connector on the new system board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.11 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
1.12.12 Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.12 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
9
9
10
11
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
14
15
15
15
Index
3
3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
System Unit (60, 65, 80)
Handle
72X8569
Front Bezel/Logo (R)
72X8549
(see DASD)
1/2 Ht. Diskette-Drive Bezel
72X8550
1/3 Ht. Diskette-Drive Bezel
34F0030
Blank Bezel for Diskette Drive
72X8535
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
15F7915
5.25-Inch CD-ROM Drive
00G1959
Blank Bezel for 5.25-Inch Drive Bay
72X8560
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
92F0156
5.25-Inch CD-ROM Bezel (for 00G1959)
34F0044
Base Foot
72X8565
Battery/Speaker Assembly
33F5950
Battery/Speaker Assembly (8565)
57F1437
Battery
72X8498
Hard Disk Drive Support Structure
72X8527
Rear Mounting Plate (for 72X8527)
72X8563
Adapter
See "Options and Adapters Matrix" in topic 1.14.
Cover (8580-311)
15F6801
Cover (8565 All Models)
64F0160
Cover (All Others)
72X8548
Cover-Lock Assembly
72X8557
Cover-Lock Kit
72X8572
(see DASD)
Hard Disk Drive Slide Tray (SCSI)
34F0031
Drive Support Structure (1/2 Ht. Drive)
72X8559
Drive Support Structure (1/3 Ht. Drive)
34F0032
System Board 10MHz (8560)
72X8538
256KB Memory Kit (for 72X8538)
61X8906
System Board 16MHz (8565)
92F0800
2MB Memory Kit (for 92F0800)
92F0104
4MB Memory Kit (for 92F0800)
92F3337
Real Time Clock Module
8509237
2KB NV-RAM Module
64F0722
System Board 16MHz (8580-041, 071)
33F8416
1MB Memory Kit (for 33F8416)
72X6670
System Board 20MHz
10G4148
(8580-081, 111, 121, 161, 311, 321)
2MB Memory Kit (for 92F0756)
92F0669
System Board 25MHz
85F0046
(8580-A21, A31, A61)
4MB Memory Kit (for 85F0046)
92F0106
Fuse 3A, System Board (8560, 8580)
72X8561
Math Coprocessors:
16 MHz (041, 071)
72X6673
20 MHz (081,111,121,161,311,321)
90X7393
25 MHz (A21, A31, A61)
15F7661
486DX33 Processor Upgrade
92F0437
Power Supply (All Models)
57F1600
System Base (8560) (R)
72X8593
System Base (8565) (R)
64F0159
System Base (8580) (R)
64F0158
Label Kit
72X6674
Misc. Parts Kit (System - see page 1.13.6)
72X8578
Misc. Parts Kit (Options - see page 1.13.6)
72X8579
Misc. Parts Kit (Memory - see page 1.13.6)
72X7037
Misc. Parts Kit (Hardware - see page 1.13.6) 72X8580
Shipping Carton
72X8591
DASD (60, 65, 80)
1.44MB (1/2 Ht.) Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Slide (for 72X8523)
1.44MB (1/3 Ht.) Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Slide (for 64F0162)
44MB Hard Disk Drive (ST506)
(8560-041, 8580-041 only)
Fixed Disk Adapter (ST506)
(8560-041, 8580-041 only)
70MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)
115MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)
314MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)
Fixed Disk Adapter (ESDI)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
72X8523
72X8507
64F0162
64F0156
72X8541
72X8540
72X8519
90X7392
90X8745
92F0061
6128296
56F8854
6128298
56F8851
85F0011
85F0012
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.12 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 60 (8560), 65 (8565), and 80 (8580) Parts
10
10
Index
16
16
17
17
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0406
92F0428
DASD Cables (60, 65, 80)
1/3 Ht. Diskette Drive Cable
1/2 Ht. Diskette Drive Cable
Drive-Cable Retainer (1/2 Ht. Drive)
Power Cable (single)
Power Cable (dual)
Hard Disk Drive Ground Wire,
see Misc. Parts Kit (System)
1.2MB Internal Cable (for 15F6912)
Signal Cable Drive C (except SCSI)
Signal Cable Drive D (except SCSI)
Control Cable (except SCSI)
SCSI Signal Cable (Two Connector)
SCSI Signal Cable (Three Connector)
SCSI Signal Cable (Four Connector)
34F0036
72X8543
72X8573
72X8521
34F0034
15F6914
72X8545
72X8567
72X8542
64F0154
34F0035
64F0155
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.12 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 (8570) Parts
1.12.13 Model 70 (8570) Parts
Index
1
2
3
3
System Unit (70)
Top Cover
Support Structure
16 MHz Base Frame Assemblies (E61)
S/N
1500000 to 1999999,
2500000 to 2511499,
4000000 to 4499999,
7000000 to 7143999
S/N
2511500 to 2650000,
7144000 to 7999999,
DT5500A0001 to DT5500Z9999
23HBLTH to 23HXATL
20 MHz Base Frame Assemblies
(061,081,121,161)
S/N
500000 to 999999,
90X9288
90X9289
90X9351
33F6065
90X9408
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 (8570) Parts
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3500000 to 3999999,
5500000 to 5505499,
8000000 to 8006999,
9000000 to 9062999
S/N
5505500 to 5605500,
8007000 to 8999999,
9063000 to 9999999,
CF5500AA001 to CF5500ZZ999
23HXATM to 23KGVYA,
23KGVYK to 23LFGHC,
25 MHz, 80386 Base Frame Assembly
25 MHz, 80486 Base Frame Assembly
Power Supply/Fan Assembly
See System Boards
Battery/Speaker Assembly
(with attached cable)
Blank Drive Bezel
Cover Lock Assembly
Cover Lock Kit
Drive Bezel Kit
Front Bezel/Logo (R)
Battery
1MB Memory Module Kit (16 or 20 MHz)
2MB Memory Module Kit (16 or 20 MHz)
2MB Memory Module Kit (25 MHz)
80387 Coprocessor (16 MHz)
80387 Coprocessor (20 MHz)
80387 Coprocessor (25 MHz)
(80386 only)
System Boards (70)
Model E61, 16 MHz System Board
S/N
1500000 to 1999999,
2500000 to 2511499,
4000000 to 4499999,
7000000 to 7163999
33F6064
15F8237
64F0134
90X8626
33F5950
72X8531
72X8512
72X8577
15F7571
15F7510
72X8498
90X8624
92F0104
92F0103
72X6673
90X7393
15F7661
96F7309
System Unit (70) (continued)
Model E61, 16 MHz System Board
S/N
2511500 to 2650000,
7144000 to 7999999,
DT5500A0001 to DT5500Z9999,
F001000 to F249999,
AAAAA to ABLTG,
BBBBB to BCMVH
Model E81, 16 MHz System Board
System Board
Models 061, 121, 20 MHz System Board
S/N
500000 to 999999,
3500000 to 3999999,
5500000 to 5505499,
8000000 to 8006999,
9000000 to 9075499
Models 061, 121, 20 MHz System Board
S/N
5505500 to 5605500,
8007000 to 8999999,
9075500 to 9999999,
CF5500AA001 to CF5500ZZ999
Models 081, 161, 20 MHz System Board
System Board
25-MHz System Board
Processor Board Standoffs (4)
Models A81, A61, A21, A16,
80386 System Board Assembly
System Board
Processor Board
Models B81, B61, B21, B16,
80486 System Board Assembly
System Board
Processor Board
Processor Board Removal Tool (for 64F0123)
486DX33 Processor Upgrade
486DX33 Processor Upgrade Board
Coprocessor Compatibility Plug
Socket Extender
Fuse, 3 Amp (All System Boards)
Label Kit
Snap Kit
Misc. Parts Kit (System - see page 1.13.6)
Misc. Parts Kit (Options - see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
41G3984
41G3984
96F7308
41G3985
41G3985
15F7660
92F0580
15F7659
41G3979
64F0123
57F2859
92F0436
72X8561
72X8509
72X8526
72X8525
72X8562
72X8590
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.13 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 70 (8570) Parts
DASD (70)
Hard Disk/Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
1.44MB Diskette Drive (includes bezel)
Diskette Drive Slide
90X9287
64F0207
72X8507
Note: The following hard disk drives include
the ESDI hard disk drive controller and slides.
60MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
6128294
80MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
56F8894
Terminator (for 56F8894)
92F0269
120MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
6128291
160MB Hard Disk Drive (DBA)
56F8895
Hard Disk Drive Slide Kit
90X8628
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.13 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
1.12.14 Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.14 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
Index
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
12
12
13
14
14
15
Index
16
Index
10
11
11
11
System Unit (9556, 9576)
Cover Lock Assembly
92F0003
Pawl (required for 92F0003)
79F3459
Front Cover Logo (R)
9576 (PS/2 76 486)
92F0245
9576 (PS/2 76 486DX2)
92F0408
9556 (PS/2 56 486SLC2)
96F7770
9556 (PS/2 56LS 486SLC2)
96F7771
Top Cover Assembly (no lock)
92F0252
Top Cover Assembly (no lock), for models: 73G6059
56 with S/N YCW00 to YNR99 and YNT00 to YZN99
76 with S/N ATXDA to AXATL
Cover Screw (Thumbscrew)
79F3463
(see DASD)
Hard Disk Shelf
96F7776
Retainer Plate
33G8423
Power Supply (118 Watt)
79F3443
Rear Panel (9576)
52G7917
Rear Panel (9556)
52G7916
Base Frame Assembly (R)
96F7767
Base Frame Assembly (R) for models:
73G6062
56 with S/N YCW00 to YNR99 and YNT00 to YZN99
76 with S/N ATXDA to AXATL
Front Shield
73G6061
EMI Shield
73G6064
EMI Clip
73G6065
Cable Shield (top of bay)
95F5607
Tamper-Resistant Rear Cable-locking
Cover Assembly (option)
96F7773
(see DASD)
(see DASD)
Card Guide/Speaker Bracket (9576)
92F0244
Adapter Guide/Tamper-Evident
Switch Assembly (9556)
92F0243
System Boards (no memory)
486SLC2-25/50 MHz (9556)
39G6407
486SLC3-25/75 MHz (9556)
65G8615
486SX-33 MHz,
39G2668
for non-UltiMedia systems only (9576)
486SX-33 MHz (9576)
39G5698
486DX2-33/66 MHz, for
39G2669
non-UltiMedia systems only (9576)
486DX2-33/66 MHz (9576)
39G6086
Optional Microprocessors
P23T-25/50 MHz
92F0147
P23T-33/66 MHz
92F2582
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
92F0102
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
92F0105
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
64F3606
Math Coprocessor Socket
10G3975
Bus Adapter (with battery) (9556)
79F7210
Bus Adapter (with battery) (9576)
87F4833
Battery
33F8354
Bus Adapter Support
96F7777
System Unit (9556, 9576)
Control Assembly
(Power Switch, Cable, Speaker)
Power Switch Button only
Audiovation Adapter
Floor Stand
Misc. Parts Kit
Plastic Screw (1)
Steel screws (6)
I/O brackets (3)
Rubber Feet (4)
Clip (1)
DASD (9556, 9576)
Diskette Drive Tray
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
(with electronic eject)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bay 2, for 92F0132)
3.5-inch Bezel (Bay 1, for 73G6059)
5.25-inch Bezel (Bay 1, for 73G6059)
5.25-inch Bezel (Bay 2, for 73G6059)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
96F7769
79F3460
65G8863
79F3458
79F7209
85F0097
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
92F0146
92F0133
73G6067
73G6068
73G6069
92F0159
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.14 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 56, 76 (9556, 9576) Parts
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
17
18
DASD Guides for Drive Bays
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive
Rail Kit (for 64F4102)
(left/right rails, screws)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 1)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 1)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 2)
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2)
40MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
245MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
600MB CD-ROM (SCSI)
Hard Disk Cable
Diskette Drive Cable
92F0014
64F4102
85F0041
85F0093
85F0003
79F3450
85F0091
64F4125
56F8866
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
71G6550
95F4749
71G4875
71G6551
92F0406
61G3788
92F0428
92F0084
96F7766
96F7768
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.14 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
1.12.15 Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.15 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.15 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
Index
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
22
Index
System Unit (PS/2 76i, 76s)
Cover Lock Assembly C2
Cover Lock Assembly
Pawl C2
Pawl/Insert
Logo IDE (PS/2 76i)
Logo SCSI (PS/2 76s)
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Cover Screw (Thumbscrew)
Hard Disk Drive (see DASD)
Hard Disk Drive Tray (see DASD)
Diskette Drive Bezel (see DASD)
Blank Bezel (see DASD)
Power Supply (118 Watt)
Power Switch Button
Rear Panel
Base Frame Assembly
Frame Thumbscrew (I/O)
600MB CD-ROM Assembly
Diskette Drive Assembly (see DASD)
Front Shield
Shield, EMI
Clip, EMI (2 required)
Card Guides/Assemblies:
Card Guide/Speaker Bracket
Card Guide Assembly C2
System Boards (without processor):
25MHz
33MHz
Processors:
486SX2-33MHz
486SX2-50MHz
486DX2-50MHz
486DX2-66MHz
IntelDX4-100MHz)
Battery
3.45V Voltage Regulator
128KB W/T L2 Cache
256KB W/T L2 Cache
4MB Parity Memory Kit
8MB Parity Memory Kit
8MB ECC Memory Kit
16MB Parity Memory Kit
16MB ECC Memory Kit
3-Slot Bus Adapter
Bus Adapter Support
Adapters:
Audiovation Adapter
PS/2 SCSI-2 Adapter/A
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A
Control Assembly
System Unit (PS/2 76i, 76s)
Misc. Parts Kit
Low cost screw (1)
3.5mm hex head screw (6)
MCA bracket (3)
Rubber foot (4)
Christmas clip (1)
Power Cord
Keyboard Cord
Mouse
Retainer and Ball (for 33G5420)
Floor Stand
Index
19
19
20
21
22
Cables (PS/2 76i, 76s)
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Cable (1-drive)
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Cable (2-drive)
SCSI Cable Assembly (for two drives)
IDE Hard Disk Cable
Control Assembly
SCSI Cable Assembly (for 1 drive)
Diskette Drive Cable Assembly
Cable Cover Assembly
Index
DASD (PS/2 76i, 76s)
Diskette Drives:
1.44MB Diskette Drive Assembly
2.88MB Diskette Drive Assembly
12
12
92F0003
73G6073
79F3459
73G6074
71G5715
71G5718
73G6059
79F3463
06H3668
79F3460
71G5710
73G6062
71G5705
61G1901
73G6061
73G6064
73G6065
92F0244
92F0243
95G9691
95G9692
71G0791
71G0792
71G0794
71G0795
06H3305
33F8354
06H3011
06H3306
06H3307
92F0105
64F3606
92F0098
60G2950
96F9100
68G2706
71G5711
52G2917
71G3576
92F0160
96F7769
79F7209
62X1045
72X8537
33G5420
33G5417
79F3458
61G3804
61G3805
71G2556
96F7780
96F7769
71G2554
71G3147
96F7773
85F0050
64F4148
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.15 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 76i, 76s (9576) Parts
12
12
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
11
2.88MB EE Diskette Drive Assembly
(with electronic eject)
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Assembly
Diskette Drive Tray
3.5" EE Diskette Drive Bezel Bay-1
(for 92F0132)
3.5" Diskette Drive Bezel Bay-1
5.25" Blank Bezel Bay-1
3.5" EE Diskette Drive Bezel Bay-2
(for 92F0132)
3.5" Diskette Drive Bezel Bay-2
5.25" Diskette Drive Bezel Bay-2
5.25" Blank Bezel Bay-2
5.25" Diskette Drive Rails
Hard Disk Drives:
170MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
256MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
270MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
364MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
527MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
270MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Hard Disk Shelf
600MB CD-ROM Assembly
CD-ROM Bezel
CD-ROM Rails
R/W Optical Drive Bezel
92F0132
64F4102
85F0097
92F0146
73G6067
73G6068
92F0133
85F0003
64F4125
73G6069
85F0041
71G4958
61G3754
82G5926
92F0404
82G5927
82G3300
71G6550
82G5930
71G6551
92F0406
92F0428
92F0407
96F7776
61G1901
85F0008
92F0014
92F0159
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.15 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
1.12.16 Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.16 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.16 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
Index
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
19
20
21
Index
Index
22
23
24
25
26
27
Index
11
11
System Unit (PS/2 77i, 77s)
Cover Lock Assembly
Logo IDE (PS/2 77i)
Logo SCSI (PS/2 77s)
Logo MM SCSI (PS/2 77s)
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Bottom Cover Assembly
Cable Cover Assembly
Rear Panel (Frame)
Rear Panel Assembly
Power Supply (197 Watt)
Audiovation Adapter
PS/2 SCSI-2 Adapter/A
Base Frame Assembly
Frame Thumbscrew (I/O)
See DASD
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Tray
See DASD
600MB CD-ROM Assembly
Card Guide
Card Guide Assembly (C2)
5-Slot Bus Riser Assembly
System Boards (without processor):
25MHz
33MHz
Processors:
486DX2-50MHz
486DX2-66MHz
486SX2-50MHz
IntelDX4-100MHz)
Battery
3.45V Voltage Regulator
128KB L2 Cache WT
256KB L2 Cache WT
1MB Video Memory
4MB Parity Memory Kit
8MB Parity Memory Kit
8MB ECC Memory Kit
16MB Parity Memory Kit
16MB ECC Memory Kit
Control Panel
Multimedia Control Panel Assembly
See DASD
See DASD
See DASD
See DASD
Retainer Plate
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A
Pedestal
Keyboard Cord
Mouse
Retainer and Ball (for 33G5420)
System Unit (PS/2 77i, 77s) continued
Misc. Parts Kit
Thumbscrew (2), Retainer clip (2)
Ground clip (3), I/O bracket (5)
Bracket (5), 3.5mm steel screw (10)
Rubber foot (4), 3mm screw (10)
Finger ground (3)
Power Cord
92F0003
71G5721
71G5724
71G5781
96F7640
71G5708
71G5712
10G3971
71G5709
61G3411
52G2917
71G3576
92F0138
71G5704
85F0097
61G1901
92F0042
96F7758
68G2709
95G9691
95G9692
34G1889
06H2679
71G0792
06H3305
33F8354
06H3011
06H3306
06H3307
82G1794
92F0105
64F3606
92F0098
60G2950
96F9100
61G2288
41G3929
85F0098
92F0160
92F0000
72X8537
33G5420
33G5417
92F0015
62X1045
Cables (PS/2 77i, 77s)
IDE Hard Disk Drive Cable Assembly
10G3972
Cable Assembly (Card to CD-ROM)
92F0112
Cable Assembly
96F7762
(Control Panel to System Board)
Cable Assembly (Control Panel to Audio)
92F0113
SCSI Hard Disk Drive Cable Assembly
71G2558
Diskette Drive Cable Assembly
71G3149
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Cable (1-drive)
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Cable (2-drive)
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Cable (3-drive)
DASD (PS/2 77i, 77s)
Diskette Drives:
1.44MB Diskette Drive Assembly
2.88MB Diskette Drive Assembly
85F0050
64F4148
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.16 - 3
61G3804
61G3805
61G3807
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 77i, 77s (9577) Parts
11
17
18
19, 20
19
19
20
20
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
12
2.88MB EE Diskette Drive Assembly
(with electronic eject)
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel (for Bay 4)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0092)
5.25-Inch Half-High Louver Bezel (Bay 3)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0094)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel - Bay 2/3
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel - Bay 2
3.5-Inch EE Diskette Drive Bezel - Bay 2
(for 92F0132)
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel - Bay 1
3.5-Inch EE Diskette Drive Bezel - Bay 1
(for 92F0132)
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Assembly
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Rails
Hard Disk Drives:
170MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
256MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
270MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
364MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
527MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
170MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
270MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
340MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Hard Disk Drive Slide
600MB CD-ROM Assembly
CD-ROM Drive Bezel
CD-ROM Rails
Read/Write Optical Drive Bezel
92F0132
85F0092
85F0095
85F0094
85F0096
85F0003
85F0091
92F0133
85F0093
92F0146
64F4102
64F4125
85F0041
71G4958
61G3754
82G5926
92F0404
82G5927
82G3300
71G6550
82G5930
71G6551
92F0406
92F0428
92F0407
96F7775
61G1901
85F0008
92F0014
92F0159
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.16 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
1.12.17 Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.17 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.17 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
11
12
13
Index
8
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
System Unit (9557, 9577)
Cover Lock
Front Cover Logo (R)
PS/2 77 486
PS/2 77 486DX2
PS/2 M77 486
PS/2 M77 486DX2
PS/2 57 486SLC2
PS/2 M57 486SLC2
Top Cover Assembly (without lock)
Rear Panel Cover
Cover Assembly, Cable-Locking (option)
Rear Panel Cover (DV Model)
Power Supply (197 Watt)
Frame Assembly (R)
Cover (for underside of frame)
I/O Slot Assembly (rear of frame)
(see DASD)
(see DASD)
(see DASD)
Adapter Guide and TamperEvident Switch Assembly (9557)
Adapter Guide (9577)
Bus Adapter (9577)(with battery)
Bus Adapter (9557)(with battery)
Battery
System Boards (no memory)
486SLC2-25/50 MHz (9557)
486SLC3-33/66 MHz (9557)
486SX-33 MHz,
for non-UltiMedia systems only (9577)
486SX-33 MHz (9577)
486DX2-33/66 MHz,
for non-UltiMedia systems only (9577)
486DX2-33/66 MHz (9577)
Special Bid System Board
(for Pinnacle CD-ROM Bootable Systems)
Optional Microprocessors
P23T 25/50 MHz
P23T 33/66 MHz
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
Control Assembly:
Assy - Without Volume Control
(Power Switch, Cable, Speaker)
Assy - With Volume Control
(Power Switch, with button,
Cable, and Speaker)
Pedestal
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
DASD (9557, 9577)
Drive Tray, 3.5-Inch Drive (Bays 1,2,3)
5.25-Inch Bay Drive Guides (2)
1.44MB Diskette Drive
2.88MB Diskette Drive
2.88MB 3.5-inch (with electronic eject)
3.5-inch Bezel (Bay 1, for 73G6059)
5.25-inch Bezel (Bay 1, for 73G6059)
5.25-inch Bezel (Bay 2, for 73G6059)
Bezel (Bay 1, for 92F0132)
Bezel (Bays 2 and 3, for 92F0132)
Diskette Drive Cable
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive
Rail Kit (for 64F4102)
(left/right rails, screws)
40MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (9577)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Drive Cable (Three connector)
Drive Slide
92F0003
92F0249
92F0272
92F0250
92F0250
96F7763
96F7764
96F7640
92F0247
92F0248
96F7755
92F0058
92F0138
85F0086
10G3971
96F7758
92F0042
87F4836
41G3877
33F8354
39G6407
65G8615
39G2668
39G5698
39G2669
39G6086
39G6444
92F0147
92F2582
92F0102
92F0105
64F3606
92F0002
41G3929
92F0000
92F0015
85F0097
92F0014
85F0050
64F4148
92F0132
73G6067
73G6068
73G6069
92F0146
92F0133
96F7756
64F4102
85F0041
56F8866
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
95F4749
85F0011
85F0012
92F0406
61G3788
92F0089
92F0428
96F7649
96F7775
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.17 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Models 57, 77, M57, M77 (9557, 9577) Parts
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Index
21
22
3.5-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 4)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0092)
5.25-Inch Louvered Bezel (Bay 3)
Bezel Insert (for 85F0094)
Air Baffle - Fixed Disk Drive Bay 4C
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
5.25-Inch Blank Bezel (Bay 2)
CD-ROM Drive Bezel (Bay 2,3)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel (Bay 1)
Retainer Plate
Diskette Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive Cable
85F0092
85F0095
85F0094
85F0096
92F0251
85F0003
64F4125
85F0091
85F0008
92F0159
85F0093
85F0098
96F7756
96F7649
Ultimedia (9557, 9577)
CD ROM
ACPA Adapter
ActionMedia II Adapter
ActionMedia II to Display Cable
Cable (Control Assy to Audio Card)
Cable (Control Assy to System Board)
Cable (ACPA to ActionMedia II)
92F0084
95F1256
69F9733
69F9737
92F0113
96F7762
42G2779
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.17 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90 (8590) Parts
1.12.18 Model 90 (8590) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.18 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90 (8590) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.18 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90 (8590) Parts
Index
1
System Unit (90)
Top Cover
33F8350
Logo
33F8367
2
Power Supply
92F0088
Power Supply Bracket
64F4131
3
System Board (no memory)
64F3287
System-Board Memory-Module Kits:
Parity Memory-Module Kits:
1MB (85ns) (Type 1 & 3 Boards only)
90X8624
2MB (85ns) (Type 1 & 3 Boards only)
92F0104
2MB (70ns)
92F0102
2MB (80ns)
92F0103
4MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
71G6203
4MB (80ns)
92F3337
8MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
71G6204
8MB (80ns)
64F3607
ECC Memory-Module Kits:
4MB (70ns) (Type 3 Boards only)
92F0097
8MB (70ns) (Type 3 Boards only)
92F0098
4
Base Frame (R)
64F4116
Keylock Assembly
33F8353
5
(see DASD)
6
(see DASD)
7
Air Baffle (for 57F1597)
92F0134
Air Baffle (for all others)
64G4130
Adapter Card-Guide Assembly
33F8363
8
Base Fan
64F4128
9
Power Switch/Speaker assembly
33F8352
10,11
Memory-Riser Card
81F8823
12
Processor Board (With cache option connector)
80486 (25 MHz)
64F0201
80486 (33 MHz)
64F0198
80486DX2 (33/66 MHz)
92F0145
(runs internally at 66MHz)
256KB Cache 17ns
64F0199
(for 64F0201, 64F0198, 92F0145)
80486 (50 MHz)
92F0048
256KB Cache 12ns (for 92F0048)
92F0050
12
Processor Board (Without cache option connector)
80486SX 20 MHz
92F0049
80487SX 20 MHz
92F0065
80486SX 25 MHz
92F0079
(With Dual Processor Sockets)
Note:
See "20 and 25 Mhz Processor Boards" in topic 1.12.24.
Index
13
13
14
Index
6
6
15
System Unit (90)
80487SX Microprocessor
(Extended Math Capability for 92F0079)
80486 25/50 MHz Overdrive Processor
(runs internally at 50 MHz)
(for 92F0079)
80486DX2 25/50 MHz
(runs internally at 50 MHz)
80486 50 MHz
(single socket, both boards
are one single FRU)
SCSI Adapter (with cache)
SCSI Adapter (without cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
Terminator in-line (for 320/400MB)
Memory-Riser-Card Support Bracket
Video-Memory Module
Battery
Label Kit
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
92F0100
92F0147
92F0161
57F1597
85F0063
85F0002
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
92F0142
57F3029
75X5894
33F8354
33F8367
33F8370
74F3583
DASD (90)
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
64F0162
Drive Slide (for 64F0162)
64F0156
2.88MB Drive (with slide)
64F0204
(not supported on all early type 1 systems)
Drive Slide (for 64F0204)
64F0156
5.25-Inch Diskette-Drive Bezel
33F8459
5.25-Inch Hard Disk Drive Bezel
64F4104
Bezel for Hard Disk Drive
33F8361
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.18 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 90 (8590) Parts
16
17
18
18
19
20
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Device Filler Bezel
Blank Bezel for 5.25-inch Drive Bay
Device Power Cable
Device Power Cable
(supports two devices)
SCSI Internal Cable
Diskette Drive Signal Cable
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (8-bit 50-pin)
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (16-bit 68-pin)
EMC Bezel and Spring Shield
(for 92F0089)
Drive Slide (Model 90)
Drive Power Cable
Drive Power Cable (Two connector)
127MB Rewritable Optical Drive
Rewritable Optical Cartridge
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
CD-ROM I Drive Bezel
CD-ROM II Drive Bezel
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel (B Bay)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel (D Bay)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel (Filler)
Large Ground Shield (Upper Bay)
Small Ground Shield (Upper Bay)
Ground Shield (Lower Bay)
33F8360
64F4149
33F8362
33F8431
34F0014
64F4127
57F3030
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
6128298
56F8851
95F4749
85F0011
85F0012
92F0406
61G3788
92F0428
92F0440
92F0407
92F0407
85F0035
33F8431
34F0014
92F0167
38F8645
85F0022
85F0021
64F4122
92F0081
92F0157
92F0158
64F4149
85F0006
85F0005
85F0034
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.18 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640) Parts
1.12.19 PC Server (8640) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.19 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.19 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Index
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Index
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
System Unit (PC Server)
Cover (Access/Rear Bezel)
3.5" Hard Disk Drive Tray(s) (1 each)
Base Frame Assembly
Bezel (Front)
Power Button (with spring)
Bezel (5.25" Blank)
Door (DASD with Lens)
Bezel (3.5" Blank)
Keylock Pawl and Rod
Keylock Assembly (with keys)
Speaker
Fan Assembly (with Connector)
Card Guide
Shield (3.5" EMC)
Pedestal
Drive Cage (3.5")
Diskette Drive (see DASD)
Hard Disk Drive (see DASD)
Power Supply (300W with Switch)
71G0764
06H2652
71G0032
71G0765
06H2191
71G0771
71G0767
71G0770
71G0769
33F8433
06H2649
06H2647
71G0757
71G0758
71G0763
71G0768
71G0044
System Board, Pentium
(without Memory and Processor)
Processor Chip (Pentium 60MHz)
71G0747
System Board, 486
(without Memory and Processor)
Processor Chip (486DX2-66)
71G0033
4MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
8MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
16MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
32MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
L2 Cache Memory
486 Real-Time Clock (with Battery)
Pentium Real-Time Clock (with Battery)
486 Heat Sink (with Clip)
Pentium Heat Sink (with Clip)
Keyboard (with Cable)
Power Cord
SCSI-2 Fast PCI-Bus Adapter
Spring (I/O EMC)
SVGA Card (AP and EMEA only)
VGA Card
Misc. Parts Kit
EMC Gasket Keyboard/Mouse (1 each)
EMC Ground Contacts (4 each)
I/O Blank (1 each)
Nut Screws 4-40 (2 each)
Power Switch Bracket (1 each)
Screws 6X32X5/16" (6 each)
Screws 3x8mm Plastite (3 each)
Screws 3mm Diskette Drive (2 each)
Screws 6-32 Hard Disk Drive (2 each)
System Board Edge Support (1 each)
73G3233
73G3234
60G2950
73G3235
92G7431
06H3397
06H3398
06H2179
06H2180
71G4646
62X1045
53G0382
71G0756
71G0031
71G0030
06H2182
Cables (PC Server)
Cable (Power Good, with Green LED)
Cable (IDE Hard Disk Drive
Activity, with Amber LED)
Cable (SCSI Hard Disk Drive
Activity, with Amber LED)
Serial Cable
Parallel Cable
SCSI Cable Assembly (for 4 drives)
SCSI Cable Assembly (for 7 drives)
IDE Hard Disk Drive Cable (for 2 Drives)
Diskette Drive Signal Cable (with power)
DASD (PC Server)
Diskette Drives:
1.44MB Diskette Drive Assembly
1.2MB 5.25-Inch Diskette Drive Assembly
Hard Disk Drives:
270MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
364MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
527MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
728MB Hard Disk Drive (IDE)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
06H2680
06H2679
06H2633
06H2637
06H3379
06H2165
06H2166
82G3626
06H2181
92F0424
92F0423
93F2361
64F4102
82G5926
82G5927
92F0405
82G5929
92F0406
92F0428
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.19 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server (8640) Parts
18
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive
92F0440
92F0084
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.19 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
1.12.20 PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.20 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.20 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
System Unit (PC Server 320 - Type 8640)
Cover (Access/Rear)
3.5-Inch Hard Disk Drive Tray
Base Frame
Bezel (Front)
PC Server 320 Label
Power Button (with spring)
Bezel (5.25-Inch Blank)
Door (DASD with lens)
Bezel (3.5-Inch Blank)
Keylock Pawl and Rod
Keylock Assembly (with keys)
Speaker
Fan Assembly (with connector)
Card Guide
3.5-Inch Shield (EMC)
Pedestal
3.5-Inch Drive Cage
Diskette Drive (see DASD)
Hard Disk Drive (see DASD)
300W Power Supply Assembly (with switch)
Security Cable Cover
06H5996
06H2652
06H5523
06H5998
06H6004
06H2191
71G0771
06H6001
71G0770
71G0769
33F8433
06H2649
06H2647
71G0757
71G0758
71G0763
71G0768
71G0044
06H5072
System Board
(without memory and processor)
P54C 60/90MHz Processor (with heat sink)
P54C Heat Sink (with clip)
06H2173
4MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
8MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
16MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
32MB Memory SIMM (Parity)
L2 Cache Memory
Real Time Clock, with Battery
I/O EMC Spring
Mouse (EMEA)
Mouse (U.S.)
SCSI Fast/Wide Adaptec Card
16/8 BIT SCSI Converter
(Used to connect the CD-ROM to
the SCSI Fast/Wide cable connector)
SVGA Adapter
Misc. Parts Kit
EMC Gasket Keyboard/Mouse (1 each)
EMC Ground Contacts (4 each)
I/O Blank (1 each)
Nut Screws 4-40 (2 each)
Power Switch Bracket (1 each)
Screws 6x32x5/16-Inch (6 each)
Screws 3x8mm Plastite (3 each)
Screws 3mm Diskette Drive (2 each)
Screws 6-32 Hard Disk Drive (2 each)
System Board Edge Support (1 each)
73G3233
73G3234
60G2950
73G3235
06H8510
06H3398
71G0756
96F9275
96F9258
06H6431
92F0324
06H6142
06H6137
71G0031
06H2182
Index
17
18
DASD (PC Server 320 - Type 8640)
1.44MB Diskette Drive
1GB Fast/Wide Hard Disk Drive
SCSI CD-ROM Drive
Index
20
21
Cables/Indicators (PC Server 320 - Type 8640)
Cable (Power Good, with Green LED)
06H2633
Cable (IDE Hard Disk Drive
06H2637
(Activity, with Amber LED)
Cable (SCSI Hard Disk Drive
06H3379
Activity, with Amber LED)
Serial Cable
06H2165
Parallel Cable
06H2166
SCSI Fast 8-bit Hard Disk Drive Cable
82G3626
(for 4 drives)
SCSI Fast 8-bit Hard Disk Drive Cable
06H2181
(for 7 drives)
SCSI Fast/Wide 16-bit Hard Disk Drive Cable 06H6440
(for 7 drives)
Diskette Drive Signal Cable (with power)
92F0423
IDE Cable Assembly (for 2 drives)
92F0424
22
23
24
25
26
Keyboards (101/102 Key)
Arabic
93F2361
06H3371
06H3847
1391490
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.20 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 320 (Type 8640) Parts
Belgium-Dutch
Belgium-French
Bulgarian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Iceland
Italy
Latvia
Norwegian
Polish
Portuguese
Romanian
Russian-Cryllic
Serbian-Cryllic
Slovak
Slovenia/Croatia/Bosnia
South Africa
Spanish
Swedish
Swiss-French
Swiss-German
Turkish 179
Turkish 440
U.K. English
U.S. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
Power Cords
Arabic
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Israel
Italy
Latvia
Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Serbia
Slovakia
South Africa
Spain
Switzerland
Switzerland (French/German)
U.S. English
U.K./Ireland
Yugoslavia
1391414
1391526
1399583
1399570
1391407
1391511
1391411
1391402
1391403
1399046
1391408
1399581
1391495
1393395
1391406
1391409
1399580
1391410
1399582
1399579
1399578
1399571
1393669
1396790
1391405
1391411
1391412
1391412
8125409
1393286
1391406
71G4646
1396790
14F0033
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9997
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
14F0087
14F0069
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
13F9979
14F0015
13F9979
13F9979
14F0051
62X1045
14F0033
13F9979
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.20 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
1.12.21 PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.21 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.21 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
System Unit (PC Server 500 - Type 86XX)
Base Frame
LED Information Display Assembly
System Board
(without Memory and Processor)
(Two serial ports, two parallel ports)
I/O Spring (bracket on system board)
Pentium 90MHz Processor Card
16MB ECC Memory SIMM
32MB ECC Memory SIMM
I/O Panel Die Cast
SCSI RAID Hard Disk Drive Adapter
RAID Passthru Card and Cable
SCSI Fast Wide Hard Disk Drive Adapter
Video Adapter
Fan Assembly
Fan Mounting Support (without Fans)
I/O Flex Plate
Right Side Door
Right Side Door Hinges
Pedestal Wheel (with Axle)
434 Watt Power Supply
Card Guide
Processor Card Support
Card Guide Support
Pedestal
Slim-Line CD ROM Drive
2.88MB Diskette Drive
1GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2GB SCSI Hard Disk Drive
DASD Hot Swap Tray Assembly (Wide)
DASD Hot Swap Tray Flex Signal Cable
DASD Hot Swap Backplane Assembly
DASD Hot Swap Cam Spring (Shaft and Knob)
DASD Mounting Plate
CD Storage Tray
Front Bezel (with Shield)
Keylock (with Keys)
FRU does not contain pawl.
Order FRU 82G3611 for pawl.
DASD Door
IBM Logo (R)
5.25-Inch Drive Bezel (with Spacer)
Control Panel Bezel
Control Panel Card Assembly
Battery
Keyboard (with Cable)
Misc. Parts Kit
C2 Spring (1 each)
EMI Ground Clips (4 each)
Hinge Screws 2 each)
Lock Pawl (1 each)
Planar Mounting Boss (2 each)
Screws (4 each)
Mouse
Power Cord
Speaker (with Bracket)
82G3593
06H3766
92F2623
06H3796
06H3739
96F9100
71G3136
06H3593
06H3059
06H3060
92F0160
71G0650
06H3407
82G3618
06H3594
82G3594
82G3600
82G3609
06H3596
82G3604
06H3959
82G3603
82G3608
06H2150
82G1888
06H3371
06H3372
06H3956
06H6145
71G6291
06H5059
82G3602
06H5060
82G3595
82G3606
82G3596
82G3601
82G3599
06H3595
06H3755
33F8354
71G4646
82G3611
96F9258
62X1045
33F8444
Cables (Type 86XX)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.21 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
PC Server 500 (Type 86XX) Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Cables (Type 86XX)
DASD Status Cable
Planar/Control Panel Cable
System Status Cable (1X4)
Diskette Drive Signal Cable(with power)
CD ROM SCSI Cable (for 2 drives)
SCSI-Fast/Wide Cable (for 1 drive)
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable (for 1 drive)
C2 Cable (with Switch)
LED Display Cable
POS ID Select Cable (Wide)
06H5081
06H3406
06H3404
06H3405
06H3751
82G3613
82G3610
82G3612
06H6138
06H3957
Index
Options (Type 86XX)
DASD Hot Swap Tray Assembly (Narrow)
POS ID Select Cable (Narrow)
220 Watt Power Supply Assembly
71G6292
06H3592
06H3237
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.21 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
1.12.22 Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.22 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.22 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
Index
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
24
24
System Unit (85, 95)
Access Cover
Access Cover Fan
Rear Bezel (85)
Rear Bezel (95)
288 Watt Power Supply (85)
335 Watt Power Supply (95)
Power Supply Ground Strap
Power Supply Cooling Air Deflector
Pedestal with Plate (85)
Pedestal with Plate (95)
Drive Support Structure (85)
Drive Support Structure (95)
Ground spring (for 92F0280, 33F8421)
(see DASD)
(see DASD)
DASD Plastic Rail Guides
Drive Retainer
Front Bezel
Indicator Panel Bezel (85)
Information Panel Bezel (95)
Indicator Panel Assembly (85)
(see DASD)
Information Panel Assembly (95)
Information Panel kit (95)
Base Frame (R) (85)
Base Frame (R) (95)
Keylock Assembly
(also order Parts Kit)
System Board Without Memory (85)
80486DX2-ODP 33/66-MHz
Microprocessor (85)
System Board Without Memory (95)
(One serial port, one parallel port)
Battery
SCSI Adapter (with cache)
SCSI Adapter (Without cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
Terminator in-line (for 320/400MB)
Display Adapter (85)
(see Options and Adapters Matrix)
Adapter Guide (85)
Processor Boards (95)
(With cache option connector):
80486 (25 MHz)
80486 (33 MHz)
80486DX2 (33/66 MHz)
(runs internally at 66MHz)
256KB Cache 17ns
(for 64F0201, 64F0198, 92F0145)
80486 (50 MHz)
256KB Cache 12ns (for 92F0048)
Processor Boards
(Without cache option connector):
80486SX 20 MHz
80487SX 20 MHz
80486SX 25 MHz
33F8427
64F4115
92F0279
33F8419
92F2637
92F0051
33F8418
06H3272
33F8422
64F0215
92F0280
33F8421
33F6853
33F8441
64F4135
64F4137
92F0281
33F8423
92F0277
33F8434
33F8442
92F0278
33F8417
33F8433
33F8435
92F0270
92F2582
33F5717
33F8354
85F0063
85F0002
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
92F0142
33F8440
64F0201
64F0198
92F0145
64F0199
92F0048
92F0050
92F0049
92F0065
92F0079
Index System Unit (85, 95)
Note:
See "20 and 25 Mhz Processor Boards" in topic 1.12.24.
80487SX Microprocessor
92F0100
(Extended Math Capability for 92F0079)
80486 25/50 MHz Overdrive Processor
92F0147
(runs internally at 50 MHz)
(for 92F0079)
80486DX2 25/50 MHz
92F0161
(runs internally at 50 MHz)
80486 50 MHz
57F1597
(single socket, both boards
are one single FRU)
Adapter Guide
33F8440
25
System-Board Memory-Module Kits
Parity Memory-Module Kits:
1MB (85ns) (95)
90X8624
(Type 1 & 3 Processor Boards)
2MB (85ns) (95)
92F0104
(Type 1 & 3 Processor Boards)
2MB (70ns) (85, 95)
92F0102
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.22 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 85 (9585), Model 95 XP 486 (8595/9595) Parts
26
28
2MB (80ns) (95)
4MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
4MB (80ns) (95)
8MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
8MB (80ns) (95)
ECC Memory-Module Kits:
4MB (70ns) (Type 3 Boards only) (95)
8MB (70ns) (Type 3 Boards only) (95)
Cover Fan Cable Assy
Information Panel Cable (95)
Indicator Panel Cable (85)
Speaker
I/O Shadowbox Ground Spring
(with thumbscrews)
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
Shipping Carton
92F0103
71G6203
92F3337
71G6204
64F3607
92F0097
92F0098
61G3824
33F8429
92F0329
33F8444
92F0099
33F8435
74F3565
Index
6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
DASD (85, 95)
Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive
60MB Hard Disk
80MB Hard Disk
104MB Hard Disk
120MB Hard Disk
160MB Hard Disk
212MB Hard Disk
320MB Hard Disk
400MB Hard Disk
Index
7
7
7
7
7
7
DASD (85, 95) continued
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0406
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
61G3788
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0089
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0428
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (8-bit 50-pin)
92F0440
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (16-bit 68-pin) 92F0407
EMC Bezel and Spring Shield
92F0255
(for 92F0089)
Drive Power Cable
33F8431
Drive Power Cable (Two connector)
34F0014
127MB Rewritable Optical Drive
92F0167
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
85F0022
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
85F0021
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
38F8681
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
38F8682
DASD Bezel
64F4136
DASD Bezel
33F8425
DASD Bezel
33F8425
2-Feature Bezel
64F0168
5.25 Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
64F4103
5.25 Framing Bezel
33F8459
CD-ROM Drive I & II Bezel
64F0138
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
92F0155
Diskette Drive Blank Bezel
71G5001
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
71G5000
3.5-Inch Device Filler Bezel
64F4149
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
64F0162
Drive Slide (for 64F0162)
64F0156
2.88MB Drive (with slide)
64F0204
(not supported on all early type 1 systems)
Drive Slide (for 64F0204)
64F0156
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001)
72X6759
360KB External (4869-501)
72X6768
1.2MB External (4869-002)
15F7993
1.2MB External (4869-502)
15F7994
1.2MB Internal Drive (with rails)
64F4102
1.2MB Rail kit (for 64F4102)
85F0041
Slide kit (for 64F4102)
85F0040
Power Cable (95) (for 64F4115)
64F4120
Diskette Drive Signal Cable (85)
92F0283
Diskette Drive Signal Cable (95)
33F8430
SCSI Signal Cable (85)
92F0282
SCSI Signal Cable (95)
33F8436
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
33F8431
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
34F0014
(supports two devices)
10
11
12
13
14
18
18
23
27
27
29
30
31
31
Mounting Tray (85)
Mounting Tray (95)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
Drive (SCSI)
85F0013
64F0141
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
6128298
56F8851
95F4749
85F0011
85F0012
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.22 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
1.12.23 Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.23 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.23 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
Index
1
System Unit (9595, 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
Access Cover
Access Cover Fan
Access-Cover Fan Cable
2
Rear Bezel
I/O Shadowbox Ground Spring
(with thumbscrews)
3
400 Watt Power Supply
3
288 Watt Power Supply
(for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
Power Supply Ground Strap
Power Supply Cooling Air Deflector
4
Pedestal (with plate)
5
Tamper-Evident Switch/Cable Assembly
6
Drive Support Structure
Ground Springs:
Left Spring
Right Spring
7
(see DASD)
8
(see DASD)
9
Drive Retainer
10
Tamper-Evident Linkage Assembly
11
Front Bezel
12
DASD Bezel (Small)
13, 14 DASD Bezel (Medium)
15
Blank Diskette Drive Bezel
16
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
17
Operator Panel Bezel
17
Operator Panel Bezel
(for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
18
Operator Panel Card Assembly
18
Operator Panel Card Assembly
(for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
19
(see DASD)
20
(see DASD)
21
Base Frame (R)
22
System Board (No Memory)
22
System Board 486DX-33 w/SCSI
(No Memory) (for 9585-xKx)
22
System Board 486DX-33/66 w/SCSI
(No Memory) (for 9585-xNx)
L2 Cache, 128KB (for 61G2405)
L2 Cache, 256KB (for 61G2401)
23
SCSI-2 Adapter/A
23
SCSI Adapter 16>8 (for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
24
ISO Display Adapter/A
(for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
24
SVGA-NI Display Adapter/A
24
MGA Ultima /2/M/H Video
Graphics Adapter
25
Processor Boards:
80486DX2 33/66 MHz
Pentium 60 MHz
Pentium 66 MHz
Pentium 90 MHz
Speaker
Keylock Assembly
Battery
Adapter Guide
Index
26
27
28
System Unit (9595, 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
System Board Memory Module Kits
Parity Memory Module Kits:
2MB (70ns)
4MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
8MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
ECC Memory-Module Kits:
4MB (70ns)
8MB (70ns)
16MB (70ns)
(see DASD)
Operator Panel Cable
(connects to system board)
Operator Panel Cable
(connects to processor card)
Cable Cover (Option)
Cable Cover Lock/Plug (Option)
Misc. Parts Kit
I/O Bracket (1)
Cable Clamp (1)
Jumper (1)
61G3533
61G3827
61G3824
61G3823
92F0099
92F0267
92F2637
33F8418
06H3272
33F8422
61G3518
92F0280
33F6853
61G3528
61G3516
61G3519
61G3515
33F8425
64F4136
33F8437
33F8426
92F0281
61G3517
92F0259
61G3736
61G3822
92F2623
61G2405
61G2401
61G4098
61G4099
92F0160
61G3594
39G3298
71G4877
06H2928
61G2343
52G9362
92F0120
06H3739
33F8444
61G3825
33F8354
33F8440
92F0102
71G6203
71G6204
92F0097
92F0098
96F9100
92F0329
61G3817
61G3841
61G3842
33F8435
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.23 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595, PS/2 9585-xKx, and PS/2 9585-xNx Parts
Lock Pawl (1)
Standoff (1)
Plastic Screws (2)
Metal Screws (6)
Index
7
8
8
19
19
20
27
29
30
DASD
DASD Guide
DASD Ground Spring
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
540MB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive
1GB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive
Drive Power Cable (Two connector)
3.5-Inch 127MB Rewritable Optical Drive
2-Feature Bezel
5.25 Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
5.25 Framing Bezel
CD-ROM Drive I & II Bezel
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Device Filler Bezel
1.44MB 3.5-Inch Diskette Drive
Drive Slide (for 64F0162)
2.88MB Drive (with slide)
Hard Disk Drive Mounting Tray
Diskette Drive Signal Cable
Drive Slide (for 64F0204)
SCSI Signal Cable
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
SCSI Internal Cable 8-Bit
(for 9585-xKx, 9585-xNx)
Multi-Drop Power Cable
33F8441
96F9199
85F0022
92F0406
92F0428
34F0014
92F0167
64F0168
64F4103
33F8459
64F0138
85F0018
64F4149
64F0162
64F0156
64F0204
85F0013
92F0283
64F0156
92F0327
33F8431
61G3593
64F0197
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.23 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595A Parts
1.12.24 Server 9595A Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.24 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595A Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.24 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595A Parts
Index
1
2
3
System Unit (9595A)
Access Cover
Rear Bezel
400 Watt Power Supply
Power Supply Ground Strap
Power Cord
4
Pedestal (with plate)
5
Tamper-Evident Switch/Cable Assembly
6
Drive Support Structure
7
Hot Plug Rack (3 bay)
7
Hot Plug Rack (1 bay)
Microswitch Housing (for 61G3526, 61G3527)
Microswitch Assy (for 61G3526, 61G3527)
Microswitch Shaft (for 61G3526, 61G3527)
8
see DASD
9
Hot Plug Rack Rail (see DASD)
Hot Plug Adapter
Hot Plug Adapter Terminator
10
2.88MB Diskette Drive (with slide)
11, 16 DASD Bezel (medium)
12
Feature Bezel (small)
13
Drive Retainer
14
Tamper-Evident Linkage Assembly
15
Front Bezel
17
Diskette Drive Blank Bezel
18
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
19
Operator Panel Card Assembly
Speaker
20
Operator Panel Bezel
21
DASD Tray Assembly (without drive/cable)
22
Base Frame (R)
23
System Board (without Memory)
Battery
I/O Shadowbox
24
SCSI Adapter for RAID Array Controller
24
1GB SCSI Fast/Wide Hard Disk Drive
25
SVGA-NI Display Adapter/A
26
Processor Boards
80486DX2-33/66 Processor
Pentium 60 MHz
Pentium 66 MHz
27
System-Board Memory-Module Kits
Parity Memory-Module Kits:
2MB (70ns)
4MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
8MB High-Reliability Parity SIMM (70ns)
ECC Memory-Module Kits:
4MB (70ns)
8MB (70ns)
16MB (70ns)
28
Access Cover Fan
Access-Cover Fan Cable
Keylock Assembly
Adapter Guide
Index
Index
System Unit (9595A)
Ground Springs:
Left Spring
Right Spring
I/O Shadowbox Ground Spring
(with thumbscrews)
DASD Ground Spring
Misc. Parts Kit
I/O Bracket (1)
Cable Clamp (1)
Jumper (1)
Retainer Gasket (1)
Lock Pawl (1)
Standoff (1)
Plastic Screws (2)
Metal Screws (6)
Cable Cover (Option)
Cable Cover Lock/Plug (Option)
61G3533
61G3823
92F0267
33F8418
62X1045
33F8422
61G3518
92F0280
61G3526
61G3527
61G3837
71G4981
61G3838
61G3835
61G3836
64F0204
64F4136
33F8425
61G3516
61G3519
61G3515
71G5001
71G5000
92F0259
33F8444
61G3517
61G3832
61G3822
92F2623
33F8354
71G0210
92F0335
71G5040
71G4877
61G2343
52G9362
92F0120
92F0102
71G6203
71G6204
92F0097
92F0098
96F9100
61G3827
61G3824
61G3825
33F8440
33F6853
61G3528
92F0099
96F9199
33F8435
61G3841
61G3842
DASD
2.88MB Diskette Drive (with slide)
Diskette Drive Cable (for 64F0204)
Diskette Drive Slide (1/3 Ht.)
540MB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive Assembly
Address Cable with tape (for 92F0406)
64F0204
92F0283
64F0156
92F0406
61G3833
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.24 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595A Parts
8
18
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
540MB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive Assembly
(with tray/cable)
1GB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive
Address Cable with tape (for 92F0428)
Blank Tray (for 92F0428)
1GB 1/3 Ht. Hard Disk Drive Assembly
(with tray/cable)
3.5-Inch 127MB Rewritable Optical Drive
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
2-Feature Bezel
5.25 Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
5.25 Framing Bezel
CD-ROM Drive I & II Bezel
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive Bezel
Cables (9595A)
SCSI Drive Cable Assembly (for 4 drives)
SCSI Drive Cable Assembly (for 3 drives)
Diskette Drive Signal Cable
Operator Panel Cable
(connects to system board)
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable - 3 drives
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable - 4 drives
Operator Panel Cable
(connects to processor card)
61G3525
92F0428
61G3834
61G3832
61G3828
92F0167
85F0022
64F0168
64F4103
33F8459
64F0138
85F0018
33F8426
61G3524
61G3523
92F0283
92F0329
61G3521
61G3522
61G3817
20 and 25 Mhz Processor Boards: For SX models, you can install an optional processor on a 20 or 25 MHz processor board.
On the 20-MHz board (below left), the jumper 2 must be in positions 1 and 2 if a 487SX processor is installed in connector 3 . If there is
not a 487SX processor in connector 3 , the jumper must be in positions 2 and 3.
The 25-MHz processor board (below right) has a second processor connector 3 for either an optional 487SX processor (extended math
capability) or an 80486SX 25/50 MHz processor. If you install an option processor in connector 3 , of the 25 MHz board, you do not have
to remove the existing processor (it is overridden).
Carefully insert the tip of a screwdriver between the processor and the connector edge and gently twist the screwdriver (around all
edges) until the processor raises up.
When you reinstall the processor, align the beveled corner 1 with the beveled corner marked on the board.
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.24 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Server 9595A Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.24 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3509 Parts
1.12.25 Model 3509 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.25 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3509 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.25 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3509 Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
Internal ISA CD-ROM
Adapter
Data Cable (40-wire ribbon cable)
Drive
Audio Cable
61G4110
61G4111
61G4109
61G4112
Index
5
6
7
8
External ISA CD-ROM
Drive Enclosure
External Data Cable
Adapter
Drive
61G4113
61G4115
61G4114
61G4109
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.25 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3510 Parts
1.12.26 Model 3510 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.26 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3510 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.26 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3510 Parts
Index
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
3510 (Locking and Non-Locking Types)
External Cover (non-locking type)
64F0135
(Includes Base, Tray,
Internal Cables, Phono Jack)
Top Cover (R) (locking type)
85F0027
(Bezel, Logo, Keylock Assembly)
Keylock Assembly
33F8433
Base (R) (for 85F0027)
85F0072
(Label, Base Feet)
Power Supply (for 85F0027)
85F0051
Power Supply (for 64F0135)
85F0051
Hard Disk Drive Tray with Bezel
64F4108
Tray Shield Enclosure Kit
92F0007
Hard Disk Drive Cable
92F0009
SCSI Remote Address Switch and Cable
64F4107
Remote ID Switch Cable
92F0086
Audio Card, Cable, Screws
92F0085
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
85F0021
External CD-ROM (without rails)
81F7930
Rail Kit (for 81F7930) Drive
34F0041
CD-ROM Drive Assembly (WT)
34F0021
Headphones (CD-ROM)
53F3610
Cleaning Kit (CD-ROM)
59F3562
(Disc Kit, Test Disc, Disc Caddy)
Disc Caddy
22F9419
127MB Rewritable Optical Drive
92F0167
Hard Disk Drive
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
6128296
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
56F8854
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
95F4748
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
6128298
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
56F8851
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
95F4749
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
85F0011
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
85F0012
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0406
1GB Hard Disk Drive (9577) (SCSI)
92F0089
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0428
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
92F0440
SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A
Upgrade Kit contains:
32G3920
Back Cover Plate Assembly
(with 16-Bit, 68 pin connectors and cable)
Fan Assembly
92F0008
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
92F0010
System-to-Device Cable (60-to-50 pin)
34F0017
Device-to-Device Cable (50-to-50 pin)
34F0018
50-Pin Terminator
92F0057
Power Cord
6952300
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.26 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3511 Parts
1.12.27 Model 3511 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.27 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3511 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.27 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3511 Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
11
12
13
3511 Storage Enclosure
Base Assembly
Rear Bezel
Cover Assembly
Rear Cover Plate
335 Watt Power Supply
400 Watt Power Supply
Power Switch Cable
Load Distribution Card
Pedestal Assembly
3.5 Inch Drive Tray
60MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
80MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
104MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
120MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
212MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
320MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
540MB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI) (9577)
1GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
2GB Hard Disk Drive (SCSI)
EMC Bezel/Spring Shield (for 92F0089)
Internal CD ROM (without rails)
Drive Bezel (for 81F7930)
Rewritable Optical Drive Bezel
SCSI Tape Drive (internal only)
SCSI Tape Drive (3532 only)
Framing Bezel (for 85F0055)
Rail Kit (for 85F0055)
Media Kit (Cleaning, Blank Tape)
Cleaning Tape
Blank Tape (Qty. 5)
Drive Retainer
Front Bezel
Power Switch Bezel Assembly
Power Switch / Speaker Assembly
Power Switch Kit (Plate, Knob)
Blank Bezel (for bays A and B)
Blank Bezel (for bay D-bottom)
Blank Bezel (for bays D-top and E)
Keylock Assembly
Option Device Guide
SCSI Cable
Device Power Cable (two devices)
Device Power Cable (three devices)
5.25-Inch Device Rail Kit
Rail Kit (for bays A and B)
Base Ground Strap
Base Ground Bracket
Misc. Parts Kit (see page 1.13.6)
I/O Bracket Kit
System-to-Device Cable (50-to-60 pin)
Power Cord
33F8417
33F8419
33F8427
64F4121
92F0051
92F0267
64F0125
64F0139
64F0215
64F0141
6128296
56F8854
95F4748
6128298
56F8851
95F4749
85F0011
85F0012
92F0406
92F0089
92F0428
92F0440
92F0255
81F7930
64F0138
92F0159
85F0055
46G2320
64F4138
34F0041
59F3907
21F8593
21F8595
64F4135
64F4137
64F0131
64F0143
33F8442
33F8437
64F4136
33F8425
33F8433
33F8441
64F0127
34F0014
64F0197
33F8443
64F0152
33F8418
64F0129
33F8435
64F0196
34F0017
6952300
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.27 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
1.12.28 Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.28 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.28 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3516 Parts (DASD Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure)
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Hot Swap Storage Expansion Enclosure
200 Watt Power Supply
92F0411
Hot Swap Rack (1 bay)
61G3527
3-Tray Adapter (Top)
71G0208
3-Tray Adapter (Bottom)
71G0209
Cover Assembly
06H2605
Keylock Assembly
61G2177
Pedestal
61G2174
Adapter Card Assembly, not Terminated
61G3835
Adapter Card Assembly, Terminated
71G0216
(bottom card for 71G0209))
Microswitch Shaft
61G3838
(for 71G0208, 71G0209, and 61G3527)
Microswitch Housing (for 71G0208, 71G0209) 61G3837
Hot Swap Rack Rail
71G4982
Microswitch Cable Assembly
71G4981
SCSI Cable Assembly
06H2601
External 16-bit SCSI Fast/Wide Cable
52G9501
(connects Model 3516 to RAID Adapter in Host computer)
Drive Power Cable Assembly
06H2602
Power-good Cable
06H3246
68 Position Tray Assembly
71G0212
(includes mounting screws)
1GB SCSI Fast/Wide Hard Disk
Drive Tray Address Cable
71G0215
1GB SCSI Fast/Wide Hard Disk Drive
71G5040
Fan Assembly
71G0217
Base Frame Assembly
06H2604
1-Meter External 68/68 Cable
06H3228
Misc. Parts Kit
06H3241
Blank Bracket Screws (2)
EMC Springs (2)
Fan Mounting Screws (2)
Power Supply Mounting Screws (2)
Power Switch Mounting Screws (2)
Stand-off (2)
EMC Springs (2)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.28 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3532 Parts
1.12.29 Model 3532 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.29 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3532 Parts
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.29 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Model 3532 Parts
Index
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
3532 SCSI Tape Drive
Top Cover (R) (with Bezel, Logo)
Cover Screw
Cover Wrench
Base (R)
Base Foot Pad
SCSI Tape Drive (3532 only)
SCSI Tape Drive (internal only)
Drive Screw
Power Supply
Power Supply Screw
Power Supply Cable Toroid
Remote Address Switch Cable
Remote Address Switch Board
Rear Chassis (with Logo)
Rear Chassis Screw
SCSI Cable
SCSI Cable Screw
Drive Tray Cover
Drive Tray Cover Screw
Foam Spacer
Drive Fan Assembly
Drive Fan Screw
Drive Tray
Base Flat Washer
Base Star Washer
Drive Tray Screw
System-to-Device Cable
(60-to-50 pin, 3532 only)
Device-to-Device Cable
(50-to-50 pin, 3532 only)
Device-to-Device Cable (50-to-50 pin)
50-Pin Terminator
Power Cord
Media Kit (Cleaning, Blank Tape)
Cleaning Tape
Blank Tape (Qty. 5)
00G0988
42F6707
31F4220
42F6874
02G7413
46G2320
85F0055
0055726
00G2960
1621171
59F4585
42F7299
53F3872
02G7398
42F6707
53F3861
0251970
42F7270
1621170
71F0734
42F7300
0438553
53F3113
1091414
0060646
1621171
31F4221
31F4222
34F0018
92F0057
6952300
59F3907
21F8593
21F8595
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.12.29 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Common Parts
1.13 Common Parts
Subtopics
1.13.1 486 DX, DX2, DLC2, SLC, SLC2 System Board Upgrade Parts
1.13.2 CD-ROM Drives
1.13.3 Element Exchange Displays
1.13.4 External Diskette Drives
1.13.5 Keyboard/Mouse
1.13.6 Miscellaneous Parts Kits
1.13.7 Power Cords
1.13.8 Rewritable Optical Drives
1.13.9 ServerGuard Adapter Parts
1.13.10 SCSI Adapter Terminators
1.13.11 Tools and Miscellaneous
1.13.12 Wireless LAN Adapter (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
1.13.13 Wireless LAN Adapter (PCMCIA Type II)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
486 DX, DX2, DLC2, SLC, SLC2 System Board Upgrade Parts
1.13.1 486 DX, DX2, DLC2, SLC, SLC2 System Board Upgrade Parts
System Unit (50, 50Z)
486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
486SLC2 Processor Upgrade Card (50)
486SLC2 Processor Upgrade Card (50Z)
2MB Memory Module
4MB Memory Module
4MB Memory Module (Industry Standard)
8MB Memory Module
16MB Memory Module
80MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
340MB Hard Disk Drive
527MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
61G3502
71G2625
71G2633
92F0102
92F0105
73G3233
64F3606
60G2950
95F4721
95F4728
92F0403
92F0404
92F0405
71G2683
71G2684
System Unit (55)
486SLC2 System Board Upgrade
2MB Memory Module
4MB Memory Module
4MB Memory Module (Industry Standard)
8MB Memory Module
16MB Memory Module
80MB Hard Disk Drive
170MB Hard Disk Drive
245MB Hard Disk Drive
340MB Hard Disk Drive
527MB Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable
Hard Disk Drive Power Cable
Original Hard Disk Drive Cable
71G2602
92F0102
92F0105
73G3233
64F3606
60G2950
95F4721
95F4728
92F0403
92F0404
92F0405
71G2662
71G2684
71G2685
System Unit (60, 65, and 80)
486DX2 System Board Upgrade
486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
486SLC2 Processor Upgrade Card (60)
486DX33 Processor Upgrade Card (80)
71G2643
71G2610
71G2625
92F0437
System Unit (70)
486DX33 Processor Upgrade Card
486DX33 System Board Upgrade
486DLC2 System Board Upgrade
92F0436
71G2641
71G2606
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.1 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
CD-ROM Drives
1.13.2 CD-ROM Drives
Internal CD-ROM I Drive (eject button above slot)
Terminator Kit (for 81F7930)
Cleaning Kit (for 81F7930) (Disks, CD Caddy)
Internal CD-ROM II Drive
(With eject button below slot)
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive
(With eject button below slot)
Terminator Kit (for 92F0084)
Signal Cable
Power Cable
Remote ID Switch Cable (3510)
Audio Card, Cable, Screws (3510)
Grounding Bracket (8560/8565/8580)
Mounting Slide (8590)
CD-ROM Drive Bezel Assemblies
8557
8560/8565/8580
8590
8595
Media Kit (No Cleaning Necessary, for 92F0084)
(Test Disk, CD Caddy)
CD-ROM Parts:
Ground Spring (Model 95)
CD Caddy
Rail Kit (8560/8565/8580/3510)
Rail Kit (8557)
Headphones
81F7930
59F3530
59F3562
92F0084
61G1901
92F0082
34F0043
72X8521
92F0086
92F0085
85F0010
92F0162
85F0008
34F0044
92F0081
64F0138
31F4232
92F0087
22F9419
34F0041
85F0009
53F3610
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.2 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Element Exchange Displays
1.13.3 Element Exchange Displays
8503 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
68X3045
68X3046
72X7878
68X3061
8504 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal Model)
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
44F9807
44F9808
44F9809
44F9820
8506 17-Inch Monochrome Display (with Tilt/Swivel
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Stand)
39F8087
39F8088
39F8089
8507 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal Model)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
6247808
6247843
6247842
8508 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
6247883
6247840
39F8068
8512 14-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac (US/Canada)
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
61X8924
61X8928
61X8927
61X8925
8513 12-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
68X3088
72X7870
72X7877
68X3061
8514 16-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
75X5945
75X5946
75X5947
75X5907
8515 14-Inch Color Display
90/137 V ac
220/240 V ac (Northern Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Equatorial)
220/240 V ac (Southern Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand
07G4759
34G6628
07G4762
07G4763
38F3909
8516 Color
110/120 V
220/240 V
220/240 V
44F9759
70F9129
70F9132
Touch Display
ac
ac (Northern Hemisphere)
ac (Southern Hemisphere)
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.3 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
External Diskette Drives
1.13.4 External Diskette Drives
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001)
360KB External (4869-501)
1.2MB External (4869-002)
1.2MB External (4869-502)
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter/A
5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Cable
(from system board to adapter)
72X6759
72X6768
15X7993
15X7994
72X6757
15F7996
27F4211
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.4 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Keyboard/Mouse
1.13.5 Keyboard/Mouse
Keyboard Cable
Mouse 61X8923
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer
Mouse (New Style)
Mouse Retainer Ring
Mouse (3-Button)
72X8537
33F8461
33F8462
33G5420
33G5417
51G9652
Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
Arabic
Belgian
Canadian French
Cyrillic
Danish
Dutch 1391511
French
German
Greek 1393285
Hebrew
Italian
Latin American Spanish
Norwegian
Portuguese
Russian/Cyrillic
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss 1391412
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
U.S. English
Yugoslavian
1391490
1391414
1392011
1393866
1391407
1391402
1391403
1391408
1393395
1392015
1391409
1391410
1395622
1391405
1391411
1395881
1395882
1393286
1391406
1396790
1392090
1393669
Optional Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
with PS/2 Style Cable
with AT Style Cable
with 25mm PS/2 Trackball
with 25mm Serial Trackball
59G7980
59G7981
59G7982
59G9757
Keybutton Kits (101/102 Key)
Keybutton Kits (R), Belgian
Keybutton Kits (R), Canadian French
Keybutton Kits (R), Danish
Keybutton Kits (R), Dutch
Keybutton Kits (R), French
Keybutton Kits (R), German
Keybutton Kits (R), Italian
Keybutton Kits (R), Norwegian
Keybutton Kits (R), Portuguese
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish/Latin
Keybutton Kits (R), Swedish
Keybutton Kits (R), Swiss/French/German
Keybutton Kits (R), U.K. English
Keybutton Kits, U.S. English
1392033
1392032
1392026
1392034
6447047
6447048
6447049
1392028
1392029
6447050
1392035
1392030
1392031
6447046
6447045
Japanese Keyboard Type 2 (106 Key, DBCS Support)
Japanese Keyboard
Keyboard Cable
94X1110
94X1147
Space-Saving Keyboards (84/85 Key)
Canadian French
Spanish/Latin
U.S. English
Cable Assembly, External
1396046
1396047
1393290
1393082
Host-Connected Keyboards (122 Key)
Austrian/German
Belgian
Canadian French
Cyrillic
Danish
Dutch 1396905
1396902
1396903
1397051
1396916
1396904
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.5 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Keyboard/Mouse
French
Greek 1396917
Icelandic
Italian
Latin American Spanish
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
U.S. English
Yugoslavian
1396990
1396919
1396908
1397052
1396909
1396910
1396911
1396906
1396912
1396913
1396921
1396914
1397025
1397050
1396920
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.5 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Parts Kits
1.13.6 Miscellaneous Parts Kits
Miscellaneous Parts Kit:
3mm 5 x 5 screw w/washer (2)
3mm 5 x 12 screw w/washer (2)
3mm 5 x 8 screw (2)
3mm 0 x 8 system board screw (8)
3mm 0 x 8 CD support screw (2)
4mm 0 x 6 drive mounting screw (2)
5mm 0 x 10 tilt screw (2)
Feature slot bracket (1)
Feature card retainer (1)
Red poly bag (1)
Standoff w/washer (2)
Top cover screw (2)
Front foot pad (2)
Front foot clip (2)
Tilt leg spring (2)
00F2113
Misc. Parts Kit:
Front rubber foot (1)
Rear rubber foot (1)
Cover strap (1)
Keyboard support (1)
Track bracket (1)
Safety cover (1)
DC-DC cap (1)
07G1409
Misc. Parts Kit:
Rubber bumper (1)
07G1410
Screw and Spacer Kit:
3mm L8 screw (2)
4mm L4 screw (5)
2.5mm L4 screw (5)
2.5mm L12 screw (5)
2.5mm L18 screw (5)
2.5mm L5W screw (5)
2.5mm L5B screw (5)
2.5mm L5 screw (5)
Plastic spacer (1)
Plastic spacer B (1)
07G1411
Misc. Parts Kit:
Diskette drive A bracket (1)
Diskette drive B bracket (1)
LCD right support bracket (1)
LCD left support bracket (1)
Hard disk drive bracket (1)
07G1743
Screw Kit:
2mm 5 x 4 black screw (10)
2mm 5 x 12 screw (10)
1mm 6 x 4 screw (10)
Tapping 2 x 4 screw (10)
2mm 5 x 8 black screw (10)
2mm 5 x 3 black screw (10)
Screw (10)
4-40 x 5 stud (20)
4-40 x 4.8 stud (10)
2mm 5 x 6 screw w/ washer (10)
2mm 5 x 5 screw (100)
Special screw (1)
2mm 0 x 5 (10)
3 x 4 screw (10)
07G1835
Misc. Parts Kit:
Nut (2)
Cover screw (2)
I/O panel screw (2)
3.5mm captive screw (2)
Fingerstock shield (3)
Fingerstock base shield (3)
Slide (1)
Standoff shaft (2)
3mm screw (5)
Ground power special bracket (1)
27F4171
Misc. Parts Kit:
Rubber foot (4)
8mm captive screw (4)
Captive screw (2)
33F8370
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.6 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Parts Kits
3.5mm hex head screw (4)
3mm Plastite screw (4)
Misc. Parts Kit:
Screw (2)
Cable Cable clamp (1)
4mm screw (2)
Breakaway washer (1)
Pawl bracket (1)
Cable clamp (1)
Ground base spring (1)
I/O bracket (1)
PC board standoff (1)
Wing nut (1)
Ground spring (1)
33F8435
Miscellaneous Parts Kit:
Door bezel (1)
Screw (2)
39G6574
Misc. Parts Kit:
Captive spring (4)
Lock slide (2)
Captive screw (4)
Shaft standoff (2)
61X8915
Misc. Parts
2MB memory
1MB memory
2MB memory
72X7037
Kit:
holder (2)
card shield (1)
card shield (1)
Misc. Parts Kit:
4mm metric screw (4)
Foot (2)
Screw (1)
Shaft standoff (2)
72X8525
Misc. Parts Kit:
Blank diskette drive bezel (1)
72X8535
Misc. Parts Kit:
I/O bracket (1)
Diskette drive retainer (1)
72X8562
Misc. Parts Kit:
4mm screw (2)
Shaft standoff (2)
Hard disk drive ground strap (1)
Handle screw (2)
Baffle cover nut (6)
72X8578
Misc. Parts Kit:
I/O bracket (1)
11.5 inch card holder (1)
Flat cable clip (1)
72X8579
Misc. Parts Kit:
Captive fastener washer (1)
Knob assembly (4)
Captive cover screw (1)
Retainer fastener (1)
72X8580
Miscellaneous Parts Kit:
AT bracket (3)
3.5mm hex head screw (9)
Rubber foot (4)
Christmas clip (1)
79F3471
Misc. Parts Kit:
Low cost screw (1)
3.5mm hex head screw (6)
MCA bracket (3)
Rubber foot (4)
Christmas clip (1)
79F7209
Misc. Parts Kit:
Rubber foot (4)
Power knob (1)
Breakaway washer (1)
Pawl bracket (1)
92F0010
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.6 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Miscellaneous Parts Kits
Pallet package ground (1)
Misc. Parts Kit:
Thumbscrew (2)
Retainer clip (2)
Ground clip (3)
Bracket (5)
3.5mm steel screw (10)
I/O bracket (5)
Rubber foot (4)
Finger ground (3)
3mm screw (10)
92F0015
PS/2 Screw Kit:
6/32 x 1/4 screws (4)
Metric 3 x 5 screws (4)
Metric 3 x 8 screws (4)
Metric 3 x 10 screws (4)
Metric 3 x 12 screws (4)
Metric 3.5 x 6 screws (4)
Metric 4 x 4 screws (4)
Metric 4 x 8 screws (4)
Metric 4 x 9 screws (4)
Metric 4 x 10 screws (4)
ID jumper (6)
2 position jumper (6)
Shunt with tab jumper (6)
92F0141
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.6 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Power Cords
1.13.7 Power Cords
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Display Power Cord, for:
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
System Unit Power Cord, for:
France, Germany, Spain
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Italy, Chile
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea,
Papua
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Denmark
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Israel
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa,
Sri Lanka
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Switzerland
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Thailand
System Unit Power Cord, for:
Japan
6952300
62X1045
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574
79F2755
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.7 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Rewritable Optical Drives
1.13.8 Rewritable Optical Drives
3.5-Inch Rewritable Optical Drive
Rewritable Optical Cartridge
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
3.5-Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive
Mounting Tray
Mounting Tray/Bezel (Model 3510)
Drive Bezel Assembly:
Model 8535, 8540, 8556, 8557, Bays 2, 3
Model 9556, 9576
Model 9557, 9577, Bays 2, 3
Model 8560, 8565, 8580
Model 8590, 9590 B-Bay
Model 8590, 9590 D-Bay
Model 8590, 9590 Filler
Model 3511, 8595, 9595
92F0167
38F8647
85F0022
85F0021
38F8681
38F8682
92F0167
92F0269
92F0268
92F0159
92F0159
92F0159
92F0156
92F0157
92F0158
64F4149
92F0155
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.8 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuard Adapter Parts
1.13.9 ServerGuard Adapter Parts
Adapter, ServerGuard
61G3628
Battery, Backup (3V Lithium)
33F8354
Battery Pack, Main (7.2V NiCad) for:
Belgium
Brazil
Luxembourg
Netherlands
Taiwan
All other countries
82G4776
82G4776
82G4776
82G4776
82G4776
61G3629
Cable, External DAA-to-Modem
(All countries except Japan)
92F0287
Cable, External DAA-to-PSTN for:
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Canada
Chile
China
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Luxembourg
Malaysia
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Singapore
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
United Kingdom
United States
Yugoslavia
58G4343
58G4386
58G4346
43G3398
43G3398
58G4332
43G3398
58G4333
58G4334
58G4335
58G4347
43G3398
58G4332
43G3398
58G4336
43G3398
58G4338
58G4339
48G9594
43G3398
43G3398
58G4340
58G4334
58G4332
43G3398
43G3398
43G3398
43G3398
58G4344
43G3398
58G4336
58G4348
43G3398
58G4345
43G3398
43G3398
DAA, External for:
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Canada
Chile
China
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan (incl. DAA-to-Modem cable)
Luxembourg
Malaysia
Netherlands
Norway
New Zealand
Poland
43G3412
43G3399
43G3414
43G3392
58G4330
54F0693
54F0695
43G4302
54F0715
43G3396
43G3415
54F0720
54F0693
54F0763
43G4302
43G3407
43G3392
43G3408
66G0902
54F0996
58X9868
43G3409
43G3410
43G3411
54F0763
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.9 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
ServerGuard Adapter Parts
Portugal
Singapore
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
United Kingdom
United States
Yugoslavia
54F0997
43G3392
54F0998
54F0999
54F0717
43G3416
43G3397
43G3413
43G3392
54F0515
External Power Control Box
71G6222
Modem, PCMCIA Type II for:
Japan
All other countries
66G0901
92F0289
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.9 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
SCSI Adapter Terminators
1.13.10 SCSI Adapter Terminators
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.10 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Tools and Miscellaneous
1.13.11 Tools and Miscellaneous
Data Acquisition Distribution Panel
Data Migration Facility
Ethernet D-Shell Wrap Plug
Ethernet BNC T-Connector
Ethernet BNC 50-ohm Terminator
(2 required)
Grounding Wire Set
Hard Disk Drive Removal Tool
Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool
Plastic Envelope (For Wrap Plug)
Processor Removal Tool (9577)
Screwdriver Kit
SCSI Terminator
(any SCSI device, space permitting)
SCSI Terminator Kit
(R-PAC Terminator Modules (3) for 40, 60,
80, 120, and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives)
Snap Tool (for Snap Removal)
Speech Control Assembly
Video Memory Module Removal Tool
Video Memory Module Insertion Tool
Wrap Plug, ISDN Primary Rate Adapter
Wrap Plug, Tri-Connector
Wrap Plug (6157 Tape Attachment Adapter/A)
Wrap Plug (Token-Ring Network Adapter/A)
Wrap Plug (Realtime Interface
Co-Processor Multiport/2) 78-pin
Wrap Plug (for Multiport Interface Cable)
Direct Connect 25-pin, ports 0-1
Wrap Plug (for Multiport Interface Cable)
Direct Connect 25-pin, ports 2-7
61X1769
61X8936
85F0036
84F8207
85F0037
38F4684
64F4126
6110464
6138013
42G2565
95F3598
92F0142
92F0143
72X8547
61X1769
75X5893
07F2518
91F9161
72X8546
4178459
6165899
16F2478
6425494
09F1799
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.11 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Wireless LAN Adapter (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
1.13.12 Wireless LAN Adapter (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
Index
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
Wireless LAN (ISA, Micro Channel Bus)
Radio Module, Australia
Radio Module, EMEA (Non-Europe)
Radio Module, ETSI Countries
Radio Module, Hong Kong
Radio Module, Israel
Radio Module, Japan
Radio Module, Korea/New Zealand
Radio Module, Mexico
Radio Module, Singapore
Radio Module, US/Canada/Non-EMEA
IBM Wireless LAN Control Card
IBM Wireless LAN Control Card, No-Cipher
1.5 m cable
4 m cable
80G2708
80G2714
80G2702
80G2707
80G2710
80G2703
80G2704
80G2705
80G2709
80G2701
80G2700
80G2711
80G2713
54G2016
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.12 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Wireless LAN Adapter (PCMCIA Type II)
1.13.13 Wireless LAN Adapter (PCMCIA Type II)
Index
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
Wireless LAN (PCMCIA Type II)
Radio Module, Australia
Radio Module, EMEA (Non-Europe)
Radio Module, ETSI Countries
Radio Module, Hong Kong
Radio Module, Japan
Radio Module, Korea/New Zealand
Radio Module, Mexico
Radio Module, Singapore
Radio Module, US/Canada/Non-EMEA
IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card,
IBM Wireless LAN Controller Card, No-Cipher
0.4 m Cable
80G2733
80G2731
80G2727
80G2732
80G2728
80G2729
80G2730
80G2734
80G2726
80G2725
80G2736
80G2737
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.13.13 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
1.14 Options and Adapters Matrix
The following matrices provide listings of PS/2 computers and the options and adapters that they support. The options and adapters are
listed according to function in the following order:
Communication
Communication (Networking Systems)
Communication (Realtime Interface Options)
Display/Audio Options
Keyboard/Keypad/Mouse
Memory
Memory Options (for System Board Memory)
Misc. Options
Multimedia
Storage Device (Adapter)
Storage Device (DASD)
Processor Options
System Board Memory (for Memory Options)
Locate the option or adapter in the left-hand column; then refer across the table for the information you need.
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Communication¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1Mbps PCMCIA ¦ 2525 ¦
¦ 87G9743 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦ Infrared LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Integrated ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Transceiver) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦ 87G9749 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
1Mbps ISA ¦ 2477 ¦
¦ 87G9741 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Infrared LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
external
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Transceiver) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA
¦
¦ 87G8981 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
External ¦
¦ 87G8980 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Transceiver¦
¦ 0934962 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Stand
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1Mbps Micro ¦ 2523 ¦
¦ 87G9742 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Infrared LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
external
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Transceiver) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Micro
¦
¦ 87G8982 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
External ¦
¦ 87G8980 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Transceiver¦
¦ 0934962 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Stand
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1Mbps PCMCIA ¦ 2476 ¦
¦ 87G9740 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦ Infrared LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
external
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Transceiver) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦ 87G9959 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
External ¦
¦ 87G8979 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 1
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Transceiver¦
¦ 0934321 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Stand
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4-Slot
¦ 0266 ¦
¦ 72G0485 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for ISA) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Bay
¦
¦ 72G0483 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦ 72G0492 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA Card ¦
¦ 72G0484 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
14.4kbps, ¦ 1341 ¦ 73G9343 ¦ 73G7097 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
14.4kbps
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PCMCIA (with ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Integrated ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DAA)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
14.4kbps, ¦ 2294 ¦ 92G8860 ¦ 92G7446 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
14.4kbps
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
External
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Data/FAX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Modem (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
ISA)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
14.4kbps, ¦
¦ 92G8861 ¦ 92G7447 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
14.4kbps
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
External
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Data/Fax
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Modem (Model ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
7851-001) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
300/1200
¦
¦ 34F0006 ¦ 6450349 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 300/1200/2400¦
¦ 65X1253 ¦ 94X1755 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Communication¦
¦ 94X1540 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
65X1253)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2400bps,
¦ 1349 ¦ 73G9321 ¦ 73G7098 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
9600bps
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Data/FAX
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Modem (with ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Integrated ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DAA)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
3270
¦
¦ 74F3464 ¦ 74F3465 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Connection ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
3278/3279 ¦
¦ 53F6424 ¦ 53F6425 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Emulation ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
36/38
¦
¦ 69X6294 ¦ 69X6279 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Emulation ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Baseband
¦
¦ 72X8102 ¦ 1501223 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Baseband
¦
¦ 72X8107 ¦ 1501228 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Bisynchronous¦
¦ 8286098 ¦ 1501204 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communication¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Broadband ¦
¦ 72X8106 ¦ 1501222 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Communication¦
¦ 8285985 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
34F0006)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 2
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ Communication¦
¦ 94X1540 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
65X1253)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Communication¦
¦ 8529274 ¦ 1502067 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Dual Async ¦ 1014 ¦ 34F0008 ¦ 6451013 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦ 92G7515 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DSP Modem ¦ 2296 ¦ 92G7502 ¦ 92G7501 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦ 82G7061 ¦ 30F5383 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
5250
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Emulation ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦
¦ 92F0005 ¦ 6451091 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦ 4331 ¦ 0934331 ¦ 0934331 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ Credit Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter II, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
10Base-T
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (with cable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
10Base-T ¦
¦ 92G9320 ¦ 92G9320 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable (3m ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
long)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦ 4330 ¦ 0934330 ¦ 0934330 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ Credit Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter II, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
10Base2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (with cable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
10Base2 ¦
¦ 92G9319 ¦ 92G9319 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable (8" ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
long)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Ethernet ISA ¦
¦ 92F0387 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
10BASE2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(bayonet) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Ethernet ISA ¦
¦ 92F0386 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
10BASE-T
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (twisted-pair¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦
¦ 92F0045 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Network
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (twisted-pair¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦
¦ 92F0046 ¦ 6451136 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Network
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (twisted-pair¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Fax¦
¦ 94X2540 ¦ 94X2530 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Concentrator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Fax¦
¦ 94X2527 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Concentrator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ FDDI Fiber ¦
¦ 93F0345 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Base
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ FDDI Fiber ¦
¦ 93F0346 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Extender
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ FDDI Copper ¦
¦ 93F0347 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Base
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ FDDI Copper ¦
¦ 93F0348 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Extender
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 3
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ High Speed ¦
¦ 65X1920 ¦ 65X1925 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Card Kit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for 3117 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
System)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ High Speed ¦
¦ 65X1900 ¦ 65X1905 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Card Kit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for 3118 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
System)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ IBM Credit ¦ 3290 ¦ 0933290 ¦ 0933290 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ Card Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
For
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ethernet, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
10Base-T
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (with cable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
10Base-T ¦
¦ 92G9319 ¦ 92G9319 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable (8" ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
long MAM) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ IBM Credit ¦ 3280 ¦ 0933280 ¦ 0933280 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ Card Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
For
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ethernet, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
10Base2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (with cable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
10Base2 ¦
¦ 0933264 ¦ 0933264 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable (8" ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
long MAM) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ IBM Wireless ¦ 8010 ¦ 80G1000 ¦ 80G1000 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Advanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ IBM Wireless ¦ 8090 ¦ 80G0900 ¦ 80G0900 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
LAN ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Advanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ISA 14.4Kbps ¦ 4213 ¦
¦ 13H6686 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
Data/Fax
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Modem with ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Wake-Up on ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ring
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
14.4
¦
¦ 04H5788 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Modem-Wake-Up¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Wake-Up ¦
¦ 04H5934 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA
¦ 2470 ¦ 73G3223 ¦ 73G7099 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Multiprotocol¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Communication¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISDN
¦
¦ 44F7244 ¦ 44F7728 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coprocessor/2¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Model 2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISDN
¦
¦ 45F7230 ¦ 44F7728 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coprocessor/2¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Model 2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ISDN Cable ¦
¦ 07F8946 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (standard) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ISDN Cable ¦
¦ 07F8947 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Germany)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ISDN Primary ¦
¦ 82G2656 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Rate Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ LAN Streamer ¦
¦ 92F8941 ¦ 92F8942 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Leased Line ¦
¦ 26F0724 ¦ 26F1862 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 4
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Modem
¦ 3593 ¦
¦ 92G7519 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Enabler
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦ 92G7586 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Enabler Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
115V AC ¦
¦ 92G7587 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Multiprotocol¦
¦ 85F0004 ¦ 6451003 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦ 4214 ¦
¦ 10H9355 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ 14.4/14.4Kbps¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ International¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Data/Fax
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦ 10H8600 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9408 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
US/Canada ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA - UK ¦
¦ 87G9382 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9384 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Germany
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9386 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Switzerland ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9388 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Finland
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9390 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Italy
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9392 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Netherlands ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9394 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Norway
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9396 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Denmark
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9402 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Sweden
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9404 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Australia ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 87G9398 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Portugal
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA - New ¦
¦ 87G9406 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Zealand
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
DAA ¦
¦ 10H9365 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Belgium
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦ 3437 ¦
¦ 87G9748 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
1 ¦
¦ Multimedia ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Audio
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦ 87G9549 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Card
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Audio
¦
¦ 87G9550 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ PC Network ¦
¦ 8286171 ¦ 6450213 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ PC Network ¦
¦ 72X8105 ¦ 1501220 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Adapter II ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ PC Network ¦
¦ 8286172 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 5
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ PC Network ¦
¦ 72X8101 ¦ 1501221 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Baseband
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Phone¦
¦ 33F4846 ¦ 6450619 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communicator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Phone¦
¦ 57F1261 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communicator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Black-L)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Phone¦
¦ 57F1262 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communicator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Black-S)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Phone¦
¦ 57F1263 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communicator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Beige-L)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Phone¦
¦ 57F1264 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Communicator ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Beige-S)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PS/2
¦ 3043 ¦ 85F0004 ¦ 92G7516 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Multiprotocol¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ PCMCIA RS232 ¦ 2471 ¦
¦ 87G9250 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
Serial
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (with Cable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦ 87G9243 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ RS232 Serial ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PCMCIA to ¦
¦ 87G9244 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
- ¦
¦ 9-Pin Serial ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PS/2
¦ 2473 ¦ 92G8867 ¦ 92G7498 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
14.4kbps, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
14.4kbps
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Data/Fax
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
S/370
¦
¦ 70X5061 ¦ 6193413 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Emulator
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ S/370 Chan. ¦
¦ 75X3256 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Em. HMM & ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Disks (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
70X5061)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
S/370
¦
¦ 06F3160 ¦ 1674899 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Emulator
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ S/370 Chan. ¦
¦ 70X4865 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Em. Cable ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
06F3160,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
70X5061)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ S/370 MCA to ¦
¦ 12G8067 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Mainframe ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Connection ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ SDLC Adapter ¦
¦ 8286099 ¦ 1501205 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Serial
¦ 4839 ¦ 08H3736 ¦ 08H3654 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Infrared, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 6
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
for ISA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Infrared ¦
¦ 08H3739 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Serial
¦ 4856 ¦ 08H3737 ¦ 08H3655 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Infrared, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for Micro ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Infrared ¦
¦ 08H3739 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Serial
¦ 4838 ¦ 08H3738 ¦ 08H3656 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
Infrared, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for PCMCIA ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Infrared ¦
¦ 08H3740 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transceiver ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Store Loop ¦
¦ 34G1185 ¦ 83X8187 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 93F0331 ¦ 74F9410 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
16/4
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 74F9415 ¦ 25F8887 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
16/4
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ RPL Module ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 74F4149 ¦ 74F4140 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
16/4 Bus
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Master
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 93F0334 ¦ 25F7367 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ 16/4 Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 25F8887 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ RPL Module ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
93F0334)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 16F0463 ¦ 25F9858 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 83X7839 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(with RPL ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 25F7540 ¦ 69X8138 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Two Slot
¦ 4836 ¦
¦ 81G4246 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Front Access ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
ISA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA Card-2 ¦
¦ 81G4632 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Slot
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Drive Bay ¦
¦ 81G4633 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Cable Kit ¦
¦ 81G4635 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Two Slot
¦ 4837 ¦
¦ 81G4256 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Front Access ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Micro
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
MCA Card-2 ¦
¦ 81G4261 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Slot
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Drive Bay ¦
¦ 81G4633 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Assembly
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 7
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Cable Kit ¦
¦ 81G4635 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RPL Module ¦ 83X9180¦
¦ 25F8887 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
25F7540)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token-Ring ¦
¦ 25F8887 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ RPL Module ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
93F0334)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ V.32BIS DSP ¦ 2296 ¦ 92G7502 ¦ 92G7501 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
Data/Fax
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Modem
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Communication¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦ (Networking) ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 3270 PCMCIA ¦ 2812 ¦ 0933315 ¦ 0933315 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦ 0605 ¦ 92F0386 ¦ 60G0605 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
10BASET
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦ 0615 ¦ 92F0387 ¦ 60G0615 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
10BASE2
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Ethernet CX ¦ 4330 ¦ 0933280 ¦ 0934330 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
II PCMCIA ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Ethernet
¦ 4331 ¦ 0933290 ¦ 0934331 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦ TrackPoint ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
II PCMCIA ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA
¦ 7478 ¦ 73G1392 ¦ 73G1393 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Waverunner ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token Ring ¦ 8072 ¦ 0933462 ¦ 0933462 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
5 ¦
¦
II PCMCIA ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token Ring ¦ 0412 ¦ 63F0417 ¦ 1051712 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
EISA 16/4 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Busmaster ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token Ring ¦ 7462 ¦ 78G9645 ¦ 73G2032 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
ISA-16
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token Ring ¦
¦ 6091014 ¦ 6091014 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ MAU Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Token Ring ¦ 0149 ¦ 74F9410 ¦ 74F9410 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Micro
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Communication¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
(Realtime ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Options)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1-Port X.21 ¦
¦ 57F2751 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0 Only,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1-Port V.35 ¦
¦ 57F2752 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0 Only,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 8
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ 4, 8 and 4/4 ¦
¦ 16F2478 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd Wrap
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4 Port
¦
¦ 91F7966 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ RS-232-C / 4 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Port
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4 Port
¦
¦ 91F7976 ¦ 09F1955 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4-port
¦
¦ 09F1957 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ RS232-C Elec ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6 Port Sync ¦
¦ 91F7963 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6 Port Sync ¦
¦ 15F8859 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd Wrap
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port X.21 ¦
¦ 04G5501 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable (World ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trade)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port X.21 ¦
¦ 85F0206 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 0-5 (World ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trade)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port X.21 ¦
¦ 04G5500 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Brd/A (World ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trade)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port V.35 ¦
¦ 72F1966 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port V.35 ¦
¦ 72F0167 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Cable Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0-5
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port V.35 ¦
¦ 72F0168 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ IB Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 6-Port V.35 ¦
¦ 72F0164 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8-Port
¦
¦ 53F2621 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8 Port
¦
¦ 91F7974 ¦ 53F2610 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8-Port
¦
¦ 53F2612 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-232-D
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd (IB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8-Port
¦
¦ 15F8848 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-232
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 9
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Brd/A Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8 Port
¦
¦ 15F8858 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8-Port
¦
¦ 53F2615 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd (IB)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8-Port
¦
¦ 57F0678 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
RS-422
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Brd/A Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 15-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 40F9900 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Plug (V.35 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Port 0 & 1, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 15-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 40F9904 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Plug (X.21 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Port 0,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
20-MA
¦
¦ 58X7288 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Current Loop ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 40F9903 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(RS-232-C ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Port 0 - 3, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 53F3886 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(RS-422-A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Port 0 & 2, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 34-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 71F0163 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Plug (V.35 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Port 0 Only, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 78-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 40F9902 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
IB
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 78-Pin Wrap ¦
¦ 85F0205 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X.21 IB
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(World
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trade)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
64BK X 1
¦
¦ 60X8200 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
16F2223)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
128KB
¦
¦ 60X8192 ¦ 85X2710 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coprocessor ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
128KB
¦
¦ 16F2223 ¦ 00F5527 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Multiport ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
256KB X 1 ¦
¦ 76X1022 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 10
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
16F2223)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 256KB Memory ¦
¦ 10G6927 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module, for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
04G5827
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 256KB Memory ¦
¦ 16F2267 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module, for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
44F7123
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
512KB
¦
¦ 76X1013 ¦ 85X2706 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coprocessor ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 16F2267 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module (2 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for p/n
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
09F1888)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
512KB
¦
¦ 09F1888 ¦ 16F2267 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Multiport/2 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 16F2265 ¦
¦ - ¦
X:
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module (2 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for p/n
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
09F1962)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Realtime ¦
¦ 09F1962 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Multiport/2 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Dir Conn
¦
¦ 33F8985 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(RS-232-D ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ops, Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0-7)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Dir Conn
¦
¦ 33F8964 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(RS-422-A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Ops, Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0-7)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Dir Conn
¦
¦ 09F1799 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Port 2-7 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ High-Speed ¦
¦ 04G5827 ¦ 04G5835 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Comm Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦ 60X8200 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (64KB ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
X 1), for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
76X1013
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦ 76X1022 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (256KB X 1), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 76X1013 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Multiport ¦
¦ 00F5524 ¦ 00F5331 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Parts Kit ¦
¦ 67X1609 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
(Screws,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Jumpers,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
etc.)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦ 33F8967 ¦ 33F8971 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Multiport ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 11
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Realtime
¦
¦ 53F2603 ¦ 53F2660 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Portmaster ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦ 16F2478 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coproc Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Realtime
¦
¦ 6425492 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coproc Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦ 58X7285 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RS-232-C Dir ¦
¦ 6425493 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Connect Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RS-232-C Dir ¦
¦ 67X1245 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Connect
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RS-232-C Dir ¦
¦ 6425494 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Conn Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug (Port 0 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
& 1)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RS-232-C Dir ¦
¦ 40F9003 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Conn Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug (Port 0 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
- 3,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ RS-232-C Dir ¦
¦ 09F1799 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Conn Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug (Port 0 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
- 7)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦ 67X1247 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Modem Attach ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦ 6425494 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Modem Attach ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-232-C
¦
¦ 09F1796 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Multiport ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-232-D
¦
¦ 57F0888 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
OPs, Dir
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Conn 25-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Port 0-7) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦ 53F3886 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug (Port 0 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
& 2,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦ 58X7286 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦ 09F1937 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Multiport ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Elec
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
RS-422-A
¦
¦ 57F0089 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
OPs, Dir
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 12
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ Conn 25-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Port 0-7) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Selectable ¦
¦ 53F2624 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Selectable ¦
¦ 84F7540 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Selectable ¦
¦ 40F9902 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
IB 78-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Surge
¦
¦ 53F2627 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Protection ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Sync
¦
¦ 33F8968 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Dir Conn
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 25-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Plug (Port ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
0-5)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Sync
¦
¦ 15F8868 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ V.24 Cable ¦
¦ 16F1888 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.24 Wrap ¦
¦ 16F1891 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ V.35 15-Pin ¦
¦ 40F9900 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Port 0 & ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.35 Dir
¦
¦ 71F0163 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Conn 34 Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Port 0
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Only,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ V.35 Cable ¦
¦ 16F1889 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.35 Elec ¦
¦ 58X7287 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Brd
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.35
¦
¦ 67X1249 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Conn Cable ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.35 Wrap ¦
¦ 16F1861 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
V.35 Wrap ¦
¦ 6425496 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ X.21 15 Pin ¦
¦ 40F9904 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Wrap Plug ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Port 0,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Selectable) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ X.21 Cable ¦
¦ 16F1887 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
X.21 Wrap ¦
¦ 16F1890 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
X.25
¦
¦ 44F7123 ¦ 16F1858 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Coproc/2, No ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
X.25
¦
¦ 16F1884 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Interface ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 13
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Coproc
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 37-Pin Wrap ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Plug
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Display,
¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦ Audio Options¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ SCSI Micro ¦
¦ 69F9731 ¦ 69F9730 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ActionMedia ¦
¦ 69F9733 ¦ 69F9732 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ II Display ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2MB
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ActionMedia ¦
¦ 69F9735 ¦ 69F9734 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ II Capture ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Option
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ActionMedia ¦
¦ 69F9737 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
II Video
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ActionMedia ¦
¦ 69F9736 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
II Audio, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Video
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Capture
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ ActionMedia ¦
¦ 69F9747 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ II Display ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ CD-ROM Cable ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Display
¦
¦ 1887743 ¦ 1887744 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Display
¦
¦ 1887971 ¦ 1887972 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
8514/A
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦ 1887708 ¦ 1887989 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1887971)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Display
¦
¦ 07G1459 ¦ 07G1450 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DBCS (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Japan)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Display
¦
¦ 07G0508 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (DBCS) (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Taiwan)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
High-End
¦ 3596 ¦
¦ 92G7585 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Audio Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
CD-ROM
¦
¦ 71G0297 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Audio Card ¦
¦ 92G7566 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker ¦
¦ 92G7581 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Set
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Joystick ¦
¦ 92G7555 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Image
¦
¦ 06G8224 ¦ 07F4400 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Image-I
¦
¦ 49G2716 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Low-End
¦ 3594 ¦
¦ 92G7583 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Audio Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
CD-ROM
¦
¦ 71G0297 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Audio Card ¦
¦ 92G7565 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 14
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker ¦
¦ 92G7579 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Set
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
M-Audio
¦
¦ 95F1256 ¦ 92F3379 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Capture,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Playback
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Mid-Range ¦ 3595 ¦
¦ 92G7584 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Audio Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
CD-ROM
¦
¦ 71G0297 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Audio Card ¦
¦ 92G7565 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker ¦
¦ 92G7581 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Set
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Joystick ¦
¦ 92G7555 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
MPEG
¦ 3597 ¦
¦ 06H4052 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Pro-Motion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Video Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
CD-ROM
¦
¦ 92G7559 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Drive
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker ¦
¦ 92G7529 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Set
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Real Magic ¦
¦ 06H4052 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ MPEG Board ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Personal
¦
¦ 71G6641 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Dictation ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (AT/ISA Bus) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Screen
¦
¦ 33F4842 ¦ 57F1588 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Reader
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Screen
¦
¦ 1393515 ¦ 1393515 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Reader
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keypad
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Screen
¦
¦ 72X8537 ¦ 72X8537 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Reader
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Keypad Cable ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ XGA Display ¦
¦ 96F7657 ¦ 75X5887 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Video-Memory ¦
¦ 75X5894 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
XGA (for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
96F7657)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
XGA-2
¦
¦ 87F4774 ¦ 87F4784 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Display
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Keyboard, ¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
Keypad
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
¦
Mouse
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
101-Key
¦ 2290 ¦ 92G7454 ¦ 92G7454 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Keyboard (AT ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Style)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
101-Key
¦ 2289 ¦ 92G7453 ¦ 92G7453 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (PS/2 Style) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
101-Key
¦ 2287 ¦ 92G7456 ¦ 92G7456 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 15
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trackball ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (AT Style) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
101-Key
¦ 2292 ¦ 92G7455 ¦ 92G7455 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Trackball ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (PS/2 Style) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
101-Key
¦ 1943 ¦ 92G7461 ¦ 92G7461 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ TrackPoint ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
II (PS
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Style)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Adjustable ¦ 2665 ¦ 13H6713 ¦ 13H6689 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Keyboard - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PS/AT Style ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Monitor
¦ 1948 ¦ 92G7460 ¦ 92G7460 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Miser
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Enhanced
¦ 2281 ¦ 92G7457 ¦ 92G7457 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Mouse
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Enhanced
¦ 2671 ¦ 06H5095 ¦ 13H6714 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Mouse II - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Black) PS ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Style Mouse ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Port
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Enhanced
¦ 2666 ¦ 06H4595 ¦ 13H6690 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Mouse II - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Pearl
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
White) PS ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Style Mouse ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Port
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Quiet Touch ¦ 2285 ¦ 92G7459 ¦ 92G7459 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Numeric
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Keypad
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Quiet Touch ¦ 2282 ¦ 92G7458 ¦ 92G7458 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Keyboard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
with
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ TrackPoint ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
II
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ TrackPoint ¦ 3056 ¦ 13H6710 ¦ 13H6705 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ II Keyboard ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Black) - PS ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Style
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Memory
¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
64KB X 1
¦
¦ 06X8200 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 128KB 15ns ¦ 3862 ¦ 92G7547 ¦ 92G7547 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
L2 Cache, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for PS/1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2144 and
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ with system ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
board FRU ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
65G4152
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
128KB L2
¦ 2454 ¦ 92G7430 ¦ 92G7228 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(PS/VP
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Computers ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 16
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
128KB L2
¦ 2113 ¦ 73G3139 ¦ 92G7220 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Write Back) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
128KB L2
¦ 2111 ¦ 92F0399 ¦ 92G7217 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Write Back) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
128KB L2
¦ 2109 ¦ 92F0397 ¦ 92G7216 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Write Thru) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
256KB L2
¦ 2455 ¦ 92G7431 ¦ 92G7436 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(PS/VP
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Computers ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
256KB L2
¦ 2112 ¦ 92F0400 ¦ 92G7219 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Write Back) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
256KB L2
¦ 2114 ¦ 73G3231 ¦ 92G7221 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Cache Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Upgrade
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Write Back) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
256KB X 1 ¦
¦ 76X1022 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB 70ns ¦ 3865 ¦ 92G7550 ¦ 92G7551 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Video Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (256K x 16 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DRAM: 40-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
ZIP), for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PS/1 2133, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2155, and ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2658 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2656 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB DRAM ¦ 2106 ¦ 72G3138 ¦ 92G7222 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
(Video)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
0-8MB ISA ¦ 2200 ¦ 92G7433 ¦ 92G7215 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(16-Bit)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
1MB 60ns
¦ 2453 ¦ 92G7432 ¦ 92G7443 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Video Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(PS/VP
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Computers ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
1MB 70ns
¦ 2093 ¦ 93F0058 ¦ 92G7197 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
30-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
1MB DRAM
¦ 2107 ¦ 60G2951 ¦ 92G7223 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
(Video)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2662 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2660 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
1MB SRAM
¦ 2117 ¦ 0933152 ¦ 92G7229 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 17
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦
1MB VRAM
¦ 2108 ¦ 73G3236 ¦ 92G7224 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
(Video)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB 70ns
¦ 2087 ¦ 92F0102 ¦ 92G7198 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB 85ns
¦ 2202 ¦ 92F0104 ¦ 92G7196 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB
¦ 2119 ¦ 0933173 ¦ 92G7231 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
Flash/1MB ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ SRAM PCMCIA ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (Combo Card) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB Flash ¦ 2115 ¦ 0932857 ¦ 92G7225 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2664 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB SRAM
¦ 2118 ¦ 0933155 ¦ 92G7230 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB 70ns
¦ 2094 ¦ 96F9289 ¦ 92G7207 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
30-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB 70ns
¦ 2201 ¦ 73G3233 ¦ 92G7201 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
72-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB 80ns
¦ 2091 ¦ 92F3337 ¦ 87G9977 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB 70ns
¦ 3479 ¦ 92G7540 ¦ 92G7540 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Non-parity ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory (1M x ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
32 SIMM:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 72-Pin Au), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for PS/1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2144 and
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB Flash ¦ 2116 ¦ 0932860 ¦ 92G7226 ¦ - ¦
¦
X
¦
3 ¦
¦
PCMCIA
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB 70ns
¦ 2088 ¦ 92F0105 ¦ 92G7200 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 4-14MB Micro ¦ 2190 ¦ 88F0075 ¦ 92G7214 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(32-Bit)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 8MB 60ns ECC ¦ 2638 ¦ 92G7523 ¦ 92G7522 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Memory (1M x ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
72 DIMM:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
3.5v,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
168-Pin), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PowerPC 8642 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
models
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 8MB 70ns ECC ¦ 2098 ¦ 92F0098 ¦ 92G7208 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 70ns
¦ 2089 ¦ 64F3606 ¦ 92G7202 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 18
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ 8MB 72-Pin ¦ 2208 ¦ 73G3234 ¦ 92G7203 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 70ns
¦ 2647 ¦ 92G7521 ¦ 92G7520 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
72-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ SIMM (PS/VP ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Computers ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 70NS
¦ 2637 ¦ 92G7521 ¦ 92G7520 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
72-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ SIMM (PS/VP ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Computers ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
only)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 70ns
¦ 2100 ¦ 73G3125 ¦ 92G7211 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
168-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 70ns
¦ 3480 ¦ 92G7542 ¦ 92G7542 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Non-parity ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory (1M x ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
32 SIMM:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 72-Pin Au), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for PS/1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2144 and
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB 80ns
¦ 2092 ¦ 64F3607 ¦ 92G7428 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ 72-Pin IBM ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
16MB 60ns ¦ 2639 ¦ 92G7525 ¦ 92G7524 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ ECC Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(2M x 72
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DIMM: 3.5v, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
168-Pin), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PowerPC 8642 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
models
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
16MB 70ns ¦ 2104 ¦ 73G3124 ¦ 92G7212 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
168-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
16MB 70ns ¦ 2097 ¦ 96F9100 ¦ 92G7209 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ ECC 72-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
IBM SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
16MB 70ns ¦ 2211 ¦ 60G2950 ¦ 92G7204 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
72-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
16MB 70ns ¦ 3482 ¦ 92G7544 ¦ 92G7544 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Non-parity ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory (4M x ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
32 SIMM:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 72-Pin Au), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for PS/1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2144 and
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 16ns ¦ 2640 ¦ 92G7527 ¦ 92G7526 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ ECC Memory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(4M x 72
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ DIMM: 3.5v, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
168-Pin), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ PowerPC 8642 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
models
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 70ns ¦ 2099 ¦ 73G3136 ¦ 92G7210 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ ECC 72-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
IBM SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 19
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 70ns ¦ 3483 ¦ 92G7546 ¦ 92G7546 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
3 ¦
¦ Non-parity ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Memory (8M x ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
32 SIMM:
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 72-Pin Au), ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
for PS/1
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
2144 and
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2168 models ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 70ns ¦ 2095 ¦ 73G3235 ¦ 92G7205 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Tall 72-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 70ns ¦ 2096 ¦ 73G3135 ¦ 92G7206 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦ Wide 72-Pin ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
SIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
32MB 70ns ¦ 2105 ¦ 92G7429 ¦ 92G7213 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
5 ¦
¦
168-Pin
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Industry
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Standard
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
DIMM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦
Memory
¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
Options
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
¦ System Board ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 256KB Memory ¦
¦ 1497256 ¦ 30F5348 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1497253 - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Models 25, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 30 30-286, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
50, 55SX, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
and 57)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 72X8517 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Type 1 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Model 50) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 10G4005 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Type 2 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Model 50) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2656 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
53F2603)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 16F2267 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
09F1888)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 512KB Memory ¦
¦ 16F2226 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (for Model ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
56)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
0-8MB
¦
¦ 1497253 ¦ 1497259 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Expanded
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter/A ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for 50,
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
55SX, 60, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
65)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 74X8637 ¦ 30F5360 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1497253 & ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
30F5447)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 90X8624 ¦ 6450603 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Module
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 20
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ (85ns, Type ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 2 & 15F8292) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2660 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
53F2603)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2-8MB 80286 ¦
¦ 85F0480 ¦ 6450609 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Option (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
50, 55SX, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
60, 65)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2-8MB 80386 ¦
¦ 90X9556 ¦ 6450605 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
70, 80)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 92F0104 ¦ 6450604 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(85ns for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
90X9556)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 1497250 ¦ 2685193 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
25, 30)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 90F8625 ¦ 6450604 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(Type 2 & ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
85F0480)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 53F2664 ¦ &nash. ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
53F2603)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 2MB Memory ¦
¦ 92F0104 ¦ 6450604 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(85ns for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
90X9556)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB
¦
¦ 92F0102 ¦ 6450902 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Memory-Module¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Kit (70ns - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 56, 65, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 85, 90, 95, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
2MB
¦
¦ 92F0103 ¦ 6450608 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Memory-Module¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Kit (80ns - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 25, 70, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 85, 90, 95, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 4MB Memory ¦
¦ 92F3337 ¦ 87F9977 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (80ns - for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 25, 35, 40, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 50, 55SX 60, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 85, 90, 95, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB
¦
¦ 92F0105 ¦ 6450128 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Memory-Module¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Kit (70ns - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 56, 85, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 90, 95, 95A) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
4MB ECC
¦
¦ 92F0097 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Memory-Module¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Kit (70ns - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 85, 90, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95, 95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 8MB Memory ¦
¦ 64F3606 ¦ 6450130 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (70ns - for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 40, 56, 85, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 21
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ 90, 95, 95A) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
8MB ECC
¦
¦ 92F0098 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Memory-Module¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Kit (70ns - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 85, 90, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95, 95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 8MB Memory ¦
¦ 64F3607 ¦ 6450129 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (80ns - for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 40, 85, 90, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
95, 95A)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 80286 Memory ¦
¦ 72X8532 ¦ 6450344 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 50, 60, 65) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦ 61X8906 ¦ 6450345 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
72X8532 - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ models 50, ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
65, 70)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 80386 Memory ¦
¦ 72X6671 ¦ 6450367 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Adapter (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
70, 80)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦ 72X6672 ¦ 6450372 ¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Kit (for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
72X6671 - ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ for 70, 80) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Enhanced
¦
¦ 88F0075 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Memory
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Expansion ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Option (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ 70, 80, 90) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Miscellaneous¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
Options
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
6157 Tape ¦
¦ 37F6718 ¦ 92X1458 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Bus Adapter ¦
¦ 00F2101 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Bus Adapter ¦
¦ 61X8910 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Bus Adapter ¦
¦ 27F4864 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ (Model 001) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Bus Adapter ¦
¦ 27F4164 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ (Model 001) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Data
¦
¦ 6181768 ¦ 6451502 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Acquisition ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(DAC)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Game Control ¦
¦ 8529151 ¦ 1501300 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ GPIB Adapter ¦
¦ 6181770 ¦ 6451503 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Internal
¦
¦ 87F9787 ¦ 30F5279 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Tape Backup ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Unit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦ 34F2717 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Cable, 34 ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
pin (for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
87F9787)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Formatted ¦
¦ 30F5277 ¦
¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Blank Tape ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
87F9787)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 22
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Microphone ¦
¦ 42G2783 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
(for
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ UltiMedia* ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
systems)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ MIDI Adapter ¦
¦ 81X8624 ¦
¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Unit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Multifunction¦
¦ 30F5447 ¦ 30F5364 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ 1MB Memory ¦
¦ 74X8637 ¦ 30F5360 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Module (for ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
1497253 & ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
30F5447)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
PC Music
¦
¦ 81X8620 ¦ 81X8630 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Feature
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Serial/Parall¦l
¦ 8286147 ¦ 6450215 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Serial
¦
¦ 8286170 ¦ 6450217 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Serial
¦
¦ 8286194 ¦ 6450242 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Connector ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speech
¦
¦ 61X8921 ¦ 1501216 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ SpeechViewer ¦
¦ 15F8511 ¦ 6450610 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Pageprinter ¦
¦ 75X8213 ¦ 75X8627 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Printer
¦
¦ 1183003 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Accessory ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Kit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Printer
¦
¦ 8529214 ¦ 1525612 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Print
¦
¦ 99F4371 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Service
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Screw Kit ¦
¦ 92F0141 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
(PS/2)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Tape Cover ¦
¦ 87F9767 ¦
¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Plate
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
¦ Multimedia ¦ Feature¦
FRU
¦ Option ¦ ISA¦ Micro ¦ PCMCIA¦ Wrnty¦
¦
¦ Number ¦ Number ¦ Number ¦
¦ Channel¦
¦ Years¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Audiovation ¦ 2079 ¦ 52G7224 ¦ 92G7463 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ ISA Adapter ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Audiovation ¦ 2080 ¦ 65G8863 ¦ 92G7464 ¦ - ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Micro
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Channel
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Audiovation ¦ 2081 ¦
¦ 92G7465 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Kit
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
ISA
¦
¦ 52G7224 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Panasonic ¦
¦ 61G4109 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
CD-ROM
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦ Cables (MIDI ¦ 2082 ¦ 92G7466 ¦ 92G7466 ¦ X ¦
X
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦
Pack)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Jazz16
¦ 2631 ¦
¦ 92G7528 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Copyright IBM Corp. 1995
1.14 - 23
IBM Personal System/2 HMM - May 1995
Options and Adapters Matrix
¦ Multimedia ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Audio
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
Adapter
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (PS/VP only) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Jazz16
¦
¦ 06H3086 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Audio Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Audio/Data ¦
¦ 06H3085 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦
Cable
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Microphone ¦
¦ 06H3616 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker
¦
¦ 06H3614 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Speaker ¦
¦ 06H3615 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Transformer ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
(US)
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Jazz16
¦ 2632 ¦
¦ 92G7531 ¦ X ¦
¦
¦
1 ¦
¦ Upgrade Kit ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦ (PS/VP only) ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------+--------+---------+---------+----+--------+-------+------¦
¦
Jazz16
¦
¦ 06H3086 ¦
¦ - ¦
¦
¦
- ¦
¦ Audio Card ¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
¦
+--------------